A320 Generic CCOM

REFERENCE: 20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET CCOM ISSUE DATE: 18 NOV 11

A318/A319/A320/A321

CABIN CREWOPERATING MANUAL

The content of this document is the property of Airbus. It is supplied in confidence and commercialsecurity on its contents must be maintained. It must not be used for any purpose other than that for

which it is supplied, nor may information contained in it be disclosed to unauthorized persons. It mustnot be reproduced in whole or in part without permission in writing from the owners of the copyright.

© AIRBUS 2005. All rights reserved.

AIRBUS S.A.SCUSTOMER SERVICES DIRECTORATE

31707 BLAGNAC CEDEXFRANCE

Intentionally left blank

A318/A319/A320/A321CABIN CREW OPERATING MANUAL

TRANSMITTAL LETTER

20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET TRL P 1/2CCOM 18 NOV 11

Issue date: 18 NOV 11

This is the first issue of the CABIN CREW OPERATING MANUAL dated 18 NOV 11 for theA318/A319/A320/A321


TRANSMITTAL LETTER


20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET TRL P 2/2CCOM 18 NOV 11


FILING INSTRUCTIONS

20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET FI P 1/2CCOM 18 NOV 11

Please incorporate the revision as follow:

InsertLocalizationSubsection Title Remove Rev. Date

No filing instructions


FILING INSTRUCTIONS


20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET FI P 2/2CCOM 18 NOV 11

PRELIMINARY PAGES



PRELIMINARY PAGESTABLE OF CONTENTS

20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET PLP-TOC P 1/10CCOM 18 NOV 11

PLP PRELIMINARY PAGESTABLE OF CONTENTSLIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS/SUBSECTIONSAIRCRAFT ALLOCATION TABLELIST OF MODIFICATIONS

00 INTRODUCTION00-010 GENERAL INTRODUCTION

MAIN CCOM CHANGES.........................................................................................................................................AUSE OF THE GENERIC CCOM............................................................................................................................. BFOREWORD .......................................................................................................................................................... CCOMMENTS AND ENQUIRY..................................................................................................................................DGENERAL ...............................................................................................................................................................EPRESENTATION .................................................................................................................................................... FPAGINATION ......................................................................................................................................................... GCUSTOMIZATION................................................................................................................................................... H

00-050 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONSABBREVIATIONS ...................................................................................................................................................A

00-060 UNITS CONVERSION TABLEUNITS CONVERSION TABLE ...............................................................................................................................A

01 AIRCRAFT GENERAL01-010 AIRCRAFT PRESENTATION

GENERALITES........................................................................................................................................................ A

01-020 AIRCRAFT DIMENSIONSDIMENSIONS...........................................................................................................................................................A

01-030 PERFORMANCEPERFORMANCE..................................................................................................................................................... A

01-040 PRESSURIZATIONUNPRESSURIZED COMPARTMENTS ................................................................................................................. A

01-050 FLIGHT CONTROLSGENERAL................................................................................................................................................................ A

01-060 LANDING GEARSLANDING GEARS................................................................................................................................................... A




01-070 CARGO COMPARTMENTSCARGO COMPARTMENTS.................................................................................................................................... ACARGO DOORS .................................................................................................................................................... B

01-080 CABIN DOORSCABIN DOORS........................................................................................................................................................A

02 CABIN INTERIOR02-010 FLIGHT DECK

GENERAL ARRANGEMENT...................................................................................................................................Aseat layout .............................................................................................................................................................. BCOCKPIT SEATS....................................................................................................................................................CCOCKPIT SEATS....................................................................................................................................................DCOCKPIT SEATS.................................................................................................................................................... E

02-030 CABIN LAYOUTMain Deck................................................................................................................................................................ALower Deck..............................................................................................................................................................BPassenger Seats..................................................................................................................................................... CAdditional Equipment...............................................................................................................................................D

02-050 CABIN CREW STATIONSLocation....................................................................................................................................................................ATypical Purser Station............................................................................................................................................. BTypical Rear CA Station LH....................................................................................................................................CTypical Rear CA Station RH................................................................................................................................... DTypical Single CAS..................................................................................................................................................ETypical Floor - mounted Single CAS.......................................................................................................................FTypical Double CAS................................................................................................................................................GTypical Swivel CAS................................................................................................................................................. H

02-060 CONTROL PANELSForward Attendant Panel.........................................................................................................................................AIndication of Cabin Status and Selection of System Pages....................................................................................BAutomatic Activation of System Pages and System Info PAge..............................................................................CAft Attendant Panel................................................................................................................................................. D

02-070 CABIN LIGHTING SYSTEMGeneral.....................................................................................................................................................................AGeneral Illumination.................................................................................................................................................BSystem Operation from the FAP.............................................................................................................................CSystem Operation from the AAP.............................................................................................................................DEntry Area Lighting Control from the FAP.............................................................................................................. EEntry Area Lighting Control from the AAP.............................................................................................................. F




Cabin Zone Lighting Control from the FAP............................................................................................................ GCabin Zone Lighting Control from the AAP............................................................................................................ HLavatory Lighting....................................................................................................................................................... IPassenger Reading Lights....................................................................................................................................... JCabin Attendant Work Lights...................................................................................................................................KEmergency Lights.....................................................................................................................................................LEscape Slides Emergency Lights........................................................................................................................... M

02-080 CIRCUIT BREAKER (PANELS)VU Panel Location...................................................................................................................................................AC/B Description........................................................................................................................................................B

02-090 AIR CONDITIONINGGeneral.....................................................................................................................................................................ACockpit Air Conditioning.......................................................................................................................................... BCabin Air Conditioning.............................................................................................................................................CPassenger Individual Air Outlets.............................................................................................................................DGalley Ventilation.....................................................................................................................................................ELavatory Ventilation..................................................................................................................................................FTemperature Control from Cockpit..........................................................................................................................GTemperature Control from Cabin............................................................................................................................ HFAP Failure Messages..............................................................................................................................................IFloor Panel Heating at the FWD Doors...................................................................................................................J

02-100 WATER AND WASTESYSTEM FUNCTIONS AND COMPONENTS........................................................................................................ AFAP - Messages......................................................................................................................................................BWater ...................................................................................................................................................................... C

02-110 LAVATORIESLocation of Lavatories A,D and E........................................................................................................................... ALavatory Door Types............................................................................................................................................... BLavatory Door Operation......................................................................................................................................... CFolding Wall at Lavatory D for Stretcher Transport................................................................................................ DInterior .....................................................................................................................................................................ELavatory Service Unit (LSU)....................................................................................................................................FLavatory Smoke Detection...................................................................................................................................... GWaste-Bin Fire Extinguisher....................................................................................................................................HNursing Table............................................................................................................................................................ IToilet and Washroom Function ...............................................................................................................................JLavatory .................................................................................................................................................................. KReset of the Vacuum System Controller (VSC)...................................................................................................... L




02-120 DOORS AND EXITSCabin Door Description........................................................................................................................................... ACabin Door Operation..............................................................................................................................................BDoors and Slides Control from the Cabin...............................................................................................................C

02-140 GALLEYSGalley Location and Equipment.............................................................................................................................. ATrolleys.....................................................................................................................................................................BElectrical Panel........................................................................................................................................................CGalley Cooling......................................................................................................................................................... DWater Shut-Off Valve...............................................................................................................................................EWastewater Draining................................................................................................................................................FWater Heater........................................................................................................................................................... GOven Control Module.............................................................................................................................................. HOven.......................................................................................................................................................................... IContainer.................................................................................................................................................................. J

03 CIDS AND COMMUNICATIONS03-010 CABIN INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM

System Description..................................................................................................................................................AGeneral.....................................................................................................................................................................BFAP - Location and Modules.................................................................................................................................. CCIDS Components at the Attendant Stations......................................................................................................... DAft Attendant Panel..................................................................................................................................................EAttendant Indication Panels..................................................................................................................................... FArea Call Panels..................................................................................................................................................... GCabin Handsets....................................................................................................................................................... HSystem Power-up...................................................................................................................................................... I

03-020 CABIN PROGRAMMINGZones....................................................................................................................................................................... ALayout Selection...................................................................................................................................................... BPA Level Adjustment............................................................................................................................................... CSoftware Download..................................................................................................................................................DFAP Setup................................................................................................................................................................E

03-030 COMMUNICATIONGeneral System Information....................................................................................................................................A




03-040 PA SYSTEMPA System - General Information about Handset Operation..................................................................................APA Announcements from the Cockpit..................................................................................................................... BPA from the Cockpit................................................................................................................................................ CPA Announcements from an Attendant Handset.................................................................................................... DAnnouncements....................................................................................................................................................... E

03-050 SERVICE INTERPHONEGeneral System Information....................................................................................................................................A

03-060 CABIN INTERPHONEInterphone System - General Information...............................................................................................................A

03-070 PASSENGER CALL SYSTEMGeneral System Information....................................................................................................................................A

03-080 PASSENGER LIGHTED SIGNSGeneral System Information....................................................................................................................................ALocation of Passenger Lighted Signs......................................................................................................................BOperation of Passenger Lighted Signs System...................................................................................................... C

03-090 AUDIOGeneral System Information....................................................................................................................................A

04 CABIN INFORMATION AND ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEMS04-010 IN-FLIGHT ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM

In-Flight Entertainment - General............................................................................................................................AComponent Location................................................................................................................................................B

04-020 MUSICMusic System...........................................................................................................................................................A

04-030 VIDEOVideo System Description....................................................................................................................................... AVideo System - Operation....................................................................................................................................... BProgrammable Video System Control Unit (PVSCU) Monitor................................................................................ CVideo........................................................................................................................................................................DHow to Manually Retract the Overhead Monitors................................................................................................... E

04-040 AIRSHOWAIRSHOW System Description................................................................................................................................A




04-060 TELEPHONEGSM on Board - Description...................................................................................................................................AGSM on Board - Operation..................................................................................................................................... BGSM on Board System Malfunction........................................................................................................................C

04-080 IN-SEAT POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM (ISPSS)In-Seat Power Supply System (ISPSS).................................................................................................................. APED Power Switch at the FAP............................................................................................................................... BPED Power Switch in the Cockpit...........................................................................................................................C

05 EVACUATION DEVICES05-010 EVACUATION ALERT SYSTEM

Evacuation alert system.......................................................................................................................................... A

05-020 COCKPIT EMERGENCY EXITSClearview Windows ................................................................................................................................................ Asliding windows........................................................................................................................................................Bdescent rope............................................................................................................................................................Ccockpit door description and operation................................................................................................................... D

05-030 ESCAPE SLIDES/ SLIDE RAFTSEvacuation Devices................................................................................................................................................. ASlide Raft................................................................................................................................................................. BSlide Raft Transportation.........................................................................................................................................COffwing Slide............................................................................................................................................................DLife Lines..................................................................................................................................................................E

05-040 AIRCRAFT CRASH POSITIONAIRCRAFT CRASH POSITION A320 CFM............................................................................................................ A

06 OXYGEN06-010 GENERAL

GENERAL................................................................................................................................................................ A

06-020 COCKPITDESCRIPTION.........................................................................................................................................................AOPERATION ...........................................................................................................................................................BLOCATION ............................................................................................................................................................. CLATERAL CONSOLES .......................................................................................................................................... DCONTROLS AND INDICATORS.............................................................................................................................EPORTABLE BREATHING EQUIPMENT................................................................................................................. F




06-030 CABINDESCRIPTION ....................................................................................................................................................... AOXYGEN UNITS LOCATION.................................................................................................................................. BOPERATIONAL SEQUENCE .................................................................................................................................CCONTROLS AND INDICATORS.............................................................................................................................DOXYGEN MASK...................................................................................................................................................... EOXYGEN CONTAINER .......................................................................................................................................... FCABIN CREW AND LAVATORY OXYGEN UNIT .................................................................................................G

06-040 PORTABLE BREATHING EQUIPMENTGENERAL................................................................................................................................................................ Aportable breathing equipment (PBE)....................................................................................................................... B

07 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT07-010 PORTABLE EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT

Symbol List.............................................................................................................................................................. ALocation - General Overview...................................................................................................................................BLocation in the Cabin - All Areas............................................................................................................................CFlashlights................................................................................................................................................................DFlashlight Cockpit.....................................................................................................................................................EMegaphones.............................................................................................................................................................FEmergency Radio Beacon...................................................................................................................................... GPortable Fire Extinguishers..................................................................................................................................... HPortable Fire Extinguisher Cockpit........................................................................................................................... ILife Vests..................................................................................................................................................................JDemonstration Kit.................................................................................................................................................... K

07-020 FIXED EMERGENCY EQUIPMENTFixed Emergency Equipment.................................................................................................................................. A

07-030 SUPPLEMENTARY MEDICAL EQUIPMENTSpecial Medical Equipment..................................................................................................................................... A

08 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES08-010 INTRODUCTION

GENERAL INFORMATION......................................................................................................................................APRESENTATION..................................................................................................................................................... B

08-015 PHASES OF FLIGHTPHASES OF FLIGHT.............................................................................................................................................. ASTERILE COCKPIT.................................................................................................................................................B




08-020 DOOR OPERATIONDOOR OPERATION FROM OUTSIDE ..................................................................................................................ADOOR OPERATION FROM INSIDE ......................................................................................................................B

08-030 COCKPIT DOOR OPERATIONCOCKPIT DOOR OPERATION...............................................................................................................................A

08-040 COCKPIT SLIDING WINDOW OPERATIONCOCKPIT SLIDING WINDOWS OPERATION........................................................................................................A

08-045 PREFLIGHT BRIEFINGPREFLIGHT BRIEFING...........................................................................................................................................A

08-050 GROUND CHECKGROUND CHECK ..................................................................................................................................................A

08-060 DEPARTUREDEPARTURE PROCEDURES................................................................................................................................ A

08-070 ARRIVALARRIVAL PROCEDURES....................................................................................................................................... A

08-080 CABIN CREW SAFETY-RELATED DUTIESCABIN CREW SAFETY-RELATED DUTIES PRE-PASSENGER BOARDING.......................................................ACABIN CREW SAFETY-RELATED DUTIES DURING BOARDING....................................................................... BCABIN CREW SAFETY-RELATED DUTIES BEFORE PUSH BACK.....................................................................CCABIN CREW SAFETY-RELATED DUTIES DURING TAXI BEFORE TAKEOFF.................................................DCABIN CREW SAFETY-RELATED DUTIES DURING TAKEOFF AND INITIAL CLIMB........................................ ECABIN CREW SAFETY-RELATED DUTIES DURING FINAL CLIMB.................................................................... FCABIN CREW SAFETY-RELATED DUTIES DURING CRUISE............................................................................ GCABIN CREW SAFETY-RELATED DUTIES FROM TOP OF DESCENT..............................................................HCABIN CREW SAFETY-RELATED DUTIES DURING APPROACH........................................................................ICABIN CREW SAFETY-RELATED DUTIES DURING FINAL APPROACH AND LANDING.................................. JCABIN CREW SAFETY-RELATED DUTIES DURING TAXI AFTER LANDING.....................................................KCABIN CREW SAFETY-RELATED DUTIES DURING DISEMBARKATION...........................................................LCABIN CREW SAFETY-RELATED DUTIES AFTER LAST PASSENGER DISEMBARKS................................... M

08-090 PASSENGER SAFETY BRIEFINGPASSENGER SAFETY BRIEFING......................................................................................................................... A

08-100 REFUELLING DEFUELINGREFUELING/DEFUELING PROCEDURE WITH PASSENGERS ON BOARD...................................................... A

08-120 GSM ON BOARD SYSTEMOPERATIONAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR THE USE OF GSM ONBOARD.....................................................AGSM on board system............................................................................................................................................ B




09 ABNORMAL/EMERGENCY PROCEDURES09-010 INTRODUCTION

GENERAL INFORMATION .................................................................................................................................... APRESENTATION..................................................................................................................................................... B

09-020 FIRE PROTECTIONGUIDELINES FOR IN-FLIGHT SMOKE AND FIRE MANAGEMENT ....................................................................ACLASSES OF FIRE.................................................................................................................................................BAWARENESS TO SMOKE IN HIDDEN AREAS.................................................................................................... CAREA SPECIFIC FIRES......................................................................................................................................... DFIRE FIGHTING ROLE DEFINITION......................................................................................................................EBASIC FIRE FIGHTING PROCEDURE.................................................................................................................. FCABIN SMOKE/FIRE PROCEDURE "HIDDEN AREA" OR "UNKNOWN SOURCE".............................................GLAVATORY SMOKE/FIRE PROCEDURE.............................................................................................................. HPAX SEAT SMOKE.................................................................................................................................................. IGALLEY SMOKE .................................................................................................................................................... JOVEN SMOKE.........................................................................................................................................................KOVERHEAD BIN SMOKE/FIRE PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................LGSM ON BOARD RACK SMOKE/FIRE PROCEDURE......................................................................................... M

09-025 EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONSEMERGENCY CALLS............................................................................................................................................. APLANNED EMERGENCY LANDING.......................................................................................................................BUNPLANNED EMERGENCY LANDING................................................................................................................. C

09-030 EMERGENCY CABIN EVACUATIONEVACUATION GUIDELINES...................................................................................................................................ACOCKPIT-ASSIGNED DUTIES FOR EVACUATION ............................................................................................ BCABIN CREW-ASSIGNED AREAS FOR EVACUATION ...................................................................................... CEMERGENCY PASSENGER DOOR OPERATION................................................................................................DTO OPEN THE OVERWING EXIT..........................................................................................................................ECABIN PREPARATION FOR PLANNED ON GROUND EVACUATION................................................................ FON GROUND EVACUATION..................................................................................................................................GCABIN PREPARATION FOR DITCHING................................................................................................................HEVACUATION ON WATER ..................................................................................................................................... I

09-040 EMERGENCY COCKPIT EVACUATIONCOCKPIT EVACUATION THROUGH WINDOW ...................................................................................................ACOCKPIT EVACUATION THROUGH COCKPIT DOOR .......................................................................................B

09-050 DEPRESSURIZATIONDEPRESSURIZATION WARNINGS........................................................................................................................ACABIN DEPRESSURIZATION................................................................................................................................ BABNORMAL CABIN ALTITUDE..............................................................................................................................C




09-055 TURBULENCE MANAGEMENTTURBULENCE MANAGEMENT..............................................................................................................................ACABIN CREW PROCEDURES............................................................................................................................... BANTICIPATED TURBULENCE PROCEDURES..................................................................................................... CUNANTICIPATED TURBULENCE PROCEDURES................................................................................................DPOST TURBULENCE DUTIES............................................................................................................................... E

09-070 MISCELLANEOUSFLIGHT CREWMEMBER INCAPACITATION......................................................................................................... AFLIGHT CREWMEMBER'S CHECK-LIST USE...................................................................................................... BBOMB ON BOARD ................................................................................................................................................ CSINGLE BLADE LAVATORY DOOR EMERGENCY OPERATION........................................................................DBI-FOLDING LAVATORY DOOR EMERGENCY OPERATION..............................................................................EREJECTED TAKEOFF ........................................................................................................................................... F

10 CABIN CREW BULLETINS10-10 Introduction

Introduction...............................................................................................................................................................A


PRELIMINARY PAGESLIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS/SUBSECTIONS

20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET PLP-LESS P 1/2CCOM 18 NOV 11

M(1) Localization Subsection Title Rev. Date00-010 GENERAL INTRODUCTION 18 NOV 1100-050 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS 18 NOV 1100-060 UNITS CONVERSION TABLE 18 NOV 1101-010 AIRCRAFT PRESENTATION 18 NOV 1101-020 AIRCRAFT DIMENSIONS 18 NOV 1101-030 PERFORMANCE 18 NOV 1101-040 PRESSURIZATION 18 NOV 1101-050 FLIGHT CONTROLS 18 NOV 1101-060 LANDING GEARS 18 NOV 1101-070 CARGO COMPARTMENTS 18 NOV 1101-080 CABIN DOORS 18 NOV 1102-010 FLIGHT DECK 18 NOV 1102-030 CABIN LAYOUT 18 NOV 1102-050 CABIN CREW STATIONS 18 NOV 1102-060 CONTROL PANELS 18 NOV 1102-070 CABIN LIGHTING SYSTEM 18 NOV 1102-080 CIRCUIT BREAKER (PANELS) 18 NOV 1102-090 AIR CONDITIONING 18 NOV 1102-100 WATER AND WASTE 18 NOV 1102-110 LAVATORIES 18 NOV 1102-120 DOORS AND EXITS 18 NOV 1102-140 GALLEYS 18 NOV 1103-010 CABIN INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM 18 NOV 1103-020 CABIN PROGRAMMING 18 NOV 1103-030 COMMUNICATION 18 NOV 1103-040 PA SYSTEM 18 NOV 1103-050 SERVICE INTERPHONE 18 NOV 1103-060 CABIN INTERPHONE 18 NOV 1103-070 PASSENGER CALL SYSTEM 18 NOV 1103-080 PASSENGER LIGHTED SIGNS 18 NOV 1103-090 AUDIO 18 NOV 1104-010 IN-FLIGHT ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM 18 NOV 1104-020 MUSIC 18 NOV 1104-030 VIDEO 18 NOV 1104-040 AIRSHOW 18 NOV 1104-060 TELEPHONE 18 NOV 1104-080 IN-SEAT POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM (ISPSS) 18 NOV 1105-010 EVACUATION ALERT SYSTEM 18 NOV 1105-020 COCKPIT EMERGENCY EXITS 18 NOV 1105-030 ESCAPE SLIDES/ SLIDE RAFTS 18 NOV 1105-040 AIRCRAFT CRASH POSITION 18 NOV 11


PRELIMINARY PAGESLIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS/SUBSECTIONS

20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET PLP-LESS P 2/2CCOM 18 NOV 11

M(1) Localization Subsection Title Rev. Date06-010 GENERAL 18 NOV 1106-020 COCKPIT 18 NOV 1106-030 CABIN 18 NOV 1106-040 PORTABLE BREATHING EQUIPMENT 18 NOV 1107-010 PORTABLE EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT 18 NOV 1107-020 FIXED EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT 18 NOV 1107-030 SUPPLEMENTARY MEDICAL EQUIPMENT 18 NOV 1108-010 INTRODUCTION 18 NOV 1108-015 PHASES OF FLIGHT 18 NOV 1108-020 DOOR OPERATION 18 NOV 1108-030 COCKPIT DOOR OPERATION 18 NOV 1108-040 COCKPIT SLIDING WINDOW OPERATION 18 NOV 1108-045 PREFLIGHT BRIEFING 18 NOV 1108-050 GROUND CHECK 18 NOV 1108-060 DEPARTURE 18 NOV 1108-070 ARRIVAL 18 NOV 1108-080 CABIN CREW SAFETY-RELATED DUTIES 18 NOV 1108-090 PASSENGER SAFETY BRIEFING 18 NOV 1108-100 REFUELLING DEFUELING 18 NOV 1108-120 GSM ON BOARD SYSTEM 18 NOV 1109-010 INTRODUCTION 18 NOV 1109-020 FIRE PROTECTION 18 NOV 1109-025 EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS 18 NOV 1109-030 EMERGENCY CABIN EVACUATION 18 NOV 1109-040 EMERGENCY COCKPIT EVACUATION 18 NOV 1109-050 DEPRESSURIZATION 18 NOV 1109-055 TURBULENCE MANAGEMENT 18 NOV 1109-070 MISCELLANEOUS 18 NOV 1110-10 Introduction 18 NOV 11

(1) Evolution code : N=New, R=Revised, E=Effectivity, M=Moved


PRELIMINARY PAGESAIRCRAFT ALLOCATION TABLE

20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET PLP-AAT P 1/2CCOM 18 NOV 11

This table gives, for each delivered aircraft, the cross reference between:- The Manufacturing Serial Number (MSN).- The Fleet Serial Number (FSN) of the aircraft as known by AIRBUS S.A.S.- The registration number of the aircraft as known by AIRBUS S.A.S.- The aircraft model.

M(1) MSN FSN Registration Number Model9751 G20-CFM 320-214

(1) Evolution code : N=New, R=Revised


PRELIMINARY PAGESAIRCRAFT ALLOCATION TABLE


20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET PLP-AAT P 2/2CCOM 18 NOV 11


PRELIMINARY PAGESLIST OF MODIFICATIONS

20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET PLP-LOM P 1/4CCOM 18 NOV 11

M(1) MODIFICATION Linked SB Incorp. Date TitleK0151 18 NOV 11 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS-PAX COMPARTMENT-

INSTALL SLIDE RAFTS (AIRCRUISERS)-Applicable to: ALL

K10329 18 NOV 11 COMMUNICATIONS - INSTALL PES VIDEO(PANASONIC) INCL.PFIS FOR AFR12 VERSION

Applicable to: ALLK10330 18 NOV 11 COMMUNICATIONS - CIDS - DEFINE CABIN

INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM (CIDS) FORAFR12 VERSION

Applicable to: ALLK10331 18 NOV 11 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS-PAX COMPARTMENT

-INSTALL CABIN LAYOUT FOR AFR12 VERSIONApplicable to: ALL

K10561 18 NOV 11 CABIN SYSTEM- ON-BOARD MOBILETELEPHONYSYSTEM - INSTALL GSM ON BOARD

Applicable to: ALLK10644 18 NOV 11 COMMUNICATIONS- CIDS- INSTALL HEATED FLOOR

ON/OFF CONTROL FUNCTION ON FAP FOR AFR12(I2L*HE)

Applicable to: ALLK10784 18 NOV 11 COMMUNICATIONS - CIDS - DEFINE CABIN

INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM (CIDS) FORAFR12 VERSION

Applicable to: ALLK2423 18 NOV 11 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS-PAX COMPARTMENT-

AFT LAVATORY-DEFINE LAVATORY "D"Applicable to: ALL

K4453 18 NOV 11 COMMUNICATIONS-CIDS-DEFINE CABININTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM (CIDS) FORAFR13 VERSION (G8E*BZ)

Applicable to: ALLK5564 18 NOV 11 E/F-FWD/AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT- -INTRODUCE

A MINIMUM PROVISION FOR CLS MECHANISEDBULK LOADING SYS(A320)

Applicable to: ALLK6290 18 NOV 11 COMMUNICATIONS - INSTALL PES VIDEO

(PANASONIC) INCL.PFIS FOR AFR12 VERSIONApplicable to: ALL

K6746 18 NOV 11 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS-ELEC SERVICESUPPLY-DEFINE A PC POWER SYSTEM PROVIDING110V/60HZ - VENDOR KID

Applicable to: ALL




M(1) MODIFICATION Linked SB Incorp. Date TitleK7727 18 NOV 11 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS - MISCELLANEOUS

EMERGENCY EQPT - INSTALL AN HONEYWELL ELTWITH CONTROL PANEL IN COCKPIT

Applicable to: ALLK7755 18 NOV 11 EQUIPMENT FURNISHINGS-CURTAINS AND

PARTITIONS-MODIFIED INTRUSION ANDPENETRATION RESISTANT COCKPIT DOOR

Applicable to: ALLK7790 18 NOV 11 DOORS-PASSENGER COMPARTMENT FIXED

INTERIOR DOORS-INSTALL ELECTRICAL COCKPITDOOR RELEASE SYSTEM

Applicable to: ALLK8357 18 NOV 11 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS-PAX COMPARTMENT

-INSTALL A TWO CLASS CABIN LAYOUT FOR ANZ01VERSION

Applicable to: ALLK8370 18 NOV 11 COMMUNICATION - INSTALL PES AUDIO

(MATSUSHITA) INCL. PRAM FOR ANZ01 VERSIONApplicable to: ALL

K8371 18 NOV 11 COMMUNICATION - PES (VIDEO) - INSTALL PESVIDEO (MATSUSHITA) FOR ANZ01 VERSION

Applicable to: ALLK8419 18 NOV 11 COMMUNICATION - CIDS - DEFINE

INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM (CIDS) FORANZ01 VERSION

Applicable to: ALLK8499 18 NOV 11 COMMUNICATIONS-CIDS-DEFINE CABIN

INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM (CIDS) FORAFR13 VERSION (G8E*BZ)

Applicable to: ALLK9231 18 NOV 11 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS-MISCELLANEOUS

EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT-INSTALL ELT WITH RCPIN COCKPIT ON ENH. PROV.-HONEYWELL

Applicable to: ALLP0040 18 NOV 11 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS - FLIGHT

COMPARTMENT - INSTALL A 4TH OCCUPANT SEAT -Applicable to: ALL

P1363 18 NOV 11 FIRE PROTECTION - COCKPIT - INSTALL A MAIPPORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER (SFE) -

Applicable to: ALLP2493 18 NOV 11 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS - COCKPIT SEATS

-INTRODUCE TYPE A340 SEATSApplicable to: ALL




M(1) MODIFICATION Linked SB Incorp. Date TitleP6886 18 NOV 11 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS-COCKPIT-INTRODUCEFLASHLIGHTS

P/N MZ112-00-000Applicable to: ALL

P7278 18 NOV 11 INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEM-EIS2- INSTALLMODIFIED EIS2 SOFTWARE

Applicable to: ALLP7360 18 NOV 11 OXYGEN - OXYGEN DISTRIBUTION - INSTALL

FOURTH OXYGEN MASK EROS WITHASSOCIATEDBOX

Applicable to: ALLP7524 18 NOV 11 OYGEN - FLIGHT CREW PORTABLE DEVICES -

INSTALL A SECOND SMOKE HOOD AND BOX ONTHE L/H CONSOLE IN COCKPIT

Applicable to: ALLP7525 18 NOV 11 OXYGEN - FLIGHT CREW PORTABLE DEVICES

-INSTALL A PBE (AIR LIQUIDE) AND BOX ON THEREAR R/H COCKPIT WALL

Applicable to: ALLP8115 18 NOV 11 OXYGEN-FLT CREW PORTABLE DIVICES- INST.2ND

PROTECT.BREATHING EQPT.(BFE) ESSEX P/NMR-10036N IN COCKPIT ON AFT RH WALL

Applicable to: ALL(1) Evolution code : N=New, R=Revised, E=Effectivity






PRELIMINARY PAGESLIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS

20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 1/140CCOM 18 NOV 11

M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date00-010 MAIN CCOM CHANGES NG0059400-010 Main CCOM Changes 00007363.0001001 24 NOV 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

00-010 USE OF THE GENERIC CCOM 00005997.0001001 25 JUL 11Criteria: 9751Applicable to: ALL00-010 FOREWORD 00005376.0001001 12 OCT 09Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL00-010 COMMENTS AND ENQUIRY 00005377.0001001 28 SEP 11Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL00-010 GENERAL 00005378.0001001 12 OCT 09Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL00-010 PRESENTATION 00005379.0001001 23 SEP 09Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL00-010 PAGINATION 00005380.0001001 12 OCT 09Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL00-010 CUSTOMIZATION 00005382.0001001 12 OCT 09Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

(1) Evolution code : N=New, R=Revised, E=Effectivity(2) Temporary information








M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date00-050 ABBREVIATIONS 00005383.0002001 28 MAR 08Criteria: K8357, SAApplicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date00-060 UNITS CONVERSION TABLE 00005385.0001001 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date01-010 GENERALITES 00005386.0001001 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date01-020 DIMENSIONS 00005387.0001001 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date01-030 PERFORMANCE 00005388.0001001 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date01-040 UNPRESSURIZED COMPARTMENTS 00005389.0001001 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date01-050 GENERAL 00005390.0001001 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date01-060 LANDING GEARS 00005391.0001001 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date01-070 CARGO COMPARTMENTS 00005392.0001001 15 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL01-070 CARGO DOORS 00005394.0001001 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date01-080 CABIN DOORS 00005395.0001001 06 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date02-010 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT 00005396.0001001 27 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL02-010 seat layout 00005397.0001001 27 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL02-010 COCKPIT SEATS 00005398.0007001 21 APR 08Criteria: P2493, SAApplicable to: ALL02-010 COCKPIT SEATS 00005399.0001001 27 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL02-010 COCKPIT SEATS 00005400.0001001 27 MAR 08Criteria: P0040Applicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date02-030 Main Deck 00005401.0008001 15 OCT 08Criteria: K10331, K8357Applicable to: ALL02-030 Lower Deck 00005402.0003001 15 OCT 08Criteria: K5564Applicable to: ALL02-030 Passenger Seats 00005403.0002001 23 MAR 10Criteria: K8357, SAApplicable to: ALL02-030 Additional Equipment 00006978.0001001 17 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date02-050 Location 00005405.0004001 16 OCT 08Criteria: K10331, K8357Applicable to: ALL02-050 Typical Purser Station 00009700.0001001 30 NOV 09Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL02-050 Typical Rear CA Station LH 00009701.0001001 30 JUL 09Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL02-050 Typical Rear CA Station RH 00009702.0001001 30 JUL 09Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL02-050 Typical Single CAS 00009704.0001001 27 OCT 10Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL02-050 Typical Floor - mounted Single CAS 00012557.0002001 27 OCT 10Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL02-050 Typical Double CAS 00009705.0001001 27 OCT 10Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL02-050 Typical Swivel CAS 00009706.0001001 27 OCT 10Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date02-060 Forward Attendant Panel 00005413.0009001 13 NOV 08Criteria: K8357, SAApplicable to: ALL02-060 Indication of Cabin Status and Selection

of System Pages00005414.0003001 13 NOV 08

Criteria: K8419, SAApplicable to: ALL02-060 Automatic Activation of System Pages

and System Info PAge00005415.0002001 13 NOV 08

Criteria: K8419, SAApplicable to: ALL02-060 Aft Attendant Panel 00005412.0005001 12 NOV 08Criteria: K8357, SAApplicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date02-070 General 00005528.0001001 16 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL02-070 General Illumination 00005537.0003001 16 OCT 08Criteria: K8357, SAApplicable to: ALL02-070 System Operation from the FAP 00005998.0003001 16 OCT 08Criteria: K8357, SAApplicable to: ALL02-070 System Operation from the AAP 00005999.0002001 16 OCT 08Criteria: K8357, SAApplicable to: ALL02-070 Entry Area Lighting Control from the

FAP00006000.0002001 16 OCT 08

Criteria: K8357, SAApplicable to: ALL02-070 Entry Area Lighting Control from the

AAP00006001.0002001 16 OCT 08

Criteria: K8357, SAApplicable to: ALL02-070 Cabin Zone Lighting Control from the

FAP00006002.0003001 16 OCT 08

Criteria: K8357, SAApplicable to: ALL02-070 Cabin Zone Lighting Control from the

AAP00006003.0002001 16 OCT 08

Criteria: K8357, SAApplicable to: ALL02-070 Lavatory Lighting 00005530.0001001 16 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL02-070 Passenger Reading Lights 00005532.0002001 16 OCT 08Criteria: K8357, SAApplicable to: ALL02-070 Cabin Attendant Work Lights 00005535.0001001 16 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL02-070 Emergency Lights 00005544.0001001 16 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL02-070 Escape Slides Emergency Lights 00005553.0001001 16 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

(1) Evolution code : N=New, R=Revised, E=Effectivity




(2) Temporary information




M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date02-080 VU Panel Location 00005559.0001001 16 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL02-080 C/B Description 00005561.0001001 05 NOV 09Criteria: K10331, K8357Applicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date02-090 General 00005565.0001001 15 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL02-090 Cockpit Air Conditioning 00005569.0001001 15 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL02-090 Cabin Air Conditioning 00005572.0001001 15 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL02-090 Passenger Individual Air Outlets 00005574.0001001 15 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL02-090 Galley Ventilation 00005577.0001001 15 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL02-090 Lavatory Ventilation 00005580.0001001 15 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL02-090 Temperature Control from Cockpit 00005582.0001001 15 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL02-090 Temperature Control from Cabin 00005585.0005001 15 OCT 08Criteria: K8419, SAApplicable to: ALL02-090 FAP Failure Messages 00005588.0004001 15 OCT 08Criteria: K8419, SAApplicable to: ALL02-090 Floor Panel Heating at the FWD Doors 00005591.0001001 15 OCT 08Criteria: K10644, K10784, 9751Applicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date02-100 SYSTEM FUNCTIONS AND

COMPONENTS00005600.0004001 15 OCT 08

Criteria: K8357, SAApplicable to: ALL02-100 FAP - Messages 00005603.0002001 21 OCT 10Criteria: K8357, SAApplicable to: ALL02-100 Water 00005599.0001001 21 JUL 09Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date02-110 Location of Lavatories A,D and E 00005616.0074001 18 FEB 09Criteria: K10331, K8357, SAApplicable to: ALL02-110 Lavatory Door Types 00005635.0001001 21 JAN 11Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL02-110 Lavatory Door Operation 00005618.0001001 15 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL02-110 Folding Wall at Lavatory D for Stretcher

Transport00005634.0001001 15 MAR 10

Criteria: K2423Applicable to: ALL02-110 Interior 00005621.0001001 09 JAN 09Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL02-110 Lavatory Service Unit (LSU) 00005627.0001001 15 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL02-110 Lavatory Smoke Detection 00005629.0002001 15 OCT 08Criteria: K8419, SAApplicable to: ALL02-110 Waste-Bin Fire Extinguisher 00005630.0001001 15 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL02-110 Nursing Table 00005632.0001001 15 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL02-110 Toilet and Washroom Function 00005625.0001001 21 JUL 09Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL02-110 Lavatory 00005611.0001001 15 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL02-110 Reset of the Vacuum System Controller

(VSC)00005613.0001001 15 OCT 08

Criteria: K8357Applicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date02-120 Cabin Door Description 00005639.0001001 22 SEP 11Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL02-120 Cabin Door Operation 00005640.0001001 22 SEP 11Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL02-120 Doors and Slides Control from the Cabin 00005645.0004001 16 OCT 08Criteria: K8419Applicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date02-140 Galley Location and Equipment 00005647.0005001 15 OCT 08Criteria: K10331, K8357Applicable to: ALL02-140 Trolleys 00005656.0001001 29 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL02-140 Electrical Panel 00005648.0008001 15 OCT 08Criteria: K8357Applicable to: ALL02-140 Galley Cooling 00005660.0001001 15 OCT 08Criteria: K8357Applicable to: ALL02-140 Water Shut-Off Valve 00005650.0002001 22 JUL 09Criteria: K8357Applicable to: ALL02-140 Wastewater Draining 00005652.0002001 15 OCT 08Criteria: K8357Applicable to: ALL02-140 Water Heater 00005661.0001001 15 OCT 08Criteria: K10331Applicable to: ALL02-140 Oven Control Module 00005659.0001001 15 OCT 08Criteria: K8357Applicable to: ALL02-140 Oven 00005658.0001001 15 OCT 08Criteria: K10331, K8357Applicable to: ALL02-140 Container 00005669.0001001 06 OCT 09Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date03-010 System Description 00005693.0001001 20 APR 09Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL03-010 General 00005695.0002001 28 MAR 08Criteria: K8419, SAApplicable to: ALL03-010 FAP - Location and Modules 00005698.0002001 16 OCT 08Criteria: K8357, SAApplicable to: ALL03-010 CIDS Components at the Attendant

Stations00005699.0001001 28 MAR 08

Criteria: K8419Applicable to: ALL03-010 Aft Attendant Panel 00005702.0004001 28 MAR 08Criteria: K8419Applicable to: ALL03-010 Attendant Indication Panels 00005704.0001001 16 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL03-010 Area Call Panels 00005707.0001001 16 OCT 08Criteria: K8419Applicable to: ALL03-010 Cabin Handsets 00005708.0001001 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL03-010 System Power-up 00005697.0002001 28 MAR 08Criteria: K8419, SAApplicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date03-020 Zones 00005714.0003001 21 OCT 10Criteria: K8357, SAApplicable to: ALL03-020 Layout Selection 00005716.0002001 28 MAR 08Criteria: K8419Applicable to: ALL03-020 PA Level Adjustment 00005718.0002001 28 MAR 08Criteria: K8419Applicable to: ALL03-020 Software Download 00005720.0003001 28 MAR 08Criteria: K8419, SAApplicable to: ALL03-020 FAP Setup 00005721.0003001 28 MAR 08Criteria: K8419, SAApplicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date03-030 General System Information 00005725.0003001 16 OCT 08Criteria: K8419, SAApplicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date03-040 PA System - General Information about

Handset Operation00009217.0001001 13 APR 11

Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL03-040 PA Announcements from the Cockpit 00005728.0001001 20 NOV 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL03-040 PA from the Cockpit 00005732.0001001 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL03-040 PA Announcements from an Attendant

Handset00005729.0013001 08 JUL 10

Criteria: K8419, SAApplicable to: ALL03-040 Announcements 00005730.0001001 14 JUL 10Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date03-050 General System Information 00005735.0001001 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date03-060 Interphone System - General

Information00005737.0003001 11 MAY 10

Criteria: K4453, K8419, SAApplicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date03-070 General System Information 00005739.0003001 28 MAR 08Criteria: K10330, K8419, SAApplicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date03-080 General System Information 00005740.0001001 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL03-080 Location of Passenger Lighted Signs 00005744.0001001 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL03-080 Operation of Passenger Lighted Signs

System00005741.0001001 28 MAR 08

Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date03-090 General System Information 00005746.0002001 28 MAR 08Criteria: K8419, K8499, SAApplicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date04-010 In-Flight Entertainment - General 00005747.0001001 16 OCT 08Criteria: K10329, K8371Applicable to: ALL04-010 Component Location 00005748.0001001 16 OCT 08Criteria: K10329, K8371Applicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date04-020 Music System 00005764.0001001 01 JUL 11Criteria: K10329, K8370Applicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date04-030 Video System Description 00005770.0008001 16 OCT 08Criteria: K10329Applicable to: ALL04-030 Video System - Operation 00005778.0004001 14 JUL 09Criteria: K10329Applicable to: ALL04-030 Programmable Video System Control

Unit (PVSCU) Monitor00005771.0001001 16 OCT 08

Criteria: K6290Applicable to: ALL04-030 Video 00005769.0001001 04 NOV 09Criteria: K10329, K8371Applicable to: ALL04-030 How to Manually Retract the Overhead

Monitors00013855.0001001 26 JUL 11










M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date04-040 AIRSHOW System Description 00005785.0007001 13 JUL 10Criteria: K10329Applicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date04-060 GSM on Board - Description 00005810.0001001 01 NOV 10Criteria: K10561Applicable to: ALL04-060 GSM on Board - Operation 00005811.0001001 01 NOV 10Criteria: K10561Applicable to: ALL04-060 GSM on Board System Malfunction 00005805.0001001 17 OCT 08Criteria: K10561Applicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date04-080 In-Seat Power Supply System (ISPSS) 00014106.0002001 14 SEP 11Criteria: K6746, SAApplicable to: ALL04-080 PED Power Switch at the FAP 00005815.0001001 12 SEP 11Criteria: K8357Applicable to: ALL04-080 PED Power Switch in the Cockpit 00005814.0002001 12 SEP 11Criteria: K6746Applicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date05-010 Evacuation alert system 00005817.0004001 28 MAR 08Criteria: K8357, SAApplicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date05-020 Clearview Windows 00005818.0001001 27 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL05-020 sliding windows 00005821.0001001 27 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL05-020 descent rope 00005820.0001001 27 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL05-020 cockpit door description and operation 00005819.0001001 27 MAR 08Criteria: K7755, K7790Applicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date05-030 Evacuation Devices 00005822.0005001 01 APR 08Criteria: K0151, SAApplicable to: ALL05-030 Slide Raft 00005826.0001001 25 JAN 11Criteria: K0151Applicable to: ALL05-030 Slide Raft Transportation 00013345.0001001 28 MAR 11Criteria: K0151Applicable to: ALL05-030 Offwing Slide 00005824.0001001 12 OCT 10Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL05-030 Life Lines 00005825.0001001 01 APR 08Criteria: K0151Applicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date05-040 AIRCRAFT CRASH POSITION A320 CFM 00005828.0001001 21 APR 08Criteria: CFMI, 320-200Applicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date06-010 GENERAL 00005829.0001001 17 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date06-020 DESCRIPTION 00005830.0003001 28 MAR 08Criteria: P7360, SAApplicable to: ALL06-020 OPERATION 00005831.0001001 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL06-020 LOCATION 00005833.0001001 17 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL06-020 LATERAL CONSOLES 00005832.0001001 17 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL06-020 CONTROLS AND INDICATORS 00005835.0002001 02 OCT 08Criteria: P7278, SAApplicable to: ALL06-020 PORTABLE BREATHING EQUIPMENT 00005834.0002001 28 MAR 08Criteria: P8115, SAApplicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date06-030 DESCRIPTION 00005836.0001001 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL06-030 OXYGEN UNITS LOCATION 00005841.0026001 28 MAR 08Criteria: K10331, K8357Applicable to: ALL06-030 OPERATIONAL SEQUENCE 00005837.0001001 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL06-030 CONTROLS AND INDICATORS 00005838.0001001 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL06-030 OXYGEN MASK 00005842.0001001 17 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL06-030 OXYGEN CONTAINER 00005839.0001001 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL06-030 CABIN CREW AND LAVATORY OXYGEN

UNIT00005840.0001001 28 MAR 08










M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date06-040 GENERAL 00005844.0001001 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL06-040 portable breathing equipment (PBE) 00005845.0001001 28 MAR 08Criteria: P7524, P7525, P8115, SAApplicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date07-010 Symbol List 00005866.0001001 02 NOV 10Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL07-010 Location - General Overview 00005873.0001001 16 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL07-010 Location in the Cabin - All Areas 00005874.0001001 17 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL07-010 Flashlights 00005849.0001001 11 FEB 11Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL07-010 Flashlight Cockpit 00005854.0001001 16 OCT 08Criteria: P6886Applicable to: ALL07-010 Megaphones 00005850.0001001 17 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL07-010 Emergency Radio Beacon 00005858.0004001 30 SEP 09Criteria: K8357Applicable to: ALL07-010 Portable Fire Extinguishers 00005851.0003001 17 OCT 08Criteria: K10331, K8357Applicable to: ALL07-010 Portable Fire Extinguisher Cockpit 00005857.0001001 17 OCT 08Criteria: P1363Applicable to: ALL07-010 Life Vests 00005852.0004001 20 JAN 09Criteria: K8357, SAApplicable to: ALL07-010 Demonstration Kit 00005859.0002001 11 APR 11Criteria: K10331Applicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date07-020 Fixed Emergency Equipment 00005875.0003001 16 OCT 08Criteria: K7727, K9231Applicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date07-030 Special Medical Equipment 00005876.0004001 16 OCT 08Criteria: K10331, K8357Applicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date08-010 GENERAL INFORMATION 00005877.0001001 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL08-010 PRESENTATION 00005878.0001001 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date08-015 PHASES OF FLIGHT 00005879.0001001 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL08-015 STERILE COCKPIT 00005880.0001001 17 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date08-020 DOOR OPERATION FROM OUTSIDE 00005881.0001001 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL08-020 DOOR OPERATION FROM INSIDE 00005882.0001001 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date08-030 COCKPIT DOOR OPERATION 00005885.0001001 28 MAR 08Criteria: K7755, K7790Applicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date08-040 COCKPIT SLIDING WINDOWS

OPERATION00005886.0001001 28 MAR 08










M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date08-045 PREFLIGHT BRIEFING 00005887.0001001 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date08-050 GROUND CHECK 00005888.0001001 16 MAR 10Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date08-060 DEPARTURE PROCEDURES 00005889.0001001 14 SEP 10Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date08-070 ARRIVAL PROCEDURES 00005890.0001001 14 SEP 10Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date08-080 CABIN CREW SAFETY-RELATED

DUTIES PRE-PASSENGER BOARDING00005903.0001001 17 OCT 08

Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL08-080 CABIN CREW SAFETY-RELATED

DUTIES DURING BOARDING00005891.0001001 16 OCT 08


DUTIES BEFORE PUSH BACK00005892.0001001 28 MAR 08


DUTIES DURING TAXI BEFORETAKEOFF

00005893.0001001 16 OCT 08


DUTIES DURING TAKEOFF AND INITIALCLIMB

00005894.0001001 02 OCT 08


DUTIES DURING FINAL CLIMB00005895.0001001 28 MAR 08


DUTIES DURING CRUISE00005896.0001001 28 MAR 08


DUTIES FROM TOP OF DESCENT00005897.0001001 28 MAR 08


DUTIES DURING APPROACH00005898.0001001 16 OCT 08


DUTIES DURING FINAL APPROACHAND LANDING

00005899.0001001 02 OCT 08





M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date08-080 CABIN CREW SAFETY-RELATED

DUTIES DURING TAXI AFTER LANDING00005900.0001001 28 MAR 08


DUTIES DURING DISEMBARKATION00005901.0001001 28 MAR 08


DUTIES AFTER LAST PASSENGERDISEMBARKS

00005902.0001001 28 MAR 08






M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date08-090 PASSENGER SAFETY BRIEFING 00005904.0001001 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date08-100 REFUELING/DEFUELING PROCEDURE

WITH PASSENGERS ON BOARD00005905.0001001 30 NOV 09










M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date08-120 OPERATIONAL RECOMMENDATIONS

FOR THE USE OF GSM ONBOARD00005908.0001001 19 FEB 10

Criteria: K10561Applicable to: ALL08-120 GSM on board system 00005907.0001001 04 JAN 11Criteria: K10561Applicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date09-010 GENERAL INFORMATION 00005909.0001001 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL09-010 PRESENTATION 00005910.0001001 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date09-020 GUIDELINES FOR IN-FLIGHT SMOKE

AND FIRE MANAGEMENT00005920.0001001 10 AUG 11

Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL09-020 CLASSES OF FIRE 00005921.0001001 30 SEP 11Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL09-020 AWARENESS TO SMOKE IN HIDDEN

AREAS00005918.0001001 28 MAR 08

Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL09-020 AREA SPECIFIC FIRES 00005922.0001001 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL09-020 FIRE FIGHTING ROLE DEFINITION 00005915.0001001 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL09-020 BASIC FIRE FIGHTING PROCEDURE 00005916.0001001 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL09-020 CABIN SMOKE/FIRE PROCEDURE

"HIDDEN AREA" OR "UNKNOWNSOURCE"

00005919.0001001 28 MAR 08

Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL09-020 LAVATORY SMOKE/FIRE PROCEDURE 00005911.0001001 16 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL09-020 PAX SEAT SMOKE 00005912.0001001 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL09-020 GALLEY SMOKE 00005913.0001001 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL09-020 OVEN SMOKE 00005914.0001001 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL09-020 OVERHEAD BIN SMOKE/FIRE

PROCEDURE00005917.0001001 28 MAR 08





M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date09-020 GSM ON BOARD RACK SMOKE/FIRE

PROCEDURE00005923.0001001 22 OCT 10

Criteria: K10561Applicable to: ALL





M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date09-025 EMERGENCY CALLS 00005924.0001001 17 JUN 10Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL09-025 PLANNED EMERGENCY LANDING 00005925.0001001 09 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL09-025 UNPLANNED EMERGENCY LANDING 00005926.0001001 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date09-030 EVACUATION GUIDELINES 00005933.0001001 16 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL09-030 COCKPIT-ASSIGNED DUTIES FOR

EVACUATION00005927.0001001 28 MAR 08

Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL09-030 CABIN CREW-ASSIGNED AREAS FOR

EVACUATION00005928.0001001 12 OCT 09

Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL09-030 EMERGENCY PASSENGER DOOR

OPERATION00005929.0001001 24 MAR 11

Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL09-030 TO OPEN THE OVERWING EXIT 00005932.0001001 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL09-030 CABIN PREPARATION FOR PLANNED

ON GROUND EVACUATION00005934.0001001 28 MAR 08

Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL09-030 ON GROUND EVACUATION 00005930.0001001 24 MAR 11Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL09-030 CABIN PREPARATION FOR DITCHING 00005936.0002001 28 MAR 11Criteria: K0151, SAApplicable to: ALL09-030 EVACUATION ON WATER 00005931.0002001 05 MAR 09Criteria: K0151, SAApplicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date09-040 COCKPIT EVACUATION THROUGH

WINDOW00005937.0001001 28 MAR 08

Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL09-040 COCKPIT EVACUATION THROUGH

COCKPIT DOOR00005938.0001001 28 MAR 08










M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date09-050 DEPRESSURIZATION WARNINGS 00006908.0001001 18 APR 11Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL09-050 CABIN DEPRESSURIZATION 00005939.0001001 12 AUG 10Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL09-050 ABNORMAL CABIN ALTITUDE 00013684.0001001 18 MAR 11Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date09-055 TURBULENCE MANAGEMENT 00005940.0001001 17 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL09-055 CABIN CREW PROCEDURES 00005941.0001001 17 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL09-055 ANTICIPATED TURBULENCE

PROCEDURES00005942.0001001 28 MAR 08

Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL09-055 UNANTICIPATED TURBULENCE

PROCEDURES00005943.0001001 28 MAR 08

Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL09-055 POST TURBULENCE DUTIES 00005944.0001001 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date09-070 FLIGHT CREWMEMBER

INCAPACITATION00005946.0001001 28 MAR 08

Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL09-070 FLIGHT CREWMEMBER'S CHECK-LIST

USE00005948.0003001 17 OCT 08

Criteria: 320-200Applicable to: ALL09-070 BOMB ON BOARD 00005945.0001001 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL09-070 SINGLE BLADE LAVATORY DOOR

EMERGENCY OPERATION00005949.0001001 28 MAR 08

Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL09-070 BI-FOLDING LAVATORY DOOR

EMERGENCY OPERATION00005950.0001001 28 MAR 08

Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL09-070 REJECTED TAKEOFF 00005947.0001001 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL









M(1) Localization T(2) DU Title DU identification DU date10-10 Introduction 00006977.0001001 17 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL






INTRODUCTION



INTRODUCTIONPRELIMINARY PAGES

TABLE OF CONTENTS

20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 00-PLP-TOC P 1/2CCOM 18 NOV 11

00-PLP PRELIMINARY PAGESTABLE OF CONTENTS

00-010 GENERAL INTRODUCTIONMAIN CCOM CHANGES.........................................................................................................................................AUSE OF THE GENERIC CCOM............................................................................................................................. BFOREWORD .......................................................................................................................................................... CCOMMENTS AND ENQUIRY..................................................................................................................................DGENERAL ...............................................................................................................................................................EPRESENTATION .................................................................................................................................................... FPAGINATION ......................................................................................................................................................... GCUSTOMIZATION................................................................................................................................................... H

00-050 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONSABBREVIATIONS ...................................................................................................................................................A

00-060 UNITS CONVERSION TABLEUNITS CONVERSION TABLE ...............................................................................................................................A


INTRODUCTIONPRELIMINARY PAGES

TABLE OF CONTENTS




INTRODUCTIONGENERAL INTRODUCTION

20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 00-010 P 1/8CCOM A to C → 18 NOV 11

MAIN CCOM CHANGESIdent.: 00-010-A-NG00594Applicable to: ALL

Ident.: 00-010-A-00007363.0001001 / 24 NOV 08Criteria: SA

INTRODUCTIONPURPOSES

The purpose of the Main CCOM Changes is to provide general information about the CCOMrevision and to highlight the main changes for:‐ Standard Operating Procedures (Chapter 08)‐ Abnormal /Emergency Procedures (Chapter 09)‐ System Description affecting a basic cabin system.Note: In addition, each Documentary Unit (DU) provides highlights with the reason(s) for

change and uses revision bars to indicate the revised sections.TIMEFRAME

The subjects in the Main CCOM Changes are categorized by month and, are publishedregardless of the revision cycle that is applicable to each Operator.

USE OF THE GENERIC CCOMIdent.: 00-010-00005997.0001001 / 25 JUL 11Criteria: 9751Applicable to: ALL

The content of this CCOM is basic and is not representative of a specific airline version orcustomized configuration.This CCOM provides only generic features and guidelines and can be only used to assist theoperators in developing their own Cabin Crew Operating Manual.Should any deviation appear between the information provided in this CCOM, and that published inthe applicable AFM, MMEL, FCOM, AMM, IPC the latter shall prevail at all time.This CCOM will not be updated.

FOREWORDIdent.: 00-010-00005376.0001001 / 12 OCT 09Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

The CABIN CREW OPERATING MANUAL (CCOM) provides descriptive information on the standardversion of the aircraft, operating instructions and Function Recovery Procedures (FRP) guidelines



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 00-010 P 2/8CCOM ← C to E → 18 NOV 11

for items and/or equipment managed by the cabin crew, and operating instructions for normal and/oremergency/abnormal operations."Standard aircraft" signifies the aircraft as delivered by Airbus, with all applicable Service Bulletins(SBs) embedded. All airline-specific equipment can be added via the Customer Originated Change(COC) procedure.In keeping with the philosophy of the FLIGHT CREW OPERATING MANUAL (FCOM), onlyinformation unique to this particular aircraft configuration is included.In case of conflict between this CCOM and the FCOM or the regulations of the Approved Authorities'Procedures, the FCOM and the regulations of the Approved Authorities' Procedures will apply.

COMMENTS AND ENQUIRYIdent.: 00-010-00005377.0001001 / 28 SEP 11Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

All manual holders and users are encouraged to forward any questions and suggestions regardingthe Cabin Crew Operating Manual (CCOM) to :AIRBUSBP 331 ROND-POINT MAURICE BELLONTE31707 BLAGNAC CEDEX - FRANCETELEFAX : 33 (0) 561.93.29.68ATTN. : FLIGHT OPERATIONS SUPPORT - STLCEMAIL: [email protected]

GENERALIdent.: 00-010-00005378.0001001 / 12 OCT 09Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

The CCOM must address the unique requirements dictated by its use in a cabin environment and,possibly, by the conditions associated with abnormal or emergency situations. Some subjects arealso included in the FCOM, but each manual is specific to the applicable crew.The CCOM content and format shall also satisfy the requirements for use as a reference documentduring cabin crew training.The CCOM will be available in the following electronic formats :‐ Extensible Markup Language (XML, World Wide Web specifications).‐ Portable Document Format (PDF, open Adobe specification).The CCOM is delivered on CD-ROM or, online using Airbus World.No paper versions will be made available.



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 00-010 P 3/8CCOM ← E to F → 18 NOV 11

WARNINGS, CAUTIONS AND NOTESWARNING : An operating procedure, technique, etc., which may result in injury or loss of life, if

not carefully followed.CAUTION : An operating procedure, technique, etc., which may result in damage to

equipment, if not carefully followed.NOTE : An operating procedure, technique, etc., considered essential to emphasize.

PRESENTATIONIdent.: 00-010-00005379.0001001 / 23 SEP 09Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

The CCOM is made up of one volume, which is divided into 10 chapters. Each chapter is divided intopre-defined sections. Optional sections can be added to address, airline-specific requirements (Ex :airline requests...).Each section is made up of Documentary Units (DU), which are information segments containingtechnical data. Each DU is assigned an effectivity.▪ Chapter 00 : INTRODUCTION

This chapter provides general information about the manual.▪ Chapter 01: AIRCRAFT GENERAL

This chapter presents an overview of the aircraft.▪ Chapter 02 : CABIN INTERIOR

This chapter provides descriptive and operational information on cabin equipment and systems.▪ Chapter 03 : CIDS AND COMMUNICATION

This chapter provides descriptive and operational information on the communication systems andon the CIDS, in particular.

▪ Chapter 04 : CABIN INFORMATION AND ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEMSThis chapter provides descriptive and operational information on the entertainment equipment andsystems.

▪ Chapter 05 : EVACUATION DEVICESThis chapter provides descriptive and operational information on the evacuation equipment andsystems.

▪ Chapter 06 : OXYGENThis chapter provides descriptive and operational information on the oxygen equipment andsystems.

▪ Chapter 07 : EMERGENCY EQUIPMENTThis chapter provides descriptive and operational information on the EMERGENCY equipmentand systems.



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 00-010 P 4/8CCOM ← F to G → 18 NOV 11

▪ Chapter 08 : STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES (SOPs)This chapter provides normal procedures for standard aircraft operations by the cabin crew.SOPs consist of inspections, cabin preparations and normal procedures.

▪ Chapter 09 : ABNORMAL/EMERGENCY PROCEDURESThis chapter provides Abnormal/Emergency procedures to be applied by cabin crews in case of afailure.

▪ Chapter 10 : CABIN CREW BULLETINS (CCB)This chapter contains Cabin Crew Bulletins (CCB), which supplement the information andprocedures given in the different CCOM sections. Each CCB will be managed like a section of theprevious chapters.

For chapters 02, 03, 04, whenever possible, a Function Recovery Procedures (FRP) section willbe included at the end of the descriptive section. This section should assist the cabin crew inresetting/reactivating cabin systems or functions.

PAGINATIONIdent.: 00-010-00005380.0001001 / 12 OCT 09Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

FORMATThe "PDF" CCOM is designed with the following paper layout :‐ Page format and size : A5 (148.5 mm x 210 mm).‐ Orientation : Portrait‐ Left-Hand/Right-Hand.‐ Standard character type and size : Helvetica, 9 points.The PDF CCOM page is composed of the following three zones :‐ A header,‐ A footer,‐ A body.

HEADERThe header is composed of the following three parts :‐ The left side : Includes the manual's title, the applicable aircraft program, and the applicable

logo (company logo, or Airbus logo by default).‐ The middle : Indicates the title of the current chapter at the top of the zone, and the title of the

current section at the bottom of the zone.‐ The right side : Provides the sections's identification and revision date.



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 00-010 P 5/8CCOM ← G 18 NOV 11

HEADER

FOOTERThe footer contains such remaining Operating Manual identification data, not included in theheader, as : The extracted Document IDENT, and page numbering information (that is, the currentpage number and the total number of pages).

EXAMPLE : FLEET CCOM



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 00-010 P 6/8CCOM H → 18 NOV 11

CUSTOMIZATIONIdent.: 00-010-00005382.0001001 / 12 OCT 09Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

Several criteria are taken into account for the customization of a CCOM, and can be groupedaccording to their function :‐ Technical criteria : Represents the aircraft's technical definition, including the :

• Aircraft's identification, or model,• Technical definition (Factory Modifications, Service Bulletins, etc.),• COC (Customer Originated Changes).

‐ Operational criteria : Represents the aircraft's operational environment, including the :• Operator,• Associated authorities.

CCOM customization is specified in the :‐ Aircraft Allocation Table (AAT), and‐ List of Modifications Table (LOM).AIRCRAFT ALLOCATION TABLE (AAT)

The Aircraft Allocation Table (AAT) lists fleet characteristics and the relationship between differentaircraft identifications.‐ The Aircraft Table, which lists the applicable aircraft, along with their associated identification :

• Manufacter Serial Number (MSN),• Fleet Serial Number (FSN),• Registration number,• Aircraft model.This table dedicates one line per aircraft.

LIST OF MODIFICATIONS (LOM)The List of Modifications Table (LOM) lists the product's applicable Factory Modifications andService Bulletins, along with their various cross-references. SBs appear when embodied on atleast one aircraft within the fleet. The LOM contains the following information :• Codes describing the update :

‐ N = New criteria for this revision‐ E = Effectivity change: SB change for an existing Change Identification Number (CIN), validity

change, or title change for the criteria.• Date corresponding to the revision date for which the criteria was incorporated.• Validity information is optional, and is expressed the same format as on the manual's technical

pages (MSN, or Registration Number). Grouping is applied in the case of an MSN, or FSN.



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 00-010 P 7/8CCOM ← H 18 NOV 11

DU EFFECTIVITYEach DU is assigned an effectivity :‐ Effectivity can either be expressed in terms of MSN, or registration number (tail number),

depending on the customer's preference. However, MSN is the default.‐ On the PDF CCOM, the effectivity appears above the DU (if different from the previous one),

and within a grey background.




20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 00-010 P 8/8CCOM 18 NOV 11


INTRODUCTIONLIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 00-050 P 1/10CCOM A → 18 NOV 11

ABBREVIATIONSIdent.: 00-050-00005383.0002001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: K8357, SAApplicable to: ALL

ABBREVIATION TERMAA Airworthiness AuthoritiesAAP Additional Attendant PanelAAT Aircraft Allocation TableABN AbnormalABV AboveAC Alternating CurrentA/C, AC AircraftACARS Aircraft Communication Addressing and Reporting SystemACP Area Call Panel (Cabin)ACU Airshow Control UnitADB Area Distribution BoxADIRS Air Data and Inertial Reference SystemADS Automatic Dependent SurveillanceADV AdvisoryAEVC Avionic Equipment ventilation ComputerAIDS Aircraft Integrated Data SystemAIP Attendant Indication PanelALT AltitudeALTN AlternateAMM Aircraft Maintenance ManualAMU Audio Management UnitANT AntennaAPU Auxiliary Power UnitARINC Aeronautical Radio IncorporatedARN Aircraft Registration NumberARPT AirportA/S AirspeedASAP As Soon As PossibleASP Audio Selector PanelATC Air Traffic ControlATR Audio Tape ReproducerATSU Air Traffic Service UnitATT AttitudeAVOD Audio/Video on DemandAVNCS AvionicsAWY AirwayBARO BarometricBAT BatteryB/C, BC Business ClassBCL Battery Charge Limiter

Continued on the following page



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 00-050 P 2/10CCOM ← A → 18 NOV 11

Continued from the previous pageABBREVIATION TERMBFE Buyer Furnished EquipmentBGM Boarding MusicBITE Built-In Test EquipmentBMC Bleed Monitoring ComputerBRK BrakeBRT BrightBTL BottleCAB CabinCAPT CaptainCAM Cabin Assignment ModuleCAT CategoryCAS Cabin Attendant SeatCAUT CautionC/B Circuit BreakerCBMU Circuit Braker Monitoring UnitCC Cabin CrewCCB Cabin Crew BulletinCCL CIDS Caution LightCCOM Cabin Crew Operating ManualCCR Credit Card ReaderCCS Cabin Communication SystemCDR Compact Disc ReproducerCECAM Centralized Cabin MonitoringCDU Control and Display UnitCFDS Centralized Fault Display SystemCG Center of GravityCHA ChannelCHG ChangeCHK CheckCIDS Cabin intercommunication Data SystemCIN Change Idendification NumberCIP Cabin Interface PlugCKPT CockpitC/L Check ListCLB ClimbCLG CeilingCLR ClearCLSD ClosedCM CrewmemberCMC Central Maintenance ComputerCMD CommandCMS Central Maintenance SystemCMT Cabin Management TerminalCNTOR Contactor





Continued from the previous pageABBREVIATION TERMCOC Customer Originated ChangesCOMP CompartmentCPTR ComputerCOM CommunicationCONT ContinuousCPCU Cabin Pressure Control UnitCRC Continuous Repetitive ChimeCRG CargoCRS CourseCRSD Crew Rest Smoke DetectionCRZ CruiseCSTR ConstraintCSU Cassette Stowage UnitCTL ControlCTL PNL Control PanelCTLR ControllerCTR CenterCTU Cabin Telecommunication UnitCVR Cockpit Voice RecorderCWS Central Warning SystemDb DecibelDCC Digital Cockpit ControllerDEG DegreeDES DescentDEST DestinationDET DetectionDEU Decoder/Encoder unitDFDR Digital Flight Data RecorderDIM DimmingDIR DirectionDISC DisconnectDISCH DischargeDISPL DisplayDIST DistanceDSCS Door Slide Control SystemDSU Data Server UnitDU Display UnitDVD Digital Versatile DiscE/C Economy ClassECAM Electronic Centralized Aircraft MonitoringECAS Emergency Crew Alerting SystemEEPMS Emergency Escape Path Marking SystemECS Environmental Control SystemEIS Electronic Instruments System





Continued from the previous pageABBREVIATION TERMELEC ElectricityELEV Elevator, ElevationEMER EmergencyEMER EXIT R Emergency Exit Right (overwing)ENG EngineEOD Explosive Ordnance DisposalEPSU Emergency Power Supply UnitEVAC EvacuationF/A First AidFAIL FailureFAP Forward Attendant PanelFAR Federal Aviation RegulationsF/C, FC First ClassFCOM Flight Crew Operating ManualFCU Flush Contol UnitFDAU Flight Data Acquisition UnitFDB Floor Disconnect BoxFDIU Flight Data Interface UnitFES Fire Extinguishing SystemFF Fast ForwardFL Flight LevelFLT FlightF/O First OfficerFPEEPMS Floor-Proximity Emergency Escape Path-Marking SystemFRP Function Recovery ProcedureFRQ FrequencyFS Full Size (trolley)FSM Fault System ManagementFSN Fleet Serial NumberFT Foot, FeetFT/MN Feet per MinuteFWC Flight Warning ComputerFWD ForwardFWS Flight Warning SystemG5 Galley 5GEN GeneratorGND GroundGRVTY GravityGS Ground SpeedHI HighHP High PressureHPV High Pressure ValveHZ HertzHS Handset





Continued from the previous pageABBREVIATION TERMICAO International Civil Aviation organizationIDENT IdentificationIFE In Flight EntertainmentIFEC In Flight Entertainment CenterIGN IgnitionIMM ImmediateIND IndicationINOP InoperativeINT InterphoneINTENS IntensityIPRAM Integrated Prerecorded AnnouncementIR Inertial ReferenceIRS Inertial Reference SystemISPSS In-Seat Power Supply SystemJAR Joint Aviation RequirementsJB Junction BoxKG kilogramKT KnotLAV LavatoryLAV34 Lavatory 34LCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLD Lower DeckLDG LandingLD LAV Lower Deck LavatoryLED Light Emitting DiodeL/G Landing GearLGCIU Landing Gear Control Interface unitLIM LimitationLH Left HandLO LowLOM List Of ModificationsLONG LongitudeLOS List Of SectionsLP Low PressureLRBL Least Risk Bomb LocationLRU Line Replaceable UnitLSU Lavatory Service UnitLT LightLVL LevelMAINT MaintenanceMAN ManualMB MilibarMCDU Multipurpose Control and Display UnitMD Main Deck





Continued from the previous pageABBREVIATION TERMMECH Mechanic, MechanicalMED MediumMEL Minimum Equipment ListMIC MicrophoneMIN MinimumMKR Marker (radio) BeaconMLW Maximum Design Landing WeightMMEL Master Minimum Equipment ListMMO Mach Max Operating SpeedMN MinuteMRT Manual Release ToolMSA Minimum Safe AltitudeMSG MessageMSU Minimum Safe AltitudeMSU Media Server UnitMSL Mean Sea LevelMTOW Maximum design TakeOff WeightMWP Manual Warning PanelMZFW Maximum design Zero Fuel WeightN/A Not ApplicableNATS North American Telephone SystemNAV NavigationND Navigation DisplayNLG Nose Landing GearNM Nautical MileNORM NormalNS No SmokingNTPD Normal Temperature Pressure DryNTS Non Textile SurfaceO2 oxygenOAT Outside Air TemperatureOBRM On Board Replaceable ModuleOCCPD OccupiedOFF/R Off ResetOFST OffsetOHSC Overhead Stowage CompartmentOL Outboard LeftO/P OutputOPP OppositeOPS OperationsOPT OptionalOR Outboard RightOVBD OverboardOVHD Overhead





Continued from the previous pageABBREVIATION TERMOVHT OverheatOVRD OverrideOVSPD OverspeedOXY OxygenPA Passenger AddressPAT Primary Access TerminalPAX Passengerpb, PB Pushbuttonpb sw Pushbutton SwitchPBE Portable Breathing EquipmentPCB Passenger Call ButtonPCU Passenger Control UnitPDF Portable Document FormatPED Portable Electronic DevicesPERF PerformancePES Passenger Entertainment SystemPIM Programming and Indication ModulP/N Part NumberPNL PanelPOS PositionPOXIP Passenger Oxygen Indication PanelPR PressurePRAM Prerecorded Announcement and MusicPREV PreviousPROC ProcedurePRV Pressure Regulation ValvePSI Pound per Square InchPSIU Passenger Service Information UnitPSP Pre-selected PassengerPSU Passenger Service UnitPT PointPTP Programming and Test PanelPTT Push To TalkPURS PurserPWR PowerQCCU Quantity Calculation and Control UnitQT Quart (US)QTY QuantityRA Radio AltitudeRAD RadioRADVR Random Access Digital Video ReproducerRC Repetitive ChimeRCDR RecorderRCL Recall





Continued from the previous pageABBREVIATION TERMRCP Radio Control PanelRCVR ReceiverREG RegulationREL ReleaseREV ReverseREW RewindRH Right HandR/L Reading LightRQRD RequiredRS Reset RestoreRSVR ReservoirRTE RouteRTS Return To SeatRVC Remote Volume ControlRWY RunwaySAT Static Air TemperatureSB Service BulletinSC Single ChimeSCU System Control UnitSDCU Smoke Detection Control UnitSEB Seat Electronic BoxSEL Selector, SelectSELCAL Selective Calling SystemSEU Seat Electronit UnitSFE Seller Finished EquipmentS/N Serial NumberSPD SpeedS/R Seat RowSSC Single Stroke ChimeSTAT StaticSTBY StandbySTD StandardSTS StatusSVCE INTPH Service InterphoneSW SwitchSYS SystemTBC To Be ConfirmedTBD To Be DeterminedT/C,TC Tourist ClassTCAS Traffic-Collision Alert System Avoidance SystemTEL TelephoneTEMP TemperatureTK TankTMR Timer




20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 00-050 P 9/10CCOM ← A 18 NOV 11

Continued from the previous pageABBREVIATION TERMT.O. Take OffTU Tapping UnitTSM Trouble Shooting ManualTTL Taxi, Takeoff and LandingUP UpperUSB Universal Serial BusUTC Universal Coordinated TimeVC Ventilation controllerVCC Video Control CenterVCP Video Cassette PlayerVCR Video Cassette recorderVCU Video Control UnitVENT VentilationVHF Very High FrequencyVIB VibrationVOL VolumeVLV ValveVOD Video On DemandVTR Video Tape ReproducerWARN WarningWBM Weight and Balance ManualWDB Wall Disconnect BoxWDO WindowWSHLD WindshieldWT WeightWWP Update of the standard operating procedure to be in accordance with the A380 CCOM.

Water Waste PageXML Extensible Markup LanguageXMTR TransmitterYC, Y/C Economy ClassZ Zone






INTRODUCTIONUNITS CONVERSION TABLE

20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 00-060 P 1/2CCOM A 18 NOV 11

UNITS CONVERSION TABLEIdent.: 00-060-00005385.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

DESIGNATION METRIC TO US US TO METRIC

LENGTH

1 millimeter (mm) = 0.0394 inch (in)1 meter (m) = 3.281 feet (ft)1 meter (m) = 1.094 yard (yd)1 kilometer (km) = .540 nautical mile (nm)

1 inch (in) = 25.4 millimeter (mm)1 foot (ft) = .3048 meter (m)1 yard (yd) = .914 meter (m)1 nautical mile (nm) = 1.852 kilometer (km)

SPEED 1 meter/second (m/s) = 3.281 feet/second (ft/s)1 kilometer/hour (km/h) = .540 knot (kt)

1 foot/second (ft/s) = .03048 meter/second (m/s)1 knot (kt) = 1.852 kilometer/hour (km/h)

WEIGHT1 gram (g) = 0.353 ounce (oz)1 kilogram (kg) = 2.2046 pounds (lb)1 ton (t) = 2 204.6 pounds (lb)

1 ounce (oz) = 28.35 grams (g)1 pound (lb) = .4536 kilogram (kg)1 pound (lb) = 0.0004536 ton (t)

FORCE 1 Newton (N) = .2248 pounds (lb)1 deca Newton (daN) = 2.248 pounds (lb)

1 pound (lb) = 4.448 Newtons (N)1 pound (lb) = .448 deca Newton (daN)

PRESSURE 1 BAR = 14.505 pounds per square inch (P.S.I.)1 millibar (mbar) = 1 hpa = .0145 P.S.I.

1 pound per square inch (P.S.I.) = .0689 bar1 P.S.I. = 68.92 millibars (mbar) = 68.92 hpa

VOLUME 1 liter (l) = .2642 US Gallons1 cubic meter (m3) = 264.2 US Gallons1 liter (l) = 1.0568 Qt1 cubic meter (m3) = 1056.8 Qts

1 US Gallon = 3.785 liters (l)1 US Gallon = 0.03785 cubic meter (m3)1 Qt = 0.94625 liter (l)1 Qt = 0.000946 cubic meter (m3)

MOMENTUM 1 meter x deca Newton (m. daN) = 88.50 pound xinch (lb. in)

1 pound x inch (lb. in) = .0113 meter x decaNewton (m. DaN)

TEMPERATURE t (°C) = 5/9 {t (°F) - 32} t (°F) = t (°C) x 1.8 + 32


INTRODUCTIONUNITS CONVERSION TABLE



AIRCRAFT GENERAL



AIRCRAFT GENERALPRELIMINARY PAGES

TABLE OF CONTENTS



01-010 AIRCRAFT PRESENTATIONGENERALITES........................................................................................................................................................ A

01-020 AIRCRAFT DIMENSIONSDIMENSIONS...........................................................................................................................................................A

01-030 PERFORMANCEPERFORMANCE..................................................................................................................................................... A

01-040 PRESSURIZATIONUNPRESSURIZED COMPARTMENTS ................................................................................................................. A

01-050 FLIGHT CONTROLSGENERAL................................................................................................................................................................ A

01-060 LANDING GEARSLANDING GEARS................................................................................................................................................... A

01-070 CARGO COMPARTMENTSCARGO COMPARTMENTS.................................................................................................................................... ACARGO DOORS .................................................................................................................................................... B

01-080 CABIN DOORSCABIN DOORS........................................................................................................................................................A


AIRCRAFT GENERALPRELIMINARY PAGES

TABLE OF CONTENTS




AIRCRAFT GENERALAIRCRAFT PRESENTATION


GENERALITESIdent.: 01-010-00005386.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

‐ General : The A320 is a short to medium range, single-aisle, subsonic, civil transport aircraft.‐ Engines : The aircraft has two high bypass, turbofan engines, mounted underneath the wings.‐ Cockpit : The cockpit is arranged for a two-member crew. It also has a place for one observer

(plus optionally an additional one).‐ Cabin :

• The passenger seating layout may be varied to suit operating requirements, up to a certifiedmaximum of 180 seats.

• Any combination of cabin crew seats may be provided, with a minimum of 4 imperative seats.CAUTION ‐ AS WITH THE FLIGHT CREW PROCEDURES, A TRIPPED CIRCUIT BREAKER

MUST NOT BE RE-ENGAGED IN FLIGHT.‐ ON GROUND, THE CABIN CREW MAY RE-ENGAGE THE CIRCUIT BREAKER,

IF THE ACTION IS COORDINATED WITH MAINTENANCE AND THE CAUSEOF THE TRIPPING IS IDENTIFIED.


AIRCRAFT GENERALAIRCRAFT PRESENTATION




AIRCRAFT GENERALAIRCRAFT DIMENSIONS


DIMENSIONSIdent.: 01-020-00005387.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

The overall cabin length of the A320 is 27.51 m (90 ft, 3 in).AIRCRAFT DIMENSIONS


AIRCRAFT GENERALAIRCRAFT DIMENSIONS




AIRCRAFT GENERALPERFORMANCE


PERFORMANCEIdent.: 01-030-00005388.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

The design weights of the A320 are as follows :‐ MAX operating altitude: between 39 000 ft and 41 000 ft depending on aircraft certification‐ MAX design speeds (VMO/MMO): 350 kt ; M 0.82


AIRCRAFT GENERALPERFORMANCE




AIRCRAFT GENERALPRESSURIZATION


UNPRESSURIZED COMPARTMENTSIdent.: 01-040-00005389.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

UNPRESSURIZED COMPARTMENTS


AIRCRAFT GENERALPRESSURIZATION




AIRCRAFT GENERALFLIGHT CONTROLS


GENERALIdent.: 01-050-00005390.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

The fly-by-wire control system was designed and certificated to render the new generation of aircraftsafer, more cost effective, and more pleasant to fly, or ride in, than a conventional aircraft.BASIC PRINCIPLE

All flight control surfaces are :‐ Electrically controlled,‐ Hydraulically activated.The stabilizer and rudder can also be controlled mechanically.The pilots use the sidesticks to fly the aircraft in pitch and roll (and in yaw, indirectly, through turncoordination).Computers interpret pilot inputs and move the flight control surfaces, as necessary, to carry outthese orders.However, regardless of the pilot's inputs, computers prevent :‐ Excessive maneuvers,‐ Flight outside the safe-flight envelope.

FLIGHT CONTROL BASIC PRINCIPLE


AIRCRAFT GENERALFLIGHT CONTROLS


FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACESFLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES


AIRCRAFT GENERALLANDING GEARS


LANDING GEARSIdent.: 01-060-00005391.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

The landing gear of the A320 is comprised of :‐ Two main landing gear assemblies, mounted in the wings, and retracting sideways into the

fuselage ;‐ A nose landing gear, mounted under the nose, and retracting forwards into the fuselage.

LANDING GEARS


AIRCRAFT GENERALLANDING GEARS




AIRCRAFT GENERALCARGO COMPARTMENTS

20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 01-070 P 1/2CCOM A to B 18 NOV 11

CARGO COMPARTMENTSIdent.: 01-070-00005392.0001001 / 15 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

Three cargo compartments are installed in the A320's lower deck.CARGO COMPARTMENTS

The forward and aft cargo compartments are designed to carry containers and pallets.

CARGO DOORSIdent.: 01-070-00005394.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

There are three cargo compartment doors on the lower right side of the fuselage, below the cabinfloor.

CARGO DOORS

The forward (FWD) and AFT cargo doors open outward and upward, and can only be opened fromthe outside. They are hydraulically operated and mechanically locked.


AIRCRAFT GENERALCARGO COMPARTMENTS




AIRCRAFT GENERALCABIN DOORS


CABIN DOORSIdent.: 01-080-00005395.0001001 / 06 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

The A320 is equipped with :‐ 4 oversized Type "I" passenger/crew doors (2 on each side).‐ 4 Type "III" emergency exits (2 on each side).‐ 2 cockpit window exits (1 on each side).‐ 4 avionic compartment access doors.

CABIN DOORS

DESIGNATION

DIMENSIONS(height x width)

in metersLH

DIMENSIONS(height x width)

in metersRH

HEIGHT FROMGROUND FLOOR

(meters)

Door 1 (oversized Type "I") 1.85 x 0.81 1.85 x 0.81 3.400Door 2 (oversized Type "I") 1.85 x 0.81 1.85 x 0.81 3.400Emergency exit (Type "III") 1.02 x 0.51 1.02 x 0.51 3.790

• The passenger crew doors located in the FWD, and AFT sections of the cabin are oversized Type"I" exits. They are normally used to embark/disembark passengers, and to service the aircraft.

• The cabin emergency exits are Type "III" exits, located over the wing. These doors are alwaysin the ARMED position. In emergency situations, opening the doors from the inside leads toautomatic deployment of the emergency escape slide, due to the fact that the doors are always inARMED mode.

• All doors are operated by interior and exterior handles. They are equipped with an evacuationdevice, and become emergency exits in the event of an evacuation.


AIRCRAFT GENERALCABIN DOORS


• The cockpit window exits are sliding windows. They can only be opened from the inside.• Four inward opening, manually operated, hinged doors give external access to the avionics

compartments. These doors are in the lower fuselage, around the nose landing gear bay.

CABIN INTERIOR



CABIN INTERIORPRELIMINARY PAGES

TABLE OF CONTENTS



02-010 FLIGHT DECKGENERAL ARRANGEMENT...................................................................................................................................Aseat layout .............................................................................................................................................................. BCOCKPIT SEATS....................................................................................................................................................CCOCKPIT SEATS....................................................................................................................................................DCOCKPIT SEATS.................................................................................................................................................... E

02-030 CABIN LAYOUTMain Deck................................................................................................................................................................ALower Deck..............................................................................................................................................................BPassenger Seats..................................................................................................................................................... CAdditional Equipment...............................................................................................................................................D

02-050 CABIN CREW STATIONSLocation....................................................................................................................................................................ATypical Purser Station............................................................................................................................................. BTypical Rear CA Station LH....................................................................................................................................CTypical Rear CA Station RH................................................................................................................................... DTypical Single CAS..................................................................................................................................................ETypical Floor - mounted Single CAS.......................................................................................................................FTypical Double CAS................................................................................................................................................GTypical Swivel CAS................................................................................................................................................. H

02-060 CONTROL PANELSForward Attendant Panel.........................................................................................................................................AIndication of Cabin Status and Selection of System Pages....................................................................................BAutomatic Activation of System Pages and System Info PAge..............................................................................CAft Attendant Panel................................................................................................................................................. D

02-070 CABIN LIGHTING SYSTEMGeneral.....................................................................................................................................................................AGeneral Illumination.................................................................................................................................................BSystem Operation from the FAP.............................................................................................................................CSystem Operation from the AAP.............................................................................................................................DEntry Area Lighting Control from the FAP.............................................................................................................. EEntry Area Lighting Control from the AAP.............................................................................................................. FCabin Zone Lighting Control from the FAP............................................................................................................ G



TABLE OF CONTENTS


Cabin Zone Lighting Control from the AAP............................................................................................................ HLavatory Lighting....................................................................................................................................................... IPassenger Reading Lights....................................................................................................................................... JCabin Attendant Work Lights...................................................................................................................................KEmergency Lights.....................................................................................................................................................LEscape Slides Emergency Lights........................................................................................................................... M

02-080 CIRCUIT BREAKER (PANELS)VU Panel Location...................................................................................................................................................AC/B Description........................................................................................................................................................B

02-090 AIR CONDITIONINGGeneral.....................................................................................................................................................................ACockpit Air Conditioning.......................................................................................................................................... BCabin Air Conditioning.............................................................................................................................................CPassenger Individual Air Outlets.............................................................................................................................DGalley Ventilation.....................................................................................................................................................ELavatory Ventilation..................................................................................................................................................FTemperature Control from Cockpit..........................................................................................................................GTemperature Control from Cabin............................................................................................................................ HFAP Failure Messages..............................................................................................................................................IFloor Panel Heating at the FWD Doors...................................................................................................................J

02-100 WATER AND WASTESYSTEM FUNCTIONS AND COMPONENTS........................................................................................................ AFAP - Messages......................................................................................................................................................BWater ...................................................................................................................................................................... C

02-110 LAVATORIESLocation of Lavatories A,D and E........................................................................................................................... ALavatory Door Types............................................................................................................................................... BLavatory Door Operation......................................................................................................................................... CFolding Wall at Lavatory D for Stretcher Transport................................................................................................ DInterior .....................................................................................................................................................................ELavatory Service Unit (LSU)....................................................................................................................................FLavatory Smoke Detection...................................................................................................................................... GWaste-Bin Fire Extinguisher....................................................................................................................................HNursing Table............................................................................................................................................................ IToilet and Washroom Function ...............................................................................................................................JLavatory .................................................................................................................................................................. KReset of the Vacuum System Controller (VSC)...................................................................................................... L



TABLE OF CONTENTS


02-120 DOORS AND EXITSCabin Door Description........................................................................................................................................... ACabin Door Operation..............................................................................................................................................BDoors and Slides Control from the Cabin...............................................................................................................C

02-140 GALLEYSGalley Location and Equipment.............................................................................................................................. ATrolleys.....................................................................................................................................................................BElectrical Panel........................................................................................................................................................CGalley Cooling......................................................................................................................................................... DWater Shut-Off Valve...............................................................................................................................................EWastewater Draining................................................................................................................................................FWater Heater........................................................................................................................................................... GOven Control Module.............................................................................................................................................. HOven.......................................................................................................................................................................... IContainer.................................................................................................................................................................. J



TABLE OF CONTENTS




CABIN INTERIORFLIGHT DECK


GENERAL ARRANGEMENTIdent.: 02-010-00005396.0001001 / 27 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

The cockpit is designed for maximum comfort and convenience, providing various types ofequipment and stowage possibilities.In addition, the cockpit is thermally and acoustically insulated.



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-010 P 2/6CCOM B 18 NOV 11

SEAT LAYOUTIdent.: 02-010-00005397.0001001 / 27 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

seat layout

The cockpit is designed to accommodate two crewmembers, plus one or two other occupants(depending on the aircraft configuration).The two pilot seats are column-mounted.The third and fourth occupant (if installed) seats are folding seats.These seats are suitable for use during takeoff and landing.



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-010 P 3/6CCOM C → 18 NOV 11

COCKPIT SEATSIdent.: 02-010-00005398.0007001 / 21 APR 08Criteria: P2493, SAApplicable to: ALL

CAPTAIN SEAT



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-010 P 4/6CCOM ← C 18 NOV 11



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-010 P 5/6CCOM D 18 NOV 11

COCKPIT SEATSIdent.: 02-010-00005399.0001001 / 27 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

THIRD OCCUPANT SEAT



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-010 P 6/6CCOM E 18 NOV 11

COCKPIT SEATSIdent.: 02-010-00005400.0001001 / 27 MAR 08Criteria: P0040Applicable to: ALL

FOURTH OCCUPANT SEAT


CABIN INTERIORCABIN LAYOUT


MAIN DECKIdent.: 02-030-00005401.0008001 / 15 OCT 08Criteria: K10331, K8357Applicable to: ALL

The A/C cabin layout is divided into a main deck and a lower deck layout.CABIN LAYOUT - MAIN DECK

The aircraft is equipped with a total of 146 passenger seats:‐ 8 business class (B/C) seats‐ 138 tourist class (Y/C) seatsFurthermore the main deck is equipped with:‐ 3 galleys (G)‐ 3 lavatories (L)‐ 1 coat stowage (C)‐ 2 doghouses (C)‐ 1 foodtable (FT)




Cabin Layout - Main Deck




LOWER DECKIdent.: 02-030-00005402.0003001 / 15 OCT 08Criteria: K5564Applicable to: ALL

The lower deck is equipped with:‐ 3 cargo compartments (FWD, AFT and BULK)

Cabin layout - lower deck




PASSENGER SEATSIdent.: 02-030-00005403.0002001 / 23 MAR 10Criteria: K8357, SAApplicable to: ALL

The following types of passenger seats are installed in the cabin:‐ Business class (B/C) seats‐ Economy class seatsECONOMY CLASS SEAT

The equipment of the economy class seat consists of:Economy class seat (example)

Note: Ensure that all seats are in upright position and all meal tables as well as cup holdersare stowed during Taxi, Take-Off and Landing. This is necessary for a trouble-freeevacuation in case of an emergency.

WARNING Risk of injury to small children's fingers when operating the movable armrest.Advise passengers travelling with small children of the potential risk related to thearmrest movement.

BUSINESS CLASS SEATThe equipment of the business class seat consists of:



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-030 P 5/12CCOM ← C → 18 NOV 11

Business class seat (example)

WARNING Risk of injury to small children's fingers when operating the movable armrest.Advise passengers travelling with small children of the potential risk related to thearmrest movement.

SEAT BELTThe seat belt is part of the seat.




OPERATING THE SEAT BELTFasten/loosen the seat belt

How to fasten the seat beltSee Fig. 1.WARNING Ensure that the seat belt is not twisted before or during the fasten procedure.

Otherwise it does not protect from injury.1. Take the belt fastener in one hand and the connector of the opposite belt in the other hand.2. Move the connector into the belt fastener until it snaps into place.3. Pull the free strap end until the seat belt is tightened.4. Check whether the seat belt is correctly locked and tightened.WARNING Ensure that the seat belt is correctly locked and tightened. Otherwise it does

not protect from injury.



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-030 P 7/12CCOM ← C to D → 18 NOV 11

WARNING Do not use extension girts at seats with inflatable seat belts (belts with anintegrated airbag). Although it could be possible to use them, they will notprotect passengers from injury due to the following reasons:‐ The airbag of an extended seat belt will always be at the wrong position‐ The different seat belt locks will not fit properly‐ The electrical circuit located inside the belt lock will be interrupted, which

will prevent the airbag from releasing.Passengers who do not conform with the requirements of these seats, arerequired to be relocated by Cabin Crew members to seats with no inflatableseat belts.

How to loosen the seat beltSee Fig. 2.1. Lift the cap of the belt fastener at the rear end. The belt fastener opens.2. Take the belt fastener in one hand and the connector in the other hand.3. Lay down the seat belt and make sure that its position on the seat causes no danger of

tripping.

ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENTIdent.: 02-030-00006978.0001001 / 17 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

BABY BASSINET FROM INNOVINTFollowing description is valid for the baby bassinets of the INNOVINT 725X-Series.GENERAL

Baby bassinets provide passengers travelling with babies with a place for their baby to sleepduring the flight. It can be installed on a partition wall, lavatory or galley wall, always in frontof the passengers travelling with the baby. Two quick release pins attach the bassinet to therelated wall, inserted into special holes.When not in use, the baby bassinet should be folded to the minimum size and stowed.

LIMITATIONSTo ensure a safe flight to the baby obey the following limitations:‐ Do not use the baby bassinet during taxi, take-off, turbulences and landing.‐ The zipper must be closed while a baby is lying in the bassinet.



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-030 P 8/12CCOM ← D → 18 NOV 11

‐ Do not use the baby bassinet for any other purpose than to lay a baby inside.‐ Do not exceed a maximum body weight of 11 kg (24 lbs) or an age above 12 month.

Note: An overload will not occur if the baby fits smooth into the baby bassinet.A baby aged 9 to 12 month has an average length of 74 cm (29 inch) and a weightbetween 9.2 kg (20 lbs) and 11.4 kg (25 lbs).

WARNING When a baby is inside the baby bassinet:‐ Do not lean against the baby bassinet‐ Do not hang items on it (overload)‐ Do not unlock itThe baby bassinet may fall from the wall and the baby could be injured.

PREFLIGHT CHECKPrior to the installation of the baby bassinet:‐ Check that the baby bassinet is not damaged and its textile is not torn.‐ Check that the pins and the corresponding holes in the related monument are not defective,

damaged or blocked.




DESCRIPTIONBaby Bassinet with Attach Fitting




OPERATIONHow to Install

How to Insert the Pins

1. Kindly ask the persons in front of the monument where the baby bassinet has to beinstalled to leave the seats for the time of installation. This allows staying in front of themonument for the installation of the baby bassinet.

2. On both sides, simultaneously open and hold the spring loaded flaps (A), and press andhold the pin release buttons (B).

3. Simultaneously insert the pins in their corresponding holes in the monument and releaseboth pin release buttons and flaps (C).Note: Do not insert the pins fully into the corresponding holes.

4. Continue inserting the pins (D) until it clicks (E). Then check the safe attachment of thebaby bassinet by pulling back each pin.



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-030 P 11/12CCOM ← D 18 NOV 11

How to RemoveHow to Release the Pins

1. Kindly ask the persons in front of the baby bassinet to leave the seats for the time ofdeinstallation. This allows staying in front of the monument for the deinstallation of the babybassinet.

2. On both sides, simultaneously open and hold the spring loaded flaps (A) and press andhold the pin release buttons (B).

3. Pull the pins out of the corresponding holes from the monument (C) until they are out, thenrelease both pin release buttons and flaps (D).






CABIN INTERIORCABIN CREW STATIONS


LOCATIONIdent.: 02-050-00005405.0004001 / 16 OCT 08Criteria: K10331, K8357Applicable to: ALL

Cabin attendant stations are located at the FWD and AFT cabin door on the A/C. The cabinattendant seats are part of the attendant stations. During the take-off and landing procedure thecabin crew members must use the attendant seats.The A/C has a total of 3 cabin attendant stations with together 6 cabin attendant seats installed.These stations are equipped with:‐ single (2) or double (2) cabin attendant seats (CAS)‐ Forward Attendant Panel (FAP)‐ Attendant Indication Panels (AIP)‐ Aft Attendant Panels (AAP)‐ Handsets (HS)

location of Cabin attendant Stations and seats

DIRECT VIEW FROM CABIN ATTENDANT STATIONSA minimum of the attendant stations must be occupied to comply with the type certificationrequirements.



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-050 P 2/18CCOM ← A to B → 18 NOV 11

Direct view from cabin attendant stations

TYPICAL PURSER STATIONIdent.: 02-050-00009700.0001001 / 30 NOV 09Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

The typical purser station is equipped as follows:‐ 1 FAP located above the Cabin Attendant Seat (CAS)‐ 1 AIP located in the door frame‐ 1 Handset located between the headrests‐ 2 CAS with the relevant emergency equipment



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-050 P 3/18CCOM ← B to C → 18 NOV 11

Typical Purser Station

TYPICAL REAR CA STATION LHIdent.: 02-050-00009701.0001001 / 30 JUL 09Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

The typical rear CA station LH is equipped as follows:‐ 1 AAP located in the door frame‐ 1 AIP located in the door frame or above the galley




‐ 1 Handset located in the door frame‐ 1 CAS with the relevant emergency equipment

Typical Rear CA Station LH

TYPICAL REAR CA STATION RHIdent.: 02-050-00009702.0001001 / 30 JUL 09Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

The typical rear CA station RH is equipped as follows:



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-050 P 5/18CCOM ← D to E → 18 NOV 11

‐ 1 AIP located above in the overhead panel‐ 1 Handset located at the headrest‐ 1 CAS with the relevant emergency equipment

Typical Rear CA Station RH

TYPICAL SINGLE CASIdent.: 02-050-00009704.0001001 / 27 OCT 10Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

The equipment of the single cabin attendant seat CAS consist of:



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-050 P 6/18CCOM ← E → 18 NOV 11

Single CAS

For the location and the quantity of the single CAS, Refer to DU CCOM Location.CAS OPERATION:‐ Pull down the seat pan until it is level‐ While holding down the seat pan, apply body weight in the seat pan‐ Release of body weight, the seat return to the stowed position.RESTRAINT SYSTEM

The restraint system consist of the seat belt and two shoulder straps integrated in the cabinattendant seat.




Fasten seat-belt procedure:1. Close the lap belt (1).2. Pull the unlocked free strap end (2) and tighten the belt.3. Pull down the shoulder straps (3).4. Insert the shoulder straps (3) into the lap belt fastener.Loosen seat-belt procedure:Open the lap belt fastener through turning the cap of the fastener to the left or right side.

Fasten and Loosen of the Seat Belt

CAUTION The lap belt must be stowed correctly in the cavity located at the rear of thebackrest in order to avoid a Damage of the belt after retraction of the seat pan.

CAUTION If there is no cavity located at the rear of the backrest , the lap belt must bestowed in the Fasten seat-belt position.




Stowage of the Lap Belt

TYPICAL FLOOR - MOUNTED SINGLE CASIdent.: 02-050-00012557.0002001 / 27 OCT 10Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

The equipment of the double CAS consist of:



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-050 P 9/18CCOM ← F → 18 NOV 11

Floor-Mounted Single CAS

For the location and the quantity of the double CAS, Refer to DU CCOM Location .CAS OPERATION:‐ Pull down the bench until it is level‐ While holding down the sat pan, apply body weight in the seat pan‐ Release of body weight, the seat return to the stowed position.RESTRAINT SYSTEM




20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-050 P 10/18CCOM ← F → 18 NOV 11









TYPICAL DOUBLE CASIdent.: 02-050-00009705.0001001 / 27 OCT 10Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

The equipment of the double CAS consist of:



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-050 P 12/18CCOM ← G → 18 NOV 11

Double CAS

For the location and the quantity of the double CAS, Refer to DU CCOM Location.CAS OPERATION:‐ Pull down the bench until it is level‐ While holding down the bench, apply body weight in the bench‐ Release of body weight, the seat return to the stowed position.RESTRAINT SYSTEM











20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-050 P 14/18CCOM ← G to H → 18 NOV 11


TYPICAL SWIVEL CASIdent.: 02-050-00009706.0001001 / 27 OCT 10Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

The equipment of the swivel seat consist of:



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-050 P 15/18CCOM ← H → 18 NOV 11

Swivel CAS

For the location and the quantity of the swivel CAS, Refer to DU CCOM Location.CAS OPERATION:CAUTION Always take care when taking up/vacating crew seats to prevent any injury to

fingers/arms.‐ Lift up the Seat-Pan Release-Latch and turn the seat 90° counterclockwise‐ Push down the seat pan into the locking mechanism‐ Lifting up the seat-pan release-latch moves the seat automatically to the stowed position.




RESTRAINT SYSTEMThe restraint system consist of the seat belt and two shoulder straps integrated in the cabinattendant seat.Fasten seat-belt procedure:1. Close the seat belt (1)2. Pull the unlocked free strap end (2) and tighten the belt3. Pull down the shoulder straps (3)4. Insert the shoulder straps (3) into the seat belt fastener.Loosen seat-belt procedure:Open the lap belt fastener through turning the cap of the fastener to the left or right side.












CABIN INTERIORCONTROL PANELS


FORWARD ATTENDANT PANELIdent.: 02-060-00005413.0009001 / 13 NOV 08Criteria: K8357, SAApplicable to: ALL

The main control panel in the cabin is the FAP.It is located at the attendant station FWD L and is divided into three different control modules.

Forward Attendant Panel (FAP)

(1) Cabin Lighting Module (to control the cabin and entrance lighting)

(2) Audio Module (to control the prerecorded announcement and boarding music)

(3) Water and Miscellaneous Module (indicates the water/waste quantity and the status of differentnormal/emergency systems).

The PTP is installed next to the FAP. It is used to make inputs to the CIDS (e.g. to perform cabinprogramming).The cabin programming is part of the Programming mode and it is code protected. To get accessto the subfunctions CAM Layout Selection and PA Level Adjustment different access codes areneeded.The other subfunction of the Programming mode is the cabin zoning, which is not code protected.




Programming and Test Panel (PTP)

In addition to the input functions, the PTP indicates the current status of the CIDS, which ismonitored in the System Status mode. For support of the cabin crew, the status of the LavatorySmoke Detection and the Slide Bottle Pressure are also monitored.After the system power up, the System Status mode is running automatically and the PTP usuallydisplays the following messages:‐ CIDS OK‐ LAV SMOKE DATA OK‐ SLIDES PRESS OK‐ DRAINMASTS OK.An exception to these messages appears only when one of the other modes (Maintenance orProgramming mode) is selected manually.In case of a failure the respective messages are:‐ <CIDS FAIL or <CIDS DEGRADATION‐ <LAV SMOKE SYS FAIL‐ <SLIDES PRESS FAIL‐ <DRAINMASTS FAIL.In order to get detailed information on these failures, push the related membrane switch on the PTP.



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-060 P 3/4CCOM B to D 18 NOV 11

INDICATION OF CABIN STATUS AND SELECTION OF SYSTEM PAGESIdent.: 02-060-00005414.0003001 / 13 NOV 08Criteria: K8419, SAApplicable to: ALL

Not available.

AUTOMATIC ACTIVATION OF SYSTEM PAGES AND SYSTEM INFO PAGEIdent.: 02-060-00005415.0002001 / 13 NOV 08Criteria: K8419, SAApplicable to: ALL

Not available.

AFT ATTENDANT PANELIdent.: 02-060-00005412.0005001 / 12 NOV 08Criteria: K8357, SAApplicable to: ALL

The Aft Attendant Panel (AAP) is located beside Door AFT L. In general, the cabin systems arecontrolled from the FAP. Some of these cabin systems can be additionally controlled from the AAP.CONTROLS ON AAP AFT L

Aft Attendant Panel

The following cabin systems can be controlled from this AAP:‐ The illumination of the AFT entrance area (ENTRY BRT, ENTRY DIM 1, ENTRY DIM 2)‐ The illumination of the passenger zone (CABIN BRT, CABIN DIM 1, CABIN DIM 2)‐ The reset of the evacuation signalling chime (RESET)‐ The indication of the evacuation signalling (EVAC)






CABIN INTERIORCABIN LIGHTING SYSTEM



The cabin lights illuminate the cabin and entrance areas, the attendant stations, the lavatories andthe galleys. All these lights are controlled by the cabin lighting system, which is a part of the CabinIntercommunication Data System (CIDS).The cabin lighting system consists of following sub-systems:‐ General illumination‐ Lavatory lighting‐ Passenger reading lights‐ Cabin attendant work lights‐ Emergency lighting‐ Passenger lighted signs (for location and operation: Refer to 03-080 General System Information)

GENERAL ILLUMINATIONIdent.: 02-070-00005537.0003001 / 16 OCT 08Criteria: K8357, SAApplicable to: ALL

The general illumination system has different light strips, which are located in the ceiling panelsabove the aisles and windows. Additional lights are installed in the stowage compartments.Every light strip consists of a row of fluorescent tubes, which are integrated in ballast units.The system illuminates the following areas:‐ Entry areas‐ Cabin zones.The cabin crewmembers control these lights from the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP) and from theAdditional Attendant Panel (AAP).After power-up of the CIDS all cabin lights illuminate with full intensity, except the lavatory lights.Note: The lights near the cockpit door in the entrance area FWD dim automatically when the

cockpit door is opened. This function should avoid glaring in the cockpit and is available,when at least one engine is running.

Note: In case of Low Cabin-Pressure all cabin lights are switched on with full brightness,independent from any selected light volume setting.



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-070 P 2/12CCOM C to D → 18 NOV 11

SYSTEM OPERATION FROM THE FAPIdent.: 02-070-00005998.0003001 / 16 OCT 08Criteria: K8357, SAApplicable to: ALL

Cabin Lighting Module on the FAP

The FAP provides the following light controls:‐ MAIN ON / MAIN OFF (controls for all cabin lights)‐ ENTRY FWD: BRT / DIM 1 / DIM 2 (forward entry lighting controls for the steps: 100 %/50 %/10 %

visual brightness)‐ ENTRY AFT: BRT / DIM 1 / DIM 2 (aft entry area lighting controls for the steps: 100 %/50 %/ 10 %

visual brightness)‐ Cabin BRT / DIM 1 / DIM 2 (cabin zone lighting controls for the steps: 100 %/50 %/10 % visual

brightness)‐ WDO / CLG (separate controls for the lights at the cabin window seats or the ceiling lights)‐ POWER LAV / ATTN / READ (separate controls for the lavatory, attendant work and passenger

reading lights).

SYSTEM OPERATION FROM THE AAPIdent.: 02-070-00005999.0002001 / 16 OCT 08Criteria: K8357, SAApplicable to: ALL

The cabin lighting can be controlled from the AAP or from the FAP.The attendant station AFT L has an AAP. The AAP controls the illumination of its entry area and ofthe cabin zone.




Additional Attendant Panel (Example)

Pushbutton DescriptionCABIN BRT Pushing the Cabin BRT pb illuminates the corresponding cabin zone with 100 %

brightness.CABIN DIM 1 Pushing the DIM 1 pb turns the light in the assigned cabin zone to approximately 50 %

visual brightness.CABIN DIM 2 Pushing the DIM 2 pb turns the light in the assigned cabin zone to approximately 10 %

visual brightness.ENTRY BRT Pushing an ENTRY BRT pb turns the light in the assigned entry area to 100 %

brightness.ENTRY DIM 1 Pushing the DIM 1 pb turns the light in the assigned entry area to approximately 50 %

visual brightness.ENTRY DIM 2 Pushing the DIM 2 pb turns the light in the assigned entry area to approximately 10 %

visual brightness.

The pushbuttons are arranged in two columns for cabin zone (CABIN) and entry area (Entry)illumination.The LED on the pushbutton illuminates, when the pushbutton is pushed and activated.



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-070 P 4/12CCOM E to G 18 NOV 11

ENTRY AREA LIGHTING CONTROL FROM THE FAPIdent.: 02-070-00006000.0002001 / 16 OCT 08Criteria: K8357, SAApplicable to: ALL

To set the intensity of the entry area lights, push one of the following pushbuttons:‐ ENTRY BRT pb to set the entry area lights to 100 % visual brightness‐ ENTRY DIM 1 pb to dim the entry area lights to 50 % visual brightness‐ ENTRY DIM 2 pb to dim the entry area lights to 10 % visual brightnessTo switch OFF the entry area lights, push the active (illuminated) pushbutton a second time.To switch ON the entry area lights again, push one of the pushbuttons ENTRY BRT, ENTRY DIM 1or ENTRY DIM 2. The entry area lights will illuminate with the corresponding brightness.

ENTRY AREA LIGHTING CONTROL FROM THE AAPIdent.: 02-070-00006001.0002001 / 16 OCT 08Criteria: K8357, SAApplicable to: ALL

To set the intensity of the entry area lights, press one of the following pushbuttons:‐ ENTRY BRT pb to set the entry area lights to 100 % brightness‐ ENTRY DIM 1 pb to dim the entry area lights to 50 % brightness‐ ENTRY DIM 2 pb to dim the entry area lights to 10 % brightnessTo switch off the entry area lights, press the active (illuminated) pushbutton a second time.To switch on the entry area lights again, press one of the pushbuttons ENTRY BRT, ENTRY DIM 1or ENTRY DIM 2. The entry area lights illuminate with the corresponding brightness.

CABIN ZONE LIGHTING CONTROL FROM THE FAPIdent.: 02-070-00006002.0003001 / 16 OCT 08Criteria: K8357, SAApplicable to: ALL

To set the intensity of the cabin zone lights, push one of the following pushbuttons:‐ CABIN BRT pb to set the cabin zone lights to 100 % brightness.‐ CABIN DIM 1 pb to dim the cabin zone lights to 50 % visual brightness.‐ CABIN DIM 2 pb to dim the cabin zone lights to 10 % visual brightness.To switch OFF the cabin zone lights, push the active (illuminated) pushbutton a second time.To switch ON the cabin zone lights again, push one of the pushbuttons CABIN BRT, CABIN DIM 1 orCABIN DIM 2. The cabin zone lights illuminate with the corresponding brightness.To switch ON or OFF all lights of the cabin use the MAIN ON / MAIN OFF pushbuttons.



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-070 P 5/12CCOM H to I → 18 NOV 11

CABIN ZONE LIGHTING CONTROL FROM THE AAPIdent.: 02-070-00006003.0002001 / 16 OCT 08Criteria: K8357, SAApplicable to: ALL

In addition to the control from the FAP it is possible to control the cabin zone lighting from the AAP.The following pushbuttons are available to control the lights intensity of the related cabin zone(s):‐ CABIN BRT to set the cabin zone lights to 100 % visual brightness.‐ CABIN DIM 1 to dim the cabin zone lights to 50 % visual brightness.‐ CABIN DIM 2 to dim the cabin zone lights to 10 % visual brightness.The LED on the "active" pushbutton illuminates.To switch OFF the cabin zone lights, push the active (illuminated) pushbutton a second time.To switch ON the cabin zone lights again, push one of the pushbuttons CABIN BRT, CABIN DIM 1 orCABIN DIM 2. The cabin zone lights illuminate with the corresponding brightness.Note: Only the FAP provides the possibility to switch OFF all cabin zone lights.

LAVATORY LIGHTINGIdent.: 02-070-00005530.0001001 / 16 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

Each lavatory is equipped with different lighting units, controlled by the lavatory lighting system.



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-070 P 6/12CCOM ← I → 18 NOV 11

STANDARD TYPE LAVATORYStandard Type Lavatory

The lavatory lighting system has following elements:‐ Two ballast units with fluorescent tubes (located above the lavatory door)‐ One combined halogen mirror / auxiliary light (located beside the mirror)SYSTEM OPERATION

The lavatory lighting system is controlled by the CIDS.A micro-switch in the lavatory door-frame monitors whether the door is UNLOCKED orLOCKED. Depending to these positions, the lavatory lighting system works in different ways.When the lavatory door is UNLOCKED:‐ The fluorescent tubes illuminate with reduced intensity,‐ The auxiliary light is ON,‐ The mirror light is OFF.



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-070 P 7/12CCOM ← I to J → 18 NOV 11

When the lavatory door is LOCKED:‐ The fluorescent tubes illuminate with full intensity,‐ The auxiliary light stays ON,‐ The mirror light comes ON.

PASSENGER READING LIGHTSIdent.: 02-070-00005532.0002001 / 16 OCT 08Criteria: K8357, SAApplicable to: ALL

The passenger reading lights are high intensity LED lights which give additional illumination to thepassengers. Each passenger can control his own reading light.PASSENGER READING LIGHTS (PSU)

The passenger reading lights are installed in the Passenger Service Units (PSUs), which arelocated above the seat rows. Each reading light has a related pushbutton.

Passenger Reading Lights

SYSTEM OPERATION BY PASSENGERSOperate the passenger reading lights on the PSU as follows:1. Push the pushbutton to switch ON the reading light.2. Push the pushbutton again to switch OFF the reading light.

TURN ON OR OFF ALL READING LIGHTS AT ONCEThe cabin crew can turn ON or OFF all passenger reading lights at the same time via the FAP.



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-070 P 8/12CCOM ← J to K → 18 NOV 11

READ Pushbutton on the FAP

To turn ON or OFF the reading lights in the cabin, push the READ pb:1. Push the READ pb to switch ON the reading lights.2. Push the READ pb again to switch OFF the reading lights.

CABIN ATTENDANT WORK LIGHTSIdent.: 02-070-00005535.0001001 / 16 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

The cabin attendant work lights are high intensity LED lights. They give additional illumination to theworking areas.The cabin attendant work lights are installed near the cabin attendant seats and galleys, and in theentrance areas (e.g.). They are arranged as single-type lights and combined panels.



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-070 P 9/12CCOM ← K 18 NOV 11

Cabin Attendant Work Lights

SYSTEM OPERATIONThe cabin attendant work lights can be controlled manually. Operate them as follows:‐ Press the related pushbutton to switch ON the selected cabin attendant work light. The

illumination of the symbol on the pushbutton comes on.‐ Press the related pushbutton again to switch OFF the selected cabin attendant work light. The

illumination of the symbol on the pushbutton goes off.



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-070 P 10/12CCOM L → 18 NOV 11

EMERGENCY LIGHTSIdent.: 02-070-00005544.0001001 / 16 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

There are two types of emergency lights in the cabin:‐ Emergency Lights at the doors (A)‐ Cabin Emergency Lights (B).

Emergency Lights - Example

(A) Emergency Lights (Doors)

(B) Cabin Emergency Lights



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-070 P 11/12CCOM ← L to M 18 NOV 11

The emergency lights at the doors (A) are installed above the doors or beside the emergency exitdoors. They show the position of the exit.The cabin emergency signs (B) are installed in the aisle in an overhead position. They show thedirection to the next exit.

ESCAPE SLIDES EMERGENCY LIGHTSIdent.: 02-070-00005553.0001001 / 16 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

Each escape slide has a row of small emergency lights. They indicate the way out of the aircraft andthe borders of the escape slide.The escape slide emergency lights are activated only when the door or the emergency exit door isopened in position DOOR ARMED and the escape slide is released.Refer to: Escape Slide for information about the location of the escape slide emergency lights.






CABIN INTERIORCIRCUIT BREAKER (PANELS)

20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-080 P 1/4CCOM A to B → 18 NOV 11

VU PANEL LOCATIONIdent.: 02-080-00005559.0001001 / 16 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

On the circuit breaker (C/B) panels 2000VU and 2001VU the circuit breakers for the differentelectrical systems are located. These VU panels have different locations, 2000VU in the FWD and2001VU in the AFT cabin area.

VU panel location

They are installed to protect the electrical circuits of their related components.A cover protects each circuit breaker panel to prevent unauthorized access.

C/B DESCRIPTIONIdent.: 02-080-00005561.0001001 / 05 NOV 09Criteria: K10331, K8357Applicable to: ALL

The VU panels have rows of circuit breakers. The function of each circuit breaker is shown belowthe related circuit breaker. The location of the circuit breaker is defined through a matrix (Letter xNumber):‐ a letter (A,B,C,...) for the circuit breaker row,‐ a number (1,2,3,...) for the circuit breaker column.Example:If a circuit breaker is installed in row H on position 3 (column 8) the related location is called H3.



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-080 P 2/4CCOM ← B → 18 NOV 11

In this case the circuit breaker H3 protects the electrical circuit which is responsible for the cabin lightpower at the window in the aft of the cabin area.

Circuit breaker panel 2000VU



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-080 P 3/4CCOM ← B 18 NOV 11

Circuit breaker panel 2001VU

CAUTION It is not allowed to reset a tripped C/B. If you reset it, you can cause an overload toanother system.






CABIN INTERIORAIR CONDITIONING



The engines or the APU supply the A/C with fresh air. This air is controlled for pressure, temperatureand humidity to ensure the comfort of the passengers. A certain part of the used air is mixed to thefresh air by mixer units. The rest of the used air is discharged overboard.

COCKPIT AIR CONDITIONINGIdent.: 02-090-00005569.0001001 / 15 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

The air for the cockpit is delivered from the underfloor mixer unit into the cockpit distribution lines,which supply the different cockpit air outlets.The used air is extracted through grills at the bottom of the cockpit.

Cockpit Air Conditioning Operation



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-090 P 2/8CCOM C 18 NOV 11

CABIN AIR CONDITIONINGIdent.: 02-090-00005572.0001001 / 15 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

The air for the passenger cabin is delivered from the underfloor mixer unit into the cabin distributionlines, which supply the different cabin air outlets.The cabin air is distributed through cabin outlets (above and below the overhead stowagecompartments) and passenger individual air outlets.To control the cabin temperature individually, the cabin is divided into two areas (Area 1 (FWD) andArea 2 (AFT)).The used air is extracted through panels near the cabin floor.

Cabin Air Conditioning Operation



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-090 P 3/8CCOM D to E → 18 NOV 11

PASSENGER INDIVIDUAL AIR OUTLETSIdent.: 02-090-00005574.0001001 / 15 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

The passenger service units (PSUs) below the overhead stowage compartments have passengerindividual air outlets. Each air outlet is individually adjustable for flow direction and flow rate (0 % to100 %).

Passenger Individual Air Outlets

GALLEY VENTILATIONIdent.: 02-090-00005577.0001001 / 15 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

Some galleys have air outlets in their upper part. The air outlets are connected to the cabin airdistribution system.The air outlets are adjustable for the flow direction, and they are closed by turning them into theclosed-position.Through connections inside of the galley, the used air is extracted and completely dischargedoverboard.




Galley Ventilation

LAVATORY VENTILATIONIdent.: 02-090-00005580.0001001 / 15 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

Cabin air enters the lavatory through the grills in the door and through the air outlet on the LavatoryService Unit (LSU).The air outlet is adjustable for flow direction and flow rate (0 % to 100 %).Through the grill in the lavatory ceiling, the used air is extracted and completely dischargedoverboard.Behind the grill in the lavatory ceiling, a Smoke Detector is installed to monitor the extracted air. Ifthere is smoke in the extracted air, a visual and aural alert comes on.




Lavatory Ventilation

TEMPERATURE CONTROL FROM COCKPITIdent.: 02-090-00005582.0001001 / 15 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

Temperature Control from Cockpit

(1) Temperature Selector Cockpit



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-090 P 6/8CCOM ← G to J → 18 NOV 11

(2) Temperature Selector FWD Cabin

(3) Temperature Selector AFT CabinCOCKPIT TEMPERATURE CONTROL

The cockpit temperature is controlled by the temperature selector cockpit (1) on the cockpitoverhead panel (30VU).The temperature can be controlled between 18 °C (64 °F) (Cold) and 30 °C (86 °F) (Hot). The 12o'clock position is 24 °C (75 °F).

CABIN TEMPERATURE CONTROLBasically the cabin areas temperatures are controlled by the temperature selectors FWD cabin (2)and aft cabin (3) on the cockpit overhead panel (30VU).The temperature can be controlled between 18 °C (64 °F) (Cold) and 30 °C (86 °F) (Hot). The 12o'clock position is 24 °C (75 °F).

TEMPERATURE CONTROL FROM CABINIdent.: 02-090-00005585.0005001 / 15 OCT 08Criteria: K8419, SAApplicable to: ALL

Not applicable.

FAP FAILURE MESSAGESIdent.: 02-090-00005588.0004001 / 15 OCT 08Criteria: K8419, SAApplicable to: ALL

Not applicable.

FLOOR PANEL HEATING AT THE FWD DOORSIdent.: 02-090-00005591.0001001 / 15 OCT 08Criteria: K10644, K10784, 9751Applicable to: ALL

The Heated Floor Panels (HFP) are installed to increase the temperature of the cabin floor in theforward door entrance areas.LOCATION

The HFPs are located in the FWD Door areas (Door 1 LH/RH).



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-090 P 7/8CCOM ← J 18 NOV 11

Location of the HFPs

OPERATIONAfter POWER ON (cabin is supplied with electrical power) the HFPs are switched onautomatically. The floor panel heating remains ON during the whole flight until electrical power willbe switched off again.






CABIN INTERIORWATER AND WASTE


SYSTEM FUNCTIONS AND COMPONENTSIdent.: 02-100-00005600.0004001 / 15 OCT 08Criteria: K8357, SAApplicable to: ALL

The function of the water system is to supply water from the water tank:‐ to the galleys.‐ to the lavatories.The function of the waste system is:‐ to discard the waste from the toilets in the lavatories to the waste tank.‐ overboard to discard the wastewater from the lavatory wash-basins and galley sinks through the

heated drain masts.The FAP, located at the FWD purser station is used to control and to indicate the water/waste.

System Components

WATER TANK1. Location




The water tank is installed in the pressurized underfloor area RH behind the forward cargocompartment.

2. CapacityThe water tank has a usable capacity of 200 l (52 US Gal).

WATER SUPPLYThe pressurization of the water system is achieved with compressed air. It makes sure that thewater flows from the water tank to the galleys and lavatories.

MANUAL WATER SHUT-OFF VALVEManual water shut-off valves are installed in each wet galley and lavatory. The water supply stops,when the manual water shut-off valves are closed.

WASTEWATER DRAINAGE1. General

The wastewater from the galley and lavatory wash basins is discarded overboard through theFWD and AFT heated drain masts.

2. Description‐ Lavatories

‐ Drain-Valve Assembly (Drain Assy)The drain assy is installed at the bottom of the wash basin and is connected to its overflow.

‐ Drain ValveThe drain valve is installed below the drain assy in the wastewater line of the lavatory. Itlets the wastewater drain to the drain masts and prevents the loss of air pressure throughthe drain mast.

‐ Galleys‐ Drain Valve

The drain valve is installed below the sink in the wastewater line of the galleys. It enablesthe wastewater drain to the drain masts and prevents the loss of air pressure through thedrain mast.




Wastewater Drainage

WASTE TANK1. Location

One waste tank is on board the aircraft located RH behind the bulk cargo compartment, nearthe partition wall.

2. CapacityThe waste tank has a usable capacity of 200 l (52 US Gal).



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-100 P 4/6CCOM ← A to B 18 NOV 11

WATER AND WASTE QUANTITY INDICATIONIndication

On the FAP (Forward Attendant Panel) the water and waste quantity can be shown by pressingthe membrane switch 'IND ON'. An LED indicator shows the percentage of volume.Note: The water and waste quantity is shown when the door of the potable-water service panel

is open, for example on ground during servicing of the water and waste system.

FAP - MESSAGESIdent.: 02-100-00005603.0002001 / 21 OCT 10Criteria: K8357, SAApplicable to: ALL

Not applicable.




WATERIdent.: 02-100-00005599.0001001 / 21 JUL 09Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

Unexpected waterflow in a lavatory

RESULT/SOLUTIONACTIONYES NO

1. Operate the manual shut-off valve.In the related lavatory, open the access door and turn controlhandle of the manual shut-off valve to the closed position.CAUTION Switch off the water heater after the manual water

shut-off valve has been closed. This will preventthe water heater from heating up while empty andwill avoid the risk of potential hazards.

Please lock the lavatory for the rest of the flight.Make an entry in the logbook to record the deactivation. END END






CABIN INTERIORLAVATORIES


LOCATION OF LAVATORIES A,D AND EIdent.: 02-110-00005616.0074001 / 18 FEB 09Criteria: K10331, K8357, SAApplicable to: ALL

3 lavatories are installed in the cabin area at position A,D and E.Each lavatory has a toilet function and a washroom function.Following connections are provided:‐ A cold and hot water supply.‐ A waste and wastewater disposal.‐ An air outlet.‐ An electrical power supply (razor socket).

Location (A, D and E)

LAVATORY DOOR TYPESIdent.: 02-110-00005635.0001001 / 21 JAN 11Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

Two different door types can be installed:‐ Single blade door (opens outwards).‐ Bi-folding door (opens inwards).




All lavatory doors are fitted with:‐ A lock including a VACANT (green) or OCCUPIED (red) indicator flag.‐ WARNING Make sure that the ashtray is always in the closed position! Otherwise parts of

the ashtray which are not in line with the lavatory door surface can cause injury tocrew members or passengers.

A coat hook.‐ An ashtray.

Single Blade Door




Bi-Folding Door

LAVATORY DOOR OPERATIONIdent.: 02-110-00005618.0001001 / 15 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

DOOR LOCKING MECHANISMNORMAL OPERATION

In each door is a latch to operate the locking door mechanism.‐ OUTSIDE LAVATORY:

If you read OCCUPIED the lavatory door is locked.If you read VACANT the lavatory door can be opened.

‐ INSIDE LAVATORY:To lock the door, move the latch toward the left respective to the lock symbol.To unlock the door, move the latch toward the right respective to the arrow symbol.




Locking Mechanism - Normal Operation

EMERGENCY UNLOCKINGIt is possible to unlock a locked door from the passenger compartment side. For this do thefollowing procedure:‐ Lift the coverplate LAVATORY above the OCCUPIED flag.‐ Then push the unlocking PIN from the right to the left until the flag shows VACANT.

Locking Mechanism - Emergency Unlocking

DOOR LATCH EMERGENCY OPERATION (SINGLE BLADE DOOR)The catch assembly in the door frame of a single blade door is fitted with a folding catch, that isoperated by a lock pin. In an emergency, turn the lock pin to the left or the right with a coin, forexample. The latch unlocks. Now pull the knob to open the lavatory door.




Door Latch Lavatory

EMERGENCY OPERATION (REMOVAL) OF THE BI-FOLDING DOOROperationThe bi-folding door has three door lockers and one damper.‐ Step 1. Turn the safety pin about 90 ° to unlock the door lockers.‐ Step 2. Unlock the three door locker. Move the safety pin up to release.‐ Step 3. Turn the bi-folding door about 90 ° towards yourself. Then lift the bi-folding door up to

release the damper.




Unlocking the BI-FOLDING DOOR Latch

DOOR DAMPER Operation

FOLDING WALL AT LAVATORY D FOR STRETCHER TRANSPORTIdent.: 02-110-00005634.0001001 / 15 MAR 10Criteria: K2423Applicable to: ALL

A folding wall at lavatory D is an option.




Pull the folding wall (located at lavatory D) inside when using a stretcher to transport an incapacitatedperson out of the cabin. The stretcher is too large to turn it from the aisle to the door, so the foldingwall enlarges the space for the stretcher transport.If there is a bi-folding door installed, it must be removed first. (Refer to 02-110 Lavatory DoorOperation Removal of the bi-folding door).

Folding Wall at Lavatory D

WARNING Pull the folding wall at lavatory d inside each time before using a stretcher for peopletransport. otherwise additional injury to the person on the stretcher is possible.




Operating Elements of the Folding Wall

Operation of the Folding Wall1. Fully open the lavatory door and leave it open.

‐ Step 1: Unlock the sliding latch with a 1/4 turn from the vertical to the horizontal position.‐ Step 2: Move the sliding latch up to release it and then turn it again to the locked (vertical)

position. The sliding latch is released and secured.2. Unlock the folding wall from the door frame inside the lavatory.

‐ Step 3: Turn the handle of the 1/4 turn retainer to the left side. This moves the retainer from thelocked to the unlocked position. Then release the folding wall (perhaps it is necessary to findthe correct retainer position through turning it a little bit to the left or right before releasing thefolding wall).

3. Pull the folding wall inside the lavatory as far as possible.CAUTION Do not move the folding wall further if there is a resistance. The correct retainer

position must be found to set the folding wall free. Otherwise damage to the 1/4 turnretainer could happen.




Note: It is possible that there is a CAS installed next to lavatory D (option). Make sure that theCAS does not obstruct the operation of the folding wall as well as the use of the stretcher.Remove the headrest of the related CAS.

Headrest of the CASThe CAS can be equipped with two different headrests, depending on aircraft configuration:‐ Headrest without locking mechanism‐ Headrest with locking mechanismOperation of the CAS Headrest without Locking MechanismHow to remove the headrest:1. Push the headrest up.Operation of the CAS Headrest with Locking MechanismHow to remove the headrest:1. Turn down the upper part of the backrest.

Upper Part of the Backrest

2. Unlock the headrest by pulling the two locking handles.




Locking Mechanism of the Headrest

3. Push the headrest up.



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-110 P 11/30CCOM E → 18 NOV 11

INTERIORIdent.: 02-110-00005621.0001001 / 09 JAN 09Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

COMPONENTSEach toilet has/could have these components:‐ A toilet unit with seat and cover‐ A wash basin unit with drain valve assembly, water faucet and liquid soap dispenser etc.‐ A wash basin cabinet with access door‐ A waste container with waste chute and closing flap‐ A nursing table: Refer to 02-110 Nursing Table‐ Light units‐ Paper roll holder(s)‐ A humid wipe dispenser‐ A service cabinet with a box for towels, a Lavatory Service Unit (LSU): Refer to 02-110 Lavatory

Service Unit, loudspeaker etc.‐ A mirror‐ Ashtrays‐ A coat hook‐ A handgrip‐ A smoke detector: Refer to 02-110 Lavatory Smoke Detection‐ A waste-bin fire extinguisher: Refer to 02-110 Waste-Bin Fire Extinguisher




Lavatory Interior

LAVATORY SERVICE UNIT (LSU)Ident.: 02-110-00005627.0001001 / 15 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

LAVATORY SERVICE UNIT (LSU)All lavatories are equipped with an LSU. The LSU is installed below the mirror or at the side of themirror, next to the door:‐ A RETURN TO SEAT sign.‐ A CABIN ATTENDANT CALL button.‐ A razor socket.




Lavatory Service Unit (LSU)

The RETURN TO SEAT sign lights up when the FASTEN SEAT BELTS signs are switched on:Refer to 03-080 General System Information.With the CABIN ATTENDANT CALL button the cabin crew is called. To reset the call the CABINATTENDANT CALL button must be pressed again: Refer to 03-070 General System Information.The razor socket is supplied with 115 V and 60 Hz.For the lavatory lighting operation: Refer to 02-070 Passenger Reading Lights.

LAVATORY SMOKE DETECTIONIdent.: 02-110-00005629.0002001 / 15 OCT 08Criteria: K8419, SAApplicable to: ALL

GENERALEach lavatory is equipped with a smoke detector:Refer to 02-110 Waste-Bin Fire Extinguisher and Refer to 09-020 LAVATORY SMOKE/FIREPROCEDURE.

LOCATIONOne smoke detector is installed in each lavatory extraction duct.




Lavatory Smoke Detection

DESCRIPTIONThe smoke detection system is installed to detect smoke and/or fire in the lavatories.The system has:‐ One smoke detector for each lavatory.‐ Connections to the CIDS (Cabin Intercommunication Data System) with the CIDS-SDF (CIDS

Smoke Detection Function) and FWC (Flight Warning Computer).If smoke is detected, the system gives a visual and aural warning to the flight crew and the cabincrew.The cockpit warnings are:‐ A repetitive chime.‐ A red master warning light.‐ A smoke warning indication on the ECAM upper display unit.The cabin warnings are:‐ The cabin loudspeakers give a triple chime, repeated every 30 s.‐ A red flashing indicator light and a steady text (SMOKE LAV X) on all Attendant Indication

Panels (AIP).




‐ An amber flashing light on the related Area Call Panel (ACP).‐ An amber flashing call light on the related lavatory wall.‐ A red indication SMOKE LAV on the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP) or the related Aft Attendant

Panel (AAP).OPERATION

If smoke enters into the measuring chamber of the detector, a warning signal is transmitted to theCIDS and FWC.The CIDS activates the related indications on the FAP, AIP and the ACP.The FWC activates the related indications in the cockpit.By pressing the LAV SMOKE/RESET push-button on the FAP or on the related AAP, here theaural and visual warning as well as the warning indications on the ACP and AIP are turned off. Theindication on the FAP disappears, as soon as the density of smoke drops below the threshold ofthe respective smoke detector.




Indication




WASTE-BIN FIRE EXTINGUISHERIdent.: 02-110-00005630.0001001 / 15 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

WASTE-BIN FIRE EXTINGUISHER1. General

Each lavatory is equipped with a waste-bin fire extinguisher:Refer to 02-110 Lavatory Smoke Detection and Refer to 09-020 LAVATORY SMOKE/FIREPROCEDURE.

2. LocationA fire extinguisher is installed above the waste bin in each lavatory.Note: The indicator on the gauge must show into the green area to ensure full operation in

case of a fire.3. Description

Each fire extinguisher has these main components:‐ A spherical container with a mounting bracket.‐ A discharge tube with a fusible plug.‐ A pressure gauge indicating extinguisher condition.‐ An identification label.

4. OperationIf there is a fire in the waste bin, the fire extinguisher operates automatically. When thetemperature in the waste bin increases to approximately 79 °C (174.2 °F), the fusible pluginstalled in the end of the discharge tube melts and lets the agent flow into the waste bin.



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-110 P 18/30CCOM ← H to I → 18 NOV 11

Waste-Bin Fire Extinguisher

NURSING TABLEIdent.: 02-110-00005632.0001001 / 15 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

NURSING TABLESome lavatories have a nursing table: Refer to 02-110 Location.



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-110 P 19/30CCOM ← I 18 NOV 11

Nursing Table

1. DESCRIPTIONThe nursing table is attached to the lavatory wallpanel above the toilet unit.

2. OPERATIONMake sure that the nursing table is clean, if necessary clean it.Taking the nursing table into Servicea. Unlock the latch:

Lift the latch until the nursing table is unlatched from the stop.b. Using the latch, pull the nursing table from its position.c. Hold and fold down the nursing table to its support, attached to the sidewall.Taking the nursing table out of ServiceMake sure that the nursing table is clean, if necessary clean it.a. Fold up the nursing table to the stop.b. Push the nursing table against the stop until the latch engages with a snap.



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-110 P 20/30CCOM J → 18 NOV 11

TOILET AND WASHROOM FUNCTIONIdent.: 02-110-00005625.0001001 / 21 JUL 09Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

WATER FAUCETGENERAL

The water faucet is installed in each lavatory.The water faucet has these main components:‐ An outlet.‐ An operating part to activate the waterflow.



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-110 P 21/30CCOM ← J → 18 NOV 11

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATIONWater faucet

These types of water faucet can be installed:Mechanical Water-Faucet

Push and release the knob of the water faucet. The water flow starts and stops automatically.On knobs with red and blue indication the temperature of the water can be selected by turningthe knob:‐ Turning the knob to the blue direction, the water becomes colder.‐ Turning the knob to the red direction, the water becomes warmer.




Infra-Red Water-FaucetHolding the hands within the detection area the water flow starts and stops automatically.Operating the red or the blue button for the first time, warm water flows out of the outlet.To get hot water, operate the red button again.To get cold water, operate the blue button again.

WATER HEATER1. General

The water heater is installed in each lavatory below the wash basin to the hot water connectionof the water faucet.

2. DescriptionThe water heater has these main components:‐ Water inlet and water outlet connection.‐ A water tank.‐ An ON/OFF switch.‐ An indicator light.‐ A pressure relief valve.

3. OperationA thermoswitch regulates the water temperature between 54 °C (129.2 °F) and 50 °C (122 °F),so that the outlet temperature at the water heater is between 40 °C (104 °F) and 50 °C (122 °F).If the thermoswitch has a malfunction, an overheat switch cuts the electrical supply between72 °C (161.6 °F) and 82 °C (179.6 °F).

Water Heater




MANUAL WATER SHUT-OFF VALVE1. Location

In each lavatory with a right-angle arrangement of toilet and wash basin one manual watershut-off valve is installed.In each lavatory with an opposite arrangement of toilet and wash basin two manual watershut-off valves are installed.

2. DescriptionThrough the manual water shut-off valve you can stop the water supply in the lavatory. Aplacard shows to the related access door.

3. OperationOpen the related access door and operate the valve to the closed position.CAUTION Switch off the water heater after the manual water shut-off valve has been

closed. This will prevent the water heater from heating up while empty and willavoid the risk of potential hazards.




Manual Water Shut-Off Valve




DRAIN-VALVE ASSEMBLYDrain-Valve Assembly

GENERALA drain-valve assembly is installed in the wash basin of each lavatory.

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATIONThe drain-valve assembly (referred to as the drain assy) lets the wastewater drain from thewash basin. Either a selectable drain assy or permanently open drain assy is installed.Selectable Drain Assy

With the control lever, the user can open or close the drain assy.




Open to let the water flow out of the wash basin.Close to keep the water in the wash basin.

Permanently Open Drain AssyTo keep water in the wash basin, use a plug to close inlet of the drain assy.

DRAIN VALVEDrain Valve

1. LocationA drain valve is installed in the wastewater line under each wash basin.

2. DescriptionThe drain valve lets the wastewater drain to the drain masts and stops the leakage of airpressure through the drain mast.

3. OperationThe drain valve opens only when water flows through the drain masts.By pulling the ring located at the top of the valve, it allows to override the wastewater drainagefrom the wash basin.

TOILET OPERATIONClose the cover of the toilet and push the flush button.



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-110 P 27/30CCOM ← J to K → 18 NOV 11

Toilet Operation

LAVATORYIdent.: 02-110-00005611.0001001 / 15 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

In the lavatory is an unexpected water flow.


1. Is there an unexpected water flow in the lavatory? Go to 2. END

2. Turn the water off in the lavatory.Open the access door to the manual water shut-off valve. Forinformation on the location: Refer to 02-110 Toilet and WashroomFunction.Turn the control handle or lever of the manual water shut-off valveinto the closed position.Has the water flow stopped? Go to 3. Go to 2.

3. To keep passengers from using the lavatory, lock the lavatory untilthe end of the flight.



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-110 P 28/30CCOM ← K → 18 NOV 11


Lift-up the spring loaded cover.Slide the knob to the side until the indicator shows occupied. Go to 4. Go to 4.

4. Log entry:Make an entry in the log about the problem and about thedeactivation. END END

Excessive noise level due to permanent suction because of an open toilet gate valve.


1. Is there excessive noise in the lavatory? Go to 2. END

2. To reduce the noise:Throw a blanket or cushion into the toilet bowl. Is the noisereduced? Go to 3. Go to 2.

3. To keep passengers from using the lavatory, lock the lavatory untilthe end of the flight:Lift-up the spring loaded cover.Slide the knob to the side until the indicator shows occupied. Go to 4. Go to 3.

4. Log entry:Make an entry in the log about the problem and about thedeactivation. END END

The lavatory has to be locked due to other reasons (decision of cabin crew members).


1. To keep passengers from using the lavatory, lock the lavatory untilthe end of the flight:Lift-up the spring loaded cover.Slide the knob to the side until the indicator shows occupied. Go to 2. Go to 2.

2. Log entry:



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-110 P 29/30CCOM ← K to L 18 NOV 11


Make an entry in the log about the problem and about thedeactivation. END END

RESET OF THE VACUUM SYSTEM CONTROLLER (VSC)Ident.: 02-110-00005613.0001001 / 15 OCT 08Criteria: K8357Applicable to: ALL

The vacuum system does not work properly and a related message comes up on the FAP. Restart thisinoperative toilet through a reset of the Vacuum System Controller (VSC).On the FAP following CIDS failure message is displayed: Vacuum System Controller


1. Is there an inoperative toilet ? Go to 2. END

2. On the aft cabin circuit breaker (C/B) panel (2001 VU):Pull the VACUUM SYS C/B, located at position A6.Wait for 30 s.Push the VACUUM SYS C/B again. Go to 3. Go to 3.

3. Does the vacuum system work ? END Go to 4.

4. The concerned toilet is inoperative:Close the lavatory for passenger use (lock the lavatory door).Make an entry into the logbook. END END






CABIN INTERIORDOORS AND EXITS


CABIN DOOR DESCRIPTIONIdent.: 02-120-00005639.0001001 / 22 SEP 11Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

THE CABIN DOORThe Cabin Door

(1) Escape Slide Container

(2) Arming System

(3) Gust Lock

(4) Assist Handles

(5) Door Locking Indication




(6) Observation Window with:‐ SLIDE ARMED Indicator Light‐ CABIN PRESSURE WARNING Indicator Light.

(7) Buzzer Signal Horn (option)Note: The buzzer Signal Horn is installed in the cabin doors to avoid inadvertent door

opening when the escape slide is armed.

(8) Door Control Handle

(9) ARMED Indicator




CONTROLS AND INDICATORS OF THE CABIN DOORControls and Indicators of the Cabin Door

(1) Arming SystemThe slide ARMING SYSTEM consists of a SLIDE ARMING LEVER (8) and a SAFETY PIN(9).

(2) Gust LockThe GUST LOCK secures the door in its fully open position.




(3) Assist HandlesThe cabin crew can use the ASSIST HANDLEs to hold onto when opening or closing thedoor from the inside of the cabin.

(4) Locking IndicationThe DOOR LOCKING indication indicates the door status.‐ When the door is not in its closed/locked position the information UNLOCKED is displayed

on a red background by the DOOR LOCKING indication.‐ When the door is closed and locked the information LOCKED is displayed on a green

background by the DOOR LOCKING indication.

(5) Door Assist HandleThe cabin crew can use the DOOR ASSIST HANDLE when opening or closing the door.

(6) Observation WindowThe OBSERVATION WINDOW has two indicator lights visible from the inside of the cabin aswell as from the outside):‐ Red CABIN PRESSURE WARNING indicator light (10)‐ White SLIDE ARMED indicator light (11).

(7) Door Control HandleThe cabin crew can use the DOOR CONTROL HANDLE to open and close the door from theinside of the cabin.

(8) Armed IndicatorOn the ARMED indicator the cabin crew can read the position of the SLIDE ARMINGLEVER: If the door is in the ARMED mode the red arrow points on the indicator.

(9) Slide Arming LeverThe cabin crew can use the SLIDE ARMING LEVER to arm or disarm the doorslide/slide-raft.

(10) Safety Pin with Warning FlagA SAFETY PIN secures the SLIDE ARMING LEVER in the disarmed position.

(11) Cabin Pressure Warning Indicator LightThe red CABIN PRESSURE WARNING indicator light flashes when at least one engine isshut down, the related door is disarmed and the cabin differential pressure is above 2.5 mbar(0.0362 PSI).

(12) Slide Armed Indicator LightThe white SLIDE ARMED indicator light goes ON steadily when the door slide is in ARMEDmode and somebody moves the DOOR CONTROL HANDLE (7) up.




(13) Exterior Door Control HandleThe exterior DOOR CONTROL HANDLE consists of a FLAP (14) and a HANDLE (15).

(14) FlapThe cabin crew can use the FLAP to release the HANDLE from its closed position.

(15) HandleThe cabin crew can use the HANDLE to open and close the door from the outside.

CABIN DOOR OPERATIONIdent.: 02-120-00005640.0001001 / 22 SEP 11Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

CABIN DOOR NORMAL OPENING FROM THE INSIDE1. Make sure that the SLIDE ARMING LEVER (8) is in the DISARMED position and the SAFETY

PIN (9) is installed.2. Make sure that the red CABIN PRESSURE WARNING indicator light in the observation window

is not ON and flashing.Do not open the door if the red CABIN PRESSURE WARNING indicator light is ON andflashes:‐ Do not force the handle to open the door.‐ Report the indication to the cockpit crew.‐ Make sure that the SLIDE ARMING LEVER (8) is in the DISARMED position and the

SAFETY PIN (9) is installed.WARNING If A cabin crewmember opens the door while the red CABIN PRESSURE

WARNING light is flashing, there is a risk that the cabin door will openviolently because the cabin is not fully depressurized.The red CABIN PRESSURE WARNING light flashes when all engines areshut down, the related door is disarmed and the cabin differential pressure isabove 2.5 mbar (0.0362 PSI).

CAUTION If the SLIDE ARMED indicator light is ON, the SLIDE ARMING LEVER (8) isin the armed position and the slide will be activated automatically by openingthe door.

3. Grasp one of the ASSIST HANDLEs (3).4. Lift the DOOR CONTROL HANDLE (7) fully up.5. Push the door outwards then move it forward and sideward by using the DOOR ASSIST

HANDLE (5) until the door locks in its fully open position.




CABIN DOOR NORMAL CLOSING FROM THE INSIDE1. Grasp one of the DOOR ASSIST HANDLEs (3).2. Press the GUST LOCK (2) and simultaneously pull the support arm towards yourself.3. Move the door towards yourself by using the DOOR ASSIST HANDLE (5).4. When the door is in front of its frame, pull the door inwards and lower the DOOR CONTROL

HANDLE (7).5. Check whether the door is locked correctly, the DOOR LOCKING indications (4) must indicate

LOCKED.CABIN DOOR NORMAL OPENING FROM THE OUTSIDE

Note: Labels next to the EXTERIOR DOOR CONTROL HANDLE (12) indicate how to operatethe door from outside.

1. Look through the OBSERVATION WINDOW (6) and make sure that the red CABIN PRESSUREWARNING indicator light (10) does not flash.

2. Push at the FLAP (13) and grasp the HANDLE (14), lift the handle fully up to the horizontalgreen line.

3. Pull the door outwards and sideways until it locks in its fully open position.CABIN DOOR NORMAL CLOSING FROM THE OUTSIDE

1. Push the GUST LOCK (2) to unlock the door.2. Move the door towards its frame.3. When the door is in front of its frame push it into it and lower the EXTERIOR DOOR CONTROL

HANDLE (12).The door is locked when the handle is flush with the fuselage.

CABIN DOOR EMERGENCY OPENINGWARNING When the door is in the ARMED mode, the red CABIN PRESSURE WARNING

indicator light (10) does not illuminate to indicate the cabin differential pressure.Indications of cabin differential pressure may be:‐ Resistance in the DOOR CONTROL HANDLE (7) when it is lifted to the OPEN

position, using normal force, and/or‐ A hissing noise in the immediate door area.If the circumstances permit, fully lower the DOOR CONTROL HANDLE(7) to theCLOSED position. Notify the flight crew immediately.



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-120 P 7/8CCOM ← B to C 18 NOV 11

1. Check the outside conditions via the OBSERVATION WINDOW (8). Make sure that the slidedeployment area is clear of:‐ Fire‐ Smoke‐ Obstacles.

2. Check whether the SLIDE ARMING SYSTEM (1) is in SLIDE ARMED mode.3. Grasp the DOOR ASSIST HANDLE (3) and hold on to it.4. Lift the DOOR CONTROL HANDLE (7) rapidly fully up and release it.Note: The door opens automatically and locks in its fully open position. Should the pneumatic

assistance of the door fail, push the door open manually.

DOORS AND SLIDES CONTROL FROM THE CABINIdent.: 02-120-00005645.0004001 / 16 OCT 08Criteria: K8419Applicable to: ALL

Not applicable.






CABIN INTERIORGALLEYS


GALLEY LOCATION AND EQUIPMENTIdent.: 02-140-00005647.0005001 / 15 OCT 08Criteria: K10331, K8357Applicable to: ALL

These galleys are on board the aircraft:Location

3 wet galleys are on board the aircraft.EQUIPMENT

The galleys have this main equipment distributed to the related galley:‐ Oven‐ Air chiller‐ Electrical panel‐ Work lights‐ Water taps‐ Water shut-off valves‐ Sink‐ Drain valve‐ Sliding work tables



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-140 P 2/22CCOM B → 18 NOV 11

TROLLEYSIdent.: 02-140-00005656.0001001 / 29 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

A trolley is a mobile unit on board the aircraft. Normal purpose is to store and to transport cateringitems, for example meals and beverages, and board-shop items.WARNING Danger of injury!

Use a trolley for designated purpose only!There are full size and half size trolleys. Operated the same way, they only differ in housing length,interior volume and load limit.The load limit of each trolley is specific. Placards at the trolley compartments (park positions) showthe load limits.CAUTION Do not overload the Trolleys!

Overload may cause damage to the locking mechanism (danger of uncontrolledopening) and/or Trolley housing and/or galley.To avoid overload, distribute some items to other Trolleys.




OPERATING A TROLLEYOperating elements

REMOVING A TROLLEY FROM ITS COMPARTMENT IN THE GALLEY (PARK POSITION)WARNING Danger of Injury!

A Trolley can be heavy. The more heavy a trolley is, the more power is neededto move it. Right after removing from park position and Before entering anypassenger zone, check its weight and moveability to ensure safe handling. Ifnecessary ask a crew member for assistance.




1. Open the cover door or the securing latches at the trolley compartment. Refer to 02-140Latches

2. Disengage the trolley brake.See Operating the brake system, paragraph "Disengaging the trolley brake".Note: If an optional "T" divider is installed in the galley, unlock and rotate the "T" divider to

remove the outboard trolley from the stowage area.For that remove the beside (inner) trolley first.After this turn the outer trolley toward the middle of the galley (see illustrationbelow).

3. Remove the trolley from its park position.4. If there is a cover door at the trolley compartment:

a. Engage the trolley brake.See Operating the brake system, paragraph "Engaging the trolley brake".

b. Close the cover door.c. Disengage the trolley brake again.

T-divider

(a) Unlock the latch




(b) Swivel the T-divider in the middle of the galley

(c) Turn the trolley in the direction of the center of the galleyTROLLEY OPERATION IN PASSENGER ZONES

WARNING Danger of Injury!1. Carefully move the trolley through the aisle and endanger no passengers.2. Always activate the brake when stopping or parking the trolley.3. Make sure that the trolley will not be handled by passengers.

OPERATING THE BRAKE SYSTEMWARNING Danger of Injury!

Carefully operate the trolley brake to minimize the risk of clamping feet.Engaging the trolley brake

Push the red pedal using a foot to engage the brake.Disengaging the trolley brake

Push the green pedal using a foot to disengage the brake.OPERATING THE TROLLEY DOOR / DRAWER

Note: Depending on its exact purpose, a trolley has an additional drawer or not.Opening the trolley door

1. Turn the latch handle to OPEN position.2. Swivel out the trolley door using the handle.Note: The door will remain open, when swiveled out to an angle of 270°.

Closing the trolley doorWARNING Danger of Injury!

Carefully close the trolley door to minimize the risk of clamping fingers.1. Swivel in the door.2. Make sure that the latch handle is in OPEN position.3. Push the door against the housing and hold it with one hand.4. Turn the latch handle to CLOSED position using the other hand.

Opening the drawer1. Pull the drawer latch and hold it.2. Using the drawer latch, pull out the drawer.




Closing the drawerWARNING Danger of clamping!

Clamping of fingers between drawer and housing is possible. Be careful!Push the drawer into the housing until the latch engages with a click.

INSERTING THE TROLLEY INTO ITS COMPARTMENT IN THE GALLEY (PARK POSITION)Note: If trolley compartments are long enough, stow half size trolleys in pairs, one trolley

after another.1. If there is a cover door at the trolley compartment or if the securing latches are closed:

a. Engage the trolley brake.b. Open the cover door or the securing latches.c. Disengage the trolley brake again.

2. If necessary turn the trolley around until its door is on the front side.3. Carefully insert the trolley into its compartment.

Note: If an optional "T" divider is installed in the galley, insert the outer trolley first.See Removing a trolley from its compartment in the galley (in reverse order)

4. Engage the trolley brake.5. Close the cover door or the securing latches at the trolley compartment. Refer to 02-140

Latches

ELECTRICAL PANELIdent.: 02-140-00005648.0008001 / 15 OCT 08Criteria: K8357Applicable to: ALL

DescriptionThe electrical panel has this main equipment:‐ Circuit breakers.‐ Toggle switches‐ Control lightsUse the following illustration as an example. There are different electrical panels in the particulargalleys.




Electrical Panel

Operation1. Circuit breaker:

Circuit breakers operate automatically and secure the related electrical circuit. When a circuitbreaker trips, the circuit has been overloaded.CAUTION It is not allowed to reset a tripped circuit breaker. If you reset it, you can cause an

overload to the system. Make an entry in the aircraft logbook to record the trippedcircuit breaker.

2. Toggle switch:The purpose of the toggle switch is to switch ON/OFF one separate device. The label on the panelwill show you which device is connected to the particular toggle switch.CAUTION Set the toggle switch allways to the KSSU-Version position, if it is selectable. do

not set it to the ATLAS-Version.3. Interlock

Where applicable an interlock-function is on the electrical panel.With the interlock-function you can chose between two equipments.

4. Work light




You can set the toggle switch to three positions:‐ OFF position.‐ DIM The working light is dimmed.‐ BRT position, this means full (100 %) light.

5. Control lightThe control light shows the condition of the electrical panel. In normally the operate light lights. Incase of malfunction, the respective malfuncton light lights up.CAUTION Make an entry in the aircraft logbook to record the malfunction by naming the

individual galley.

GALLEY COOLINGIdent.: 02-140-00005660.0001001 / 15 OCT 08Criteria: K8357Applicable to: ALL

GENERALThe galley cooling keeps the content of the cooling trolleys and cooling compartments cool.DESCRIPTION

The air chiller units supply cold air to cool the trolleys or the trolley compartment in theconnected galleys. Each air chiller unit is connected to one galley only. The cooled air issupplied to the galley through insulated ducts. The air returning from the galley is passedthrough an evaporator and heat exchanger, chilled and returned to the galley in a closedloop. The drain water of the air chiller unit drains into the aircraft bilge drainage-system or thewastewater drain system of the galley. Each galley system has these main components:‐ Air Chiller Units mounted in the galley with tubings to the related compartment.‐ Tubing for drainage.‐ Circuit breakers for the galley cooling system on the electrical panels of the cooled galleys.

Note: Do not use the circuit breaker to switch ON / OFF the galley cooling system.




Galley Cooling

LOCATIONGalley Electrical Panel Cooling Compartment

G1 YES 121, 122, 123, 124 (with tray)G2 YES no chilled compartmentG5 YES 525, 526, 527

OPERATION‐ Starting

On the electrical panel, set the related switch of the AIR CHILLER to the ON position. TheOperate light comes on.The galley cooling system starts. Each related galley has to be switched on separately.

‐ Switching OFFOn the electrical panel, set the related switch of the AIR CHILLER to the OFF position. TheOperate light goes off.The galley cooling system stops. Each related galley has to be switched off separately.




INDICATION‐ Operate function

The indication Operate light illuminates and shows correct function of the system.‐ Malfunction light on the electrical panel:

The indication Malfunction light illuminates. This means no cooling is available any more.Check the content of the cooling compartment.WARNING Health Hazard!

Without Existing cooling, food can become inedible.

HANDLINGAfter taking items (like trolleys or containers) out of the cooling compartment, the door of therelated compartment must be closed and immediately secured with latches.Placing the items back to the cooling compartment, make sure that the items are correctly placedand secured. Close the compartment door and immediately secure it with latches.For description of:‐ the trolleys Refer to 02-140 Trolleys.‐ the latches Refer to 02-140 Latches.

WATER SHUT-OFF VALVEIdent.: 02-140-00005650.0002001 / 22 JUL 09Criteria: K8357Applicable to: ALL

1. GeneralWater shut-off valves are installed in the water supply lines in the wet galleys.When you close the water shut-off valves, the water supply to the equipment (for example boiler,water tap, steam oven etc.) stops.

2. LocationEach wet galley has a water shut-off valve. A placard MAIN SHUT-OFF VALVE or emergencywater shut-off shows the location of its operating handle.

3. OperationWith the operating handle you can set the water shut-off valve to the open or closed position.When the operating handle points to the ON respective OPEN position (as shown on the placard)the water shut-off valve is open.When the operating handle points to the OFF respective CLOSED respective SHUT position (asshown on the placard) the water shut-off valve is closed.




CAUTION Switch off all electrical galley equipment after the water shut-off valve has beenclosed. This will prevent electrical equipment from heating up while empty and willavoid the risk of potential hazards.

Water Shut-Off Valve

WASTEWATER DRAININGIdent.: 02-140-00005652.0002001 / 15 OCT 08Criteria: K8357Applicable to: ALL

1. GeneralThe wastewater draining has these components for cabin crew attention:‐ Sink‐ Operating button for drain valve

2. Description



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-140 P 12/22CCOM ← F 18 NOV 11

Through the sink and the drain valve the wastewater from the galleys will be discarded.3. Operation

CAUTION Do not pour‐ Milk‐ Cream‐ Milk with acidic liquids (e.g. orange juice, apple juice, vinegar etc.) together‐ Coffee grounds‐ Tea ground‐ Food restsinto the sink. This causes defects on the wastewater drainage system.

Discard residual water and liquids except those mentioned in the caution through the sink.Flush occasionally with hot water.WARNING Hot water can cause serious burns.

You have to pull and release the operating button of the drain valve, when the wastewaster does notflow through the sink.

Wastewater Draining



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-140 P 13/22CCOM G → 18 NOV 11

WATER HEATERIdent.: 02-140-00005661.0001001 / 15 OCT 08Criteria: K10331Applicable to: ALL

GENERALThe water heater is installed in a wet galley and it is supplied from the aircraft water system andelectrical system. It supplies hot water to the galley for catering purpose.The following illustration shows two alternative water heaters.One of the both water heaters is installed in the galley.

Water Heater

(1) ON/OFF Toggle Switch

(2) No Water Light

(3) Hot Water Faucet

(4) Faucet Handle




(5) Ready LightDESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

DESCRIPTIONThe water heater heats 4.1 l (1.08 US Gal) of water to a temperature of 87 °C (188.6 °F).The water heater has these main components:1. Toggle switch On/Off2. No water light.3. Water outlet4. Handle5. Ready light.

OPERATIONWARNING When you open the hot water faucet:

‐ Keep your hands away from the water.‐ Do not let the water splash.Hot water can cause serious burns.

CAUTION DANGER!Monitor the water heater during its operation!

1. Set the ON/OFF switch (1) to the ON position. The yellow ON light comes on.2. The yellow READY light (5) comes on, when the water is hot and has the correct

temperature.3. HOT water-faucet operation:

a. Make sure that the container (for example a hot-water can) you use is for hot water. Holdthe container below the outlet (3) of the HOT water-faucet.

b. To open the HOT water-faucet, pull the handle (4) towards you and hold it.c. To close the HOT water-faucet, release the handle (4). The water flow stops.

4. To stop the operation of the water heater, set the ON/OFF switch (1) to the OFF position. Theyellow ON light goes off.

LOW WATER INDICATION1. If there is not enough water in the water heater, the red NO WATER light (2) comes on and

the heater does not operate:Carry out the following steps:a. Hold a container (for example a hot-water can) below the outlet (3) of the hot water-faucet.b. Open the hot water-faucet by pulling the handle (4) 90 ° towards you. Hold the handle to

bleed any air from the water heater until water flows out of the outlet (3).




c. Release the red handle (4). The water flow stops.d. Discard the water from the container through the sink of the galley.

2. When the water heater is full of water the red NO WATER light goes off.

OVEN CONTROL MODULEIdent.: 02-140-00005659.0001001 / 15 OCT 08Criteria: K8357Applicable to: ALL

DESCRIPTIONGENERAL

The Oven Control Module controls the operation and the function of the convection oven locatedin the galley. There is one Oven Control Module for each oven.WARNING Danger of injury!

USE THE OVEN CONTROL MODULE only FOR designated PURPOSES!Obey the Warnings and CAUTIONs APPLICABLE to the oven!

COMPONENTSOven CONTROL MODULE Components

‐ Heating time display (heating time selector switches below)‐ Temperature indicator lights (temperature selector switch below)‐ Serving time display (serving time selector switches below)




‐ ON/OFF button‐ Start button

GENERAL OPERATIONSet the required heating time and the heating temperature at the front panel. The temperaturesensor in the oven gives the signals to the OVEN CONTROL MODULE to control oven operation.You can use three heating temperatures:

Selection Temp in degree Celsius Temp in degree Fahrenheit1. low 145 2932. med 185 3653. high 230 446

The appropriate indicator of the used heating temperature lights up at the front panel.Conditions:‐ The max. heating time is 60 min.‐ The used heating time is shown at the front panel.‐ The max. serving time is 90 min.‐ The used serving time is shown at the front panel.‐ While the soak time only the blower is working.‐ After the program is done, the OVEN CONTROL MODULE switches off the system.‐ In case power supply is interrupted while the oven is operating, data for oven operating will be

kept for 2 min. If the power supply returns within 2 min, the OVEN CONTROL MODULE willcontinue to operate automatically.

The OVEN CONTROL MODULE identifies the following failures:‐ temperature sensor short-circuit.‐ temperature sensor breaking.‐ overheating of the oven to more than 290 °C (554 °F).

STARTING OPERATION1. Press the key, ON/OFF.

The display shows 00.The indicators MED and ON/OFF light up.

2. Setting the serving time (right segment) and the heating time (left segment). Set the servingtime and the heating time with separate keys for the two decimal places.When you press a key, the adjusted time will increase by approximately one value per second.The max. heating time is 60 min.The max. serving time is 90 min.




Note: The serving time is the elapsed time from program start to serving the prepared meal.Normal the serving time should be 2 min more than the heating time, because of the2 min soak time after the heating process. For further information see the descriptionbelow.

To start the oven immediately:‐ Select the heating time.‐ Select the serving time max. 2 min more than the heating time.Heating elements and blower are switched on immediately and the heating process starts.After the end of the heating time, 2 min serving time are left, which pass as soak timeTo start the oven by input the elapsing time, you wish to serve the meal:‐ Select the heating time.‐ Select the serving time. The serving time has to be more than 2 min more than the heating

time.Serving time passes until the serving time is 2 min more than the heating time. Then the heatingelements and the blower are switched on and the heating process starts.After the end of the heating time 2 min serving time are left, which pass as soak time

3. To set the temperature press the TEMP key and the adjusted temperature and the respectiveindicator changes as follows:MED - HIGH - MED - LOW - MED - HIGH - MED - LOW

4. To start the program press the key START. The START indicator lights up.Additional features:‐ If you press the TEMP key the actual temperature in the oven is shown for 3 s.

Example: 14 5C = 145 °C‐ After the end of the program the time display " - -" flashes for 10 min. Than the Oven Control

Module switches off the complete system.‐ You can switch off the Oven Control Module at any time if you press the ON/OFF key. All

adjusted values are then lost.

OVENIdent.: 02-140-00005658.0001001 / 15 OCT 08Criteria: K10331, K8357Applicable to: ALL

DESCRIPTIONGENERAL

The oven is installed in a galley. It is supplied from the aircraft electrical system.




The normal purpose of the oven is either to warm up frozen food and to hold it at its desiredtemperature or to grill steak or other food.WARNING Danger of injury!

USE THE OVEN only FOR designated PURPOSES!COMPONENTS

Oven Components

(1) Door

(2) Latch

(3) Door Knob

(4) Vapour OutletGENERAL OPERATION

‐ Before operating the oven, make sure that it is clean and serviceable.CAUTION Do not operate an empty oven. An empty oven in operation causes damage to the

equipment.During oven-operation make sure that the VAPOR OUTLET is free to let vapor out of the oven.CAUTION Do not place anything in front of the vapor outlet. If vapor cannot escape, damage

can occur to the equipment.




DOOR OPERATIONOpening the oven door

WARNING Danger of Injury!Be careful! falling items can cause injury!

WARNING Danger of injury!Be careful! Hot Air can escape from the oven. Hot meal can fall out of theoven. Use adequate protection e.g. gloves.Be careful hot items can fall out of the oven.

‐ Turn the related 1/4-turn retainer 90 ° until it unlatched the door‐ Turning the DOOR KNOB toward the OPEN position, until the latching linkage disengages,

then carefully pull the operating knob to open the doorClosing the oven door

WARNING Danger of clamping!Clamping of fingers between Door and housing is possible. Be careful!

‐ Turn the related 1/4-turn retainer 90 ° until it latched the door‐ Close the door firmly and turn the DOOR KNOB to the LOCKED POSITION

OPERATING THE OVENThe oven is controlled by a separate CONTROL MODULE in the galley.To see how to operate the oven Refer to 02-140 Control Module



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 02-140 P 20/22CCOM J → 18 NOV 11

CONTAINERIdent.: 02-140-00005669.0001001 / 06 OCT 09Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

Container

A container is a mobile unit. Normal purpose is to store and transport several things.WARNING Danger of injury!

Do not use the Container for any other than designated purposes!The container has a closed housing with a door. The door is opened and closed by a latch.The load limit is specific. Placards at the galley compartment show the load limits.WARNING Do not overload the containers!

Overload may cause damage to the locking mechanism (danger of uncontrolledopening) and/or container housing and/or galley.To avoid injury to persons, distribute some items to other containers.

HANDLING OF THE CONTAINERWARNING Danger of clamping!

Clamping of fingers between‐ container door and its housing‐ Container and storage placeis possible. Be careful!




REMOVING THE CONTAINER FROM THE COMPARTMENT1. Unlock the latch Refer to 02-140 Latches.2. WARNING Danger of injury! Some container are heavy. Before you take out any item,

check its weight. The higher a heavy item is stowed, the more carefully it mustbe handled. If needed asked a crewmember for help.

Hold the handle of the container tightly while you pull out the container.3. Put the container on a safe place. A safe place is where the container cannot move during flight

manoeuvres or turbulences.OPENING THE CONTAINER

1. Lift the slam latch until the container door is unlatched.2. Using the slam latch, carefully swing out the container door.

CLOSING THE CONTAINER1. Make sure that the weight is not overload and no parts touch the door and latch of the container.2. Swing in the container door.3. Push the container door against the housing until the slam latch engages with a snap.

RE-INSERTING THE CONTAINER1. Take the container and place it in the galley.2. Lock the latch Refer to 02-140 Latches.





CIDS AND COMMUNICATIONS



CIDS AND COMMUNICATIONSPRELIMINARY PAGES

TABLE OF CONTENTS



03-010 CABIN INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEMSystem Description..................................................................................................................................................AGeneral.....................................................................................................................................................................BFAP - Location and Modules.................................................................................................................................. CCIDS Components at the Attendant Stations......................................................................................................... DAft Attendant Panel..................................................................................................................................................EAttendant Indication Panels..................................................................................................................................... FArea Call Panels..................................................................................................................................................... GCabin Handsets....................................................................................................................................................... HSystem Power-up...................................................................................................................................................... I

03-020 CABIN PROGRAMMINGZones....................................................................................................................................................................... ALayout Selection...................................................................................................................................................... BPA Level Adjustment............................................................................................................................................... CSoftware Download..................................................................................................................................................DFAP Setup................................................................................................................................................................E

03-030 COMMUNICATIONGeneral System Information....................................................................................................................................A

03-040 PA SYSTEMPA System - General Information about Handset Operation..................................................................................APA Announcements from the Cockpit..................................................................................................................... BPA from the Cockpit................................................................................................................................................ CPA Announcements from an Attendant Handset.................................................................................................... DAnnouncements....................................................................................................................................................... E

03-050 SERVICE INTERPHONEGeneral System Information....................................................................................................................................A

03-060 CABIN INTERPHONEInterphone System - General Information...............................................................................................................A

03-070 PASSENGER CALL SYSTEMGeneral System Information....................................................................................................................................A


CIDS AND COMMUNICATIONSPRELIMINARY PAGES

TABLE OF CONTENTS


03-080 PASSENGER LIGHTED SIGNSGeneral System Information....................................................................................................................................ALocation of Passenger Lighted Signs......................................................................................................................BOperation of Passenger Lighted Signs System...................................................................................................... C

03-090 AUDIOGeneral System Information....................................................................................................................................A


CIDS AND COMMUNICATIONSCABIN INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM


SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONIdent.: 03-010-00005693.0001001 / 20 APR 09Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

The Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) operates, controls and monitors the main cabinsystems.The CIDS performs different system and unit tests.It is connected to the following cabin systems:▪ Air Conditioning▪ Communications▪ Fire Protection▪ Ice Protection▪ Lights▪ Water and WasteThe system philosophy makes it easy to change the cabin layout because CIDS hardware providesspare inputs, outputs and circuits. This allows the connection of new and/or additional cabinequipment without a change of CIDS hardware components. If any equipment is changed, only theCIDS software database has to be updated.The CIDS system is also able to detect faults in its components and the connected equipment byitself.INTEGRATED CABIN SYSTEMS

The CIDS provides these system functions:PASSENGER ADDRESS

The PA system distributes announcements from the cockpit and each attendant station throughall assigned PAX loudspeakers.(Refer to 03-040 PA from the Cockpit)

SERVICE INTERPHONEThe service interphone system allows the communication via telephone between the groundcrew, the cockpit crew and the cabin crew when the aircraft is on the ground.(Refer to 03-050 General System Information)

CABIN AND FLIGHT CREW INTERPHONEThe cabin interphone system allows the communication via telephone between all attendantstations and between the attendant stations and the cockpit.(Refer to 03-060 Interphone System - General Information)




CABIN READY SIGNALING (OPTIONAL)The cabin ready signaling informs the cockpit crew about the cabin status.(Refer to 03-030 General System Information)

PASSENGER CALLThe PAX call system controls the illumination of the PAX call-light and the activation of thecall-chime.(Refer to 03-070 General System Information)

PASSENGER LIGHTED SIGNSThe PAX lighted signs system controls the NO SMOKING (NS), FASTEN SEAT BELT (FSB),RETURN TO SEAT (RTS) and EXIT signs.(Refer to 03-080 Location of Passenger Lighted Signs)

PRE-RECORDED ANNOUNCEMENT AND BOARDING MUSICThe PRAM transmits the pre-recorded announcement and the boarding music to the relatedPAX loudspeakers.(Refer to 03-090 Prerecorded Announcement)

CABIN ILLUMINATIONThe cabin illumination system controls the illumination of the different cabin areasindependently.(Refer to 02-070 Cabin Lighting)

READING LIGHTSThe reading lights system controls the PAX reading lights and attendant work-lights in the cabin.In addition to the above described lights it is possible to install special decor lights and spotlights which are also controlled by the reading light system.(Refer to 02-070 Cabin Lighting)

AIR CONDITIONINGThe CIDS can select different temperatures for all defined cabin zones. A fine adjustment ofthe pre-selected temperature for different zones is possible through FAP operations. The actualtemperature per zone is indicated on the FAP.(Refer to 02-090 Air conditioning)

POTABLE WATER INDICATION AND PRE-SELECTIONThe potable water indication and pre-selection system shows the filling level of the water tankon the FAP and gives the commands for the pre-selection of the water quantity.(Refer to 02-100 FAP - Messages)




WASTE INDICATIONThe waste indication system shows the filling level of the waste tanks on the FAP. In addition tothat inoperative lavatories are indicated on the FAP and respective messages come on.(Refer to Chapter WASTE INDICATION)

LAVATORY SMOKE INDICATIONThe smoke detection system controls the visual and acoustical indications in the cabin if asmoke alert is received from the Smoke Detection Control Unit SDCU.(Refer to 02-110 Lavatory Smoke Detection)

DOORS AND ESCAPE-SLIDES PRESSURE MONITORINGThe door and escape-slide control system monitors the door and escape-slide bottle-pressurereservoir at the PAX doors and the emergency exits. In addition to that it monitors the statusof the doors (OPEN/CLOSED) and the escape-slides (ARMED/DISARMED). The status isindicated on the FAP.(Refer to 02-120 Doors and Exits in the Cabin)

PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM (OPTIONAL)The PES transmits audio programs and video sound to the passengers and shows videoprograms through the video display units in the PAX compartment. The passenger can hear theaudio programs and the video sound through the headsets and the loudspeakers. In addition,the CIDS director transmits PA announcements to the headsets and the loudspeakers. As anoption, the system provides also internet access and in-seat power supply.(Refer to Chapter PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM)

EMERGENCY EVACUATION SIGNALINGThe EVAC system controls the evacuation signalling in all cabin areas and in the cockpit. Itcan be activated from the cockpit, the FAP (guarded push button called EVAC CMD) or, as anoption, from the AAP (EVAC CMD) during an emergency.(Refer to 05-010 Evacuation alert system)

PASSENGER SERVICE SYSTEMThe PSS gives the remote controlled operation of the PAX reading lights and the PAX callactivation/deactivation.

STERILE COCKPIT (OPTIONAL)The sterile cockpit command is used by the cockpit crew to indicate that they do not want tobe disturbed.



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 03-010 P 4/12CCOM B to C → 18 NOV 11

GENERALIdent.: 03-010-00005695.0002001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: K8419, SAApplicable to: ALL

The CIDS system consists of these components:‐ Directors 1 and 2‐ Decoder/Encoder Units (DEU), Type A and B‐ Forward Attendant Panel (FAP)‐ Cabin Assignment Module (CAM)‐ Aft Attendant Panel(s) (AAP)‐ Attendant Indication Panels (AIP)‐ Area Call Panels (ACP)‐ Handsets‐ Loudspeakers‐ Passenger call/reset pushbuttons‐ Passenger call lights‐ No Smoking (NS), Fasten Seat Belt (FSB) and Return To Seat (RTS) signs.All components of the CIDS are connected to the two identical directors, one of them in active modeand the other one in hot standby mode. The directors are the central control components of theCIDS. They monitor the system performance continuously, store detected faults and send them tothe Warning and Maintenance System (WMS) and/or the FAP.In the event of a major fault, respective information is sent additionally to the ECAM Status Page orto the ECAM Warning Page.The CIDS can operate in Normal Mode (all power connected) or in Emergency Mode. In theEmergency Mode the power consumption is reduced to a minimum and the system operates withthese minimum functions:‐ the PA system,‐ the Cabin Interphone system,‐ the EVAC signalling system.The standby DIR2, the PTP and the FAP are not supplied.

FAP - LOCATION AND MODULESIdent.: 03-010-00005698.0002001 / 16 OCT 08Criteria: K8357, SAApplicable to: ALL

The Forward Attendant Panel (FAP) enables the cabin crew to control certain cabin systems whichare connected to the CIDS and gives information about their status, e.g. lighting or announcements.




LOCATIONThe FAP is located at the attendant station FWD L (located in the forward entrance area/door 1L).

FAP - Component Location

MODULESThe FAP consists of 4 different control modules and the PTP. The module on top of the FAP is notused (spare). The other modules are:‐ the Cabin Lighting module‐ the Audio module‐ the Water & Miscellaneous module




FAP - Overview

Refer to 02-070 General Illumination for a description of the LIGHT module, Refer to 03-090Prerecorded Announcement for the AUDIO module and Refer to 02-100 SYSTEM FUNCTIONS(water and waste) for the WATER & MISCELLANEOUS modul.

PTP - PROGRAMMING AND TEST PANELThe Programming and Test Panel (PTP) is installed in the rear wall of lavatory "A" at the attendantstation 1L. It is located next to the FAP behind a hinged access door.




PTP - Overview

The PTP enables the attendants and other personnel to test and re-program the CIDS.For a correct operation of the CIDS the Cabin Assignment Module (CAM) must be installed inthe socket behind the CAM-Module front panel. This CAM defines all of the modifiable systemproperties and layout information of the CIDS. It contains a storage capacity of 4 different cabinlayouts (Layout 1-3, Layout M). These Layouts are programmed according to the airline requestsand can be modified via the PTP. At the end of the modification procedure the new layout isautomatically stored as Layout M.

CIDS COMPONENTS AT THE ATTENDANT STATIONSIdent.: 03-010-00005699.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: K8419Applicable to: ALL

All CIDS components are installed at the attendant stations. The stations are located in the doorareas or in the aisle between them.



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 03-010 P 8/12CCOM ← D to F → 18 NOV 11

Component Location

AFT ATTENDANT PANELIdent.: 03-010-00005702.0004001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: K8419Applicable to: ALL

With the switching functions integrated in the AAP the cabin attendants can control certain cabinsystems (Refer to 02-060 Additional Attendant Panels).It is installed at the attendant station AFT L.The AAP is a switch panel consisting of 3 rows x 6 columns of membrane switches.

Aft Attendant Panel (AAP)

Note: The available switching functions are optional (e.g. ENTRY DIM1/DIM2/...).

ATTENDANT INDICATION PANELSIdent.: 03-010-00005704.0001001 / 16 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

The AIPs indicate dial and call information of the PA / Interphone system and other systeminformation (e.g. lavatory smoke location, PAX calls, ...) to the attendants.




They are installed at all attendant stations.The AIPs consists of a two-row alphanumerical display and two indicator lights.The upper row displays communication information (e.g. interphone calls) and the lower row displayscabin system and emergency information (e.g. direct announcements) with a length of 16 charactersmaximally.Each text message displayed in the lower row belongs to the following priority:

Indication related to System Function PriorityEmergency Call 1All Attendant Call 2Cabin InterphoneNormal Call 3

Smoke Detection 2Evacuation Signalling 3Service Interphone 6Passenger Address 7Prerecorded Announcement 7

Seatrow 5Lavatory 4Passenger Call fromAttendant 4

Sterile Cockpit Indication 8Waste Warning Indication 3'Purser Call' Status 5Cockpit Alert Indication 1Cabin Alert Confirmation 1

Two indicator lights (red/green) serve as attention getters and ensure a far reaching call functionwhen a respective message is displayed. The red light is used for system and emergencyinformation, the green light for communication information. The lights are steady in normal situationsand will flash in emergency situations.

Additional Indication Panel (AIP)



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 03-010 P 10/12CCOM G 18 NOV 11

AREA CALL PANELSIdent.: 03-010-00005707.0001001 / 16 OCT 08Criteria: K8419Applicable to: ALL

The ACPs give a long-range visual indication about the system status (e.g. PAX call active).They are installed at the ceiling in the middle of the aisle between the passenger/crew doors, close tothe attendant stations.Each of them has four separately controllable indication fields containing colored LED lights whichare visible from the front and the rear side.

Area Call Panel (ACP)

Note: In case of two red ACP fields both will react as one single field. There will be no differenceof the indication modus between them.

The lighted segments are activated either continuously (steady) or flashing.In case of "normal" calls they are not flashing (steady), in case of "abnormal" or "emergency"situations they will flash. Only the blue PAX call field will never flash, this will be always a "normal"indication.The following table shows the types of information on which the cabin attendants are informed about,in combination with the related ACP field and the lighting modus:

SYSTEM INFORMATION COLOR on ACP (LED) LIGHT MODUS PRIORITYPAX call (from lavatory) Amber Steady 5LAV smoke Amber Flashing 2All ATTND calls (from cockpit) Red Steady 3EMER call (from cockpit) Red Flashing 1All ATTND calls (from cabin) Red Steady 3PAX call (from seat row) Blue Steady 5

Note: If a PAX call from a lavatory is started an additional amber light (similar to the ACP lights)comes on steady on the dedicated outside lavatory wall.



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 03-010 P 11/12CCOM H to I → 18 NOV 11

CABIN HANDSETSIdent.: 03-010-00005708.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

The cabin attendants use the cabin handsets for the cabin and flight crew interphone functions andfor PA announcements.The handsets are installed at the cabin crew stations.

Cabin Handset

Use the integrated keyboard to make different types of calls and announcements.For SERVICE INTERPHONE functions: Refer to 03-050 General System InformationFor CABIN INTERPHONE functions: Refer to 03-060 Interphone System - General Information

SYSTEM POWER-UPIdent.: 03-010-00005697.0002001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: K8419, SAApplicable to: ALL

After CIDS is started, the system initializes and tests all the connected equipment. These test resultsare compared with the programmed basic data to decide wether their status is OK or NOT OK.These status is transmitted to the CFDS and displayed on the ECAM in the cockpit.This power-up test is activated after every power connection to the CIDS, also through performing asystem reset or a manually activated test via PTP, CFDS ... .




Dependant on the aircraft condition (e.g. doors open/closed ...) the duration of this test is 60 s up to180 s.If a system failure is detected, an indication is possible on‐ the FAP (CIDS caution light),‐ the PTP,‐ the CFDS/MCDU display,‐ the ECA; displays.During flight phase, it is possible to reset the illuminated caution light on the FAP. If the failure stillexists after landing, the caution light will come on again and the System Status mode is displayed.


CIDS AND COMMUNICATIONSCABIN PROGRAMMING


ZONESIdent.: 03-020-00005714.0003001 / 21 OCT 10Criteria: K8357, SAApplicable to: ALL

In the programming mode of the PTP it is possible to change the non-smoking (NS) area. Thisfunction is not access code protected.For programming a NS zone the last seatrow number of the related NS zone must be entered.Entering a 0 (zero) deletes the NS zone.The following diagram gives an example of this procedure.

NS zone programming




LAYOUT SELECTIONIdent.: 03-020-00005716.0002001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: K8419Applicable to: ALL

This function on the PTP is code protected. To get access the correct code must be entered at first.The A/C is delivered with access code: 333 .After this 3 digit code is entered the CAM Layout Selection menu appears on the display. Theprogammed layouts are marked with a '<' or '>' sign and the number of the active layout flashes.Push the related membrane switch to select a new layout. After selection the new layout is markedand downloaded to the system. A system update will be initiated automatically and CIDS works withthis layout until a new one will be selected and loaded.




Layout Selection

PA LEVEL ADJUSTMENTIdent.: 03-020-00005718.0002001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: K8419Applicable to: ALL

This function on the PTP is code protected. To get access the correct code must be entered at first.The A/C is delivered with access code: 333 123 .After this 6 digit code is entered the PA LEVEL ADJ appears on the display.




It is possible to adjust the basic loudness levels of 3 different cabin areas and all the attendant areas.Information on these areas are stored in the CAM. Their positions are fixed and independent from thecabin zone programming.

PA Level Adjustment

In addition to that the automatic increase levels for‐ ENGINES RUNNING (FLIGHT) and‐ CABIN DEPRESSURIZATION (EMERGENCY)can be adjusted.



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 03-020 P 5/6CCOM ← C to E 18 NOV 11

The acoustic loudness in the cabin for these auto increase cases is always according to the basicloudness level plus the auto increase.To change one of these values select the related key on the right side and push it. The currentlyactive loudness value is flashing and can be adjusted in steps of +/-2 DB through pushing the relatedkey on the left side of the menu. The respective loudness level is updated immediately (for autoincrease cases only if they are currently active).The following table shows the default settings and the possible value range:

Default setting Range from / toAreas 0 DB -6 DB / +4 DBEngines running +6 DB +4 DB / +8 DBCabin decomp. +4 DB +4 DB / +6 DB

Note: If the min. or max. limit of the range is reached, the respective prompt '<' in front of the '+' or'-' disappears.

For each page a 'RES' (Reset) function is selectable. If one of the adjustable values is selected andthis value is flashing while pushing the 'RES' key, it becomes the default value.If non has been selected before pushing 'RES' (nothing flashes), all values of the page becomedefault values.

SOFTWARE DOWNLOADIdent.: 03-020-00005720.0003001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: K8419, SAApplicable to: ALL

Not applicable.

FAP SETUPIdent.: 03-020-00005721.0003001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: K8419, SAApplicable to: ALL

Not applicable.






CIDS AND COMMUNICATIONSCOMMUNICATION


GENERAL SYSTEM INFORMATIONIdent.: 03-030-00005725.0003001 / 16 OCT 08Criteria: K8419, SAApplicable to: ALL

The cabin communication system is managed by the CIDS and provides these subsequent systemfunctions:▪ Cabin Ready Signalling▪ Passenger Address (PA) system

Refer to 03-040 Announcements▪ Service Interphone

Refer to 03-050 General System Information▪ Interphone

Refer to 03-060 Interphone System - General Information▪ Passenger Call system

Refer to 03-070 General System Information▪ Passenger Lighted Signs

Refer to 03-080 General System Information▪ Audio

Refer to 03-090 Prerecorded AnnouncementPRIORITIES OF THE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

The communication system functions have different priorities.The following table shows the priorities for the displayed messages of the communications'subsequent systems on the AIP and the ACP.After a reset of the indication with the higher priority the AIP will display the previous indication.The indications are queued up with regard to their priority.

PRIORITY onINDICATION RELATED TO SYSTEM FUNCTIONAIP ACP

Emergency Call 1 1All Attendant Call 2 3

Cabin Interphone

Normal Call 3 3Lavatory Smoke Detection 2 2Evacuation Signalling 3 4Service Interphone 6 - - -Passenger Address 7 - - -Pre-recorded Announcement 7 - - -

Call from Seatrow 5 5Call from Lavatory 4 5

Passenger Call

Call from Attendant 4 5Continued on the following page


CIDS AND COMMUNICATIONSCOMMUNICATION


Continued from the previous pagePRIORITY onINDICATION RELATED TO SYSTEM FUNCTION

AIP ACPWaste Warning Indication 3 2"Purser Call" Status (optional) 5 - - -Cockpit Alert Indication (optional) 1 1Cabin Alert Confirmation (optional) 1 - - -

CABIN READY SIGNALLINGThe cabin crew can indicate the actual cabin status through pushing the Cabin Ready pushbutton.This pushbutton is installed on the Miscellaneous Modul of the FAP near to the Water & Waste / EVAC function keys.The Cabin Ready memo is reflected in the Take Off and Landing check lists and displayed on theECAM in the cockpit as follows:‐ if the cabin is not ready :

CABIN..........CHECK‐ if the cabin is ready :

CABIN..........READYand the Cabin Ready pushbutton (LED) on the FAP illuminates.SET THE CABIN READY INDICATION

Push the CABIN READY pushbutton on the FAP to set the respective indication, but dependingon the actual Flight Phase the Cabin Ready function is only available during :‐ Take Off procedure after the first engine is started (oil pressure high), or‐ Landing procedure when Flight Phases 6,7 or 8 are reached (altitude < 2 000 ft) and the slats

are extended.RESET OF THE CABIN READY INDICATION

An automatic reset of the Cabin Ready indication is performed after take off, on the ground afterlanding and also for go-around. In detail the following conditions must be fulfilled :‐ during Take Off after Flight Phase 4 is reached (airspeed > 80 kt), or‐ after landing when Flight Phase 9 (airspeed < 80 kt) +30 s is reached, or‐ during Go Around with slats retracted in Flight Phase 5, 6 or 7, or‐ after Touch And Go with slats retracted in Flight Phase 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8, or‐ when the Cabin Ready pushbutton on the FAP is pushed a second time.


CIDS AND COMMUNICATIONSPA SYSTEM


PA SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT HANDSET OPERATIONIdent.: 03-040-00009217.0001001 / 13 APR 11Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

PICKING UP THE HANDSETIn order to pick up the handset from its cradle, the Cabin Crew must simply pick up the handsetholding it from its sides.

Picking up the Handset

HANDLING OF THE HANDSET MICROPHONEIn order to optimize the handling of the handset and to minimize problems with low levelannouncements, use the handset like a normal telephone handset.Cabin Crew should not hold the handset upside-down during announcements. Used upside-downthe sensitivity of the handset is the least. The output level as well as the effect of thenoise-cancelling feature is reduced. Announcements can be hardly heard in the cabin or may beimpossible to understand.




Correct Handset Microphone Use

HANDLING OF THE HANDSET CORDDo not stretch the handset cord over 2 meters (80 inches).This may cause damage to the cord supports at both ends of the cord and will lead to handsetmalfunction.




Correct Handset Microphone Use

HANDLING OF THE HANDSET CRADLEIn order to avoid problems with broken housings, place the handset on the support bracket andpush it gently to "click" it into its correct position. This way the handset will stay in its position undernormal conditions.If not placed correctly in the support bracket, the handset may fall out of its cradle, onto the cabinfloor, and will be damaged.




Correct Handset Cradle Use

PA ANNOUNCEMENTS FROM THE COCKPITIdent.: 03-040-00005728.0001001 / 20 NOV 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

The passenger address system distributes the PA related announcements from the cockpit, theattendant stations, the PRAM and the VCU to all assigned PAX loudspeakers.PA ANNOUNCEMENTS FROM THE COCKPIT

With the handset or the equipment connected to the Audio Management Unit (AMU) such asboomset, microphone or oxygen mask a PA announcement from the cockpit can be initiated.DIRECT PA VIA COCKPIT HANDSET

Hook off the cabin handset and push the PTT key on the handset during the Direct PAannouncement.




Cockpit Handset with PTT-Pushbutton

Note: To raise the attention before an announcement from the cockpit will be made a"HIGH-LOW" chime is heard through the loudspeakers and the related message PA inuse is displayed on all AIPs.

PA FROM THE COCKPITIdent.: 03-040-00005732.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

DIRECT PA VIA COCKPIT AUDIO EQUIPMENTIt is also possible to make Direct PA announcements through the acoustic equipment.The following table shows the available equipment with its functions and the necessary handlingprocedure during the announcement:

Equipmentconnected to AMU

PA TransmissionP/B on Audio

Selector Panel

PA Reception knob onAudio Selector Panel

INT/RAD switchon Audio

Selector Panel

Push-to-talk buttonon Handmike

BOOMSETorOXYGEN MASK

PRESSED OUT RAD - - -

HANDMIKE PRESSED OUT - - - PRESSED

Note: When the rectangular PA Transmission pb is pressed three green lines come on.




Audio Selector Panel (ASP)

(1) PA TRANSMISSION push button

(2) PA RECEPTION knobNote: To raise the attention before an announcement from the cockpit will be made a

"HIGH-LOW" chime is heard through the loudspeakers and the related message PA inuse is displayed on all AIPs.

PA MONITORINGThe cockpit crew can monitor the PA announcements in the cabin via the AMU by pushing the PAreception knob on an Audio Selector Panel (ASP).Turning this knob clockwise or counterclockwise controls the volume of the announcement.Selecting another function stops the PA Monitoring procedure.



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 03-040 P 7/10CCOM D → 18 NOV 11

PA ANNOUNCEMENTS FROM AN ATTENDANT HANDSETIdent.: 03-040-00005729.0013001 / 08 JUL 10Criteria: K8419, SAApplicable to: ALL

PA ANNOUNCEMENTS FROM AN ATTENDANT HANDSETA PA announcement can be made with all cabin handsets located at every cabin attendant station.

Cabin Handset with Keyboard

If the keys on the handset are pushed in a specific sequence, different connections for therespective PA announcements can be set.The following table shows the functions which are available from the cabin handsets:

FUNCTION KEY SEQUENCE CONNECTION (FROM =>TO)DIRECT PA PTT Handset => All LS in the cabinPA ALL PA ALL + PTT Handset => All LS in the cabinCaptain Call CAPT Handset => Cockpit HandsetEmergency Call EMER CALL Handset => Cockpit Handset and Cabin Handsets

PA INDICATIONSDuring the dial procedure the dial information is displayed in the upper row of the respectiveAttendant Indication Panel (AIP) .Example: Perform the PA ALL function




STEP ACTION(on the handset)

RESULT on the calling AIP(upper row)

RESULT on allthe other AIP's

(lower row)1 Hook off the handset # (flashing) (no result)2 Press the PA ALL key on the handset PA ALL (no result)3 Press PTT and start the announcement > PA ALL PA IN USE

Additionally, the following handset operation related messages could appear in the upper row ofthe calling AIP while the dialing procedure:

INFORMATION EXPLANATIONBUSY Called station is engagedCNCL Communication is interrupted by a call with a higher priorityOVER Station is connected to a call with a higher priorityERR A wrong code has been dialedRST Reset push button is pressedWAIT PA CALL Passenger Address system is already in use

If the dial procedure is finished the respective status information is indicated on all assignedAIPs.To raise the attention for communication information, a "HIGH-LOW" chime is heard and thegreen AIP indicator light comes on additionally. This light is located on the right side of the AIP.A red indicator light for system and emergency messages is located on the left side, completedby an information which is displayed in the lower row of the AIP.Refer to 03-010 CIDS - System Components.

ANNOUNCEMENTSIdent.: 03-040-00005730.0001001 / 14 JUL 10Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

PA ANNOUNCEMENT FROM ADDITIONAL CABIN EQUIPMENTOptionally an additional hand-microphone can be installed in the FWD area of the cabin. Thishand-mike has only restricted capabilities (Direct PA).

PA FUNCTIONAL AND SOURCE PRIORITIESThe PA functions and sources have different priorities.FUNCTIONAL PRIORITIES

The PA function with the higher priority overrides the function with the lower priority.The priority levels are given in the following table:



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 03-040 P 9/10CCOM ← E 18 NOV 11

LEVEL FUNCTION1 PA from AMU2 Direct PA and all remaining PA functions

Note: Level 1 has the highest and level 2 the lowest priority.SOURCE PRIORITIES

A PA source with a higher priority interrupts a PA announcement from a source with a lowerpriority. Only the announcement from the source with the higher priority is heard.The sources have the following priority levels:

LEVEL SOURCE1 Boom Set, Oxygen Mask (AMU)2 Cockpit Handset (HS)3 Purser Handset (HS)4 Attendant Handset (HS)5 Prerecorded Announcement (PRAM)6 EVAC Signaling Tone7 Video or Entertainment Sounds (VCU)8 Boarding Music

Note: If the purser handset is not assigned (optional), it will have the same priority level asan attendant handset.Level 1 has the highest and level 8 the lowest priority with the exception that anannouncement coming from a source of a lower priority has a higher functional priority.

PA SETTINGSIt is possible to cancel selected and initiated functions manually.Furthermore the PA system adjusts the volume function in some cases automatically.RESET OF SELECTED PA FUNCTIONS

Replacing the handset on the cradle or pushing the RESET pb on the handset cancels a PAfunction initiated by the handsets functional keys.If a function is initiated by pushing the PTT pb, the release of this button cancels the function.

VOLUME ADJUSTMENTIn the case of low cabin-pressure or engine running, the volume of a PA announcementincreases automatically. This happens also in the case of a data bus failure.To avoid feedback, the volume of the PA announcement in the area around the respectivehandset decreases automatically.For the same reason the volume in the area of the cockpit door decreases if the cockpit door isopened during an announcement.






CIDS AND COMMUNICATIONSSERVICE INTERPHONE


GENERAL SYSTEM INFORMATIONIdent.: 03-050-00005735.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

The service interphone system allows the telephone communication between the flight crew, thecabin crew and the ground service personnel. The service interphone system is available only whenthe aircraft is on ground.SYSTEM COMPONENTS

There are 8 service interphone jacks installed at different locations of the aircraft (e.g. one at eachengine). The service personnel uses them to talk to each other if their boomsets are connected tothe jacks.

Location of the Ground Service Jacks

The flight crew or the cabin crew is also able to talk to the connected service personnel throughthe acoustical equipment in the cockpit or the attendant handsets in the cabin.

SYSTEM OPERATIONThe system has an automatic and a manually activated operation mode.




It is activated automatically if the nose landing gear is extended and compressed for more than10 s.On the other hand the system can be activated manually by the flight crew through pressing theSVCE INT OVRD pb in the cockpit. This will be indicated by the SVCE INT OVRD pb ON light.

SVCE INT OVRD pushbutton

After the system has been activated either automatically or manually the communication can bestarted from:‐ the cockpit through the acoustical equipment,‐ the attendant station by pushing SVCE INTPH + SVCE INTPH on the keyboard of the attendant

handset,‐ a service interphone jack through a connected boomset.

Note: Depending on the installed cabin handset option, the "SVCE INTPH" named key mightbe replaced by the "INTPH" named key.

The message SVCE INTPH AVAIL on the AIPs indicates that at least one boomset is connectedto one of the service interphone jacks and communication is enabled. If an attendant initiates thecommunication sequence from a cabin handset the message SVCE INTPH is displayed on theAIPs.Note: It is necessary to push and hold the SVCE INTPH key on the attendant handset while

speaking.For communication through the audio equipment from the cockpit follow the procedure asdescribed hereafter:


MECH TransmissionP/B on ACP

INT Receptionknob on ACP

INT/RAD toggleswitch on ACP



PRESSED OUT RAD -----

HANDMIKE PRESSED OUT ----- PRESSED




COCKPIT TO GROUND CREW CALL-SYSTEMIn addition to the described service interphone system there is a call system installed which allowsthe cockpit crew to get the attention of the ground service personnel and vice-versa.COCKPIT TO GROUND-CREW CALL

On the CALLS overhead panel 211VU push the MECH pb-sw to call for ground servicepersonnel.

Ground-Crew Call Components in the Cockpit

In order to get the attention of the ground crew an external horn will sound during the time theMECH pb-sw is pressed. It is located in the nose gear well.Additionally, the blue COCKPIT CALL light on the panel 925VU comes on (located near theground power receptacle).If the MECH pb-sw is released the external horn will stop but the indicator light will remain on.To reset this light the HORN RESET pb-sw push and release on the panel 925VU.




Furthermore, these warnings are provided through the external horn:‐ APU FIRE on ground‐ BLOWERS LOW FLOW on ground with engines shut down‐ ADIRS ON BAT on ground‐ BAT FEED WARN on ground.

GROUND-CREW TO COCKPIT CALLPush the COCKPIT CALL pb-sw located on the panel 925VU in order to call for the cockpitcrew.

Outside Cockpit-Call Components

The amber MECH light on the ACP in the cockpit will flash.Additionally, the buzzer will sound through the audio-warning loudspeakers as long as theCOCKPIT CALL pb-sw is pushed.To cancel the MECH light legend, push the RESET pb-sw on the Audio Control Panel andrelease it.Note: Perform the RESET procedure in less than one minute after the call, otherwise the

MECH light legend goes off automatically.


CIDS AND COMMUNICATIONSCABIN INTERPHONE


INTERPHONE SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATIONIdent.: 03-060-00005737.0003001 / 11 MAY 10Criteria: K4453, K8419, SAApplicable to: ALL

The cabin and flight crew interphone system allows the telephone communication between allattendant stations and the cockpit.There can be one or more links initialized at the same time. In the conference mode it is possible tocommunicate between more than two interphone stations.CALLS FROM THE COCKPIT

All calls from the cockpit can be initiated through:‐ The audio equipment (boomset, microphone or oxygen mask) connected to the AMU and the

available functions on the AUDIO SELECTOR PANEL(s) (ASP) or‐ The cockpit handset and its functions.CALLS WITH THE HELP OF THE AUDIO EQUIPMENT

Choose the call destination and press the related pushbutton on the CALLS panel in the cockpit.




Panels in the Cockpit

The following table shows the selectable call destinations, the related pushbutton on the CALLSpanel 21VU to be pushed and the associated aural/visual effects in the cabin.

DESTINATION P/B onCALLS panel

CHIME Light on ACP Info on AIP

FWD attendant station FWD 1 x Hi I-Lo I Steady RED on FWDACPs

"CALL CAPT" + steadyGREEN light

AFT attendant station AFT 1 x Hi I-Lo I Steady RED on AFTACPs

"CALL CAPT" + steadyGREEN light

Emergency call EMER CALL ON 3 x Hi I-Lo I on allLS

Flashing RED on allACPs

"EMERGENCY CALL" +flashing RED light

After hooking off the handset at the called station a communication link to the cockpit isestablished.To make announcements select some settings on an AUDIO SELECTOR PANEL as shown inthe following table:





ATT TransmissionP/B on ASP

CAB Receptionknob on ASP

INT/RADswitch on ASP



PRESSED OUT RAD - - -

HANDMIKE PRESSED OUT - - - PRESSED

Note: When the rectangular ATT Transmission pushbutton is pressed three green linescome on.

CALLS FROM THE CABINDifferent functions are available if the keys on the cabin handsets are pushed in a given sequence:EMERGENCY CALL INITIATED FROM THE CABIN (PURSER/ATTENDANT STATION)FUNCTION KEY SEQUENCE CONNECTION TO CHIME Light on ASP

EMER call EMER CALL HS in the cockpit Buzzer 3 x 3s EMER CALL + ATTflashing

After hooking off the handset at the called station a communication link is established andannouncements can be made.

PURSER/ATTENDANT STATION CALLS COCKPITFUNCTION KEY SEQUENCE CONNECTION TO CHIME Light on ASP

COCKPIT call CAPT HS in the cockpit Buzzer 3s ATT flashing

After hooking off the handset in the cockpit a communication link is established andannouncements can be made.

PURSER/ATTENDANT CALLS ALL ATTENDANT STATIONSFUNCTION KEY SEQUENCE CONNECTION

TOCHIME Indication on AIP Light on ACP

All ATTND call ALL ATTND All HS in the cabin 1 x Hi I-Lo I on allATTND LS

Steady GREEN light+ "ALL"

Steady RED light onall ACP's

After hooking off the handset at the called station a communication link is established andannouncements between the purser and the attendants can be made.




PURSER/ATTENDANT CALLS ATTENDANT STATIONFUNCTION KEY SEQUENCE CONNECTION

TOCHIME Indication on AIP Light on ACP

FWD ATTND call FWD ATTND HS at ATTNDstation FWD L+FWD R

1 x Hi I-Lo I on allATTN LS

Steady GREEN light+ "Call AFT L" or"Call AFT R"

Steady RED light onFWD ACP's

AFT LH ATTNDcall

AFT L ATTND HS at ATTNDstation AFT L


Steady GREEN light+ "CallFWD L" or"Call AFT R"

Steady RED light onAFT L ACP

AFT RH ATTNDcall

AFT R ATTND HS at ATTNDstation AFT R


Steady GREEN light+ "Call FWD L" or"Call AFT L"

Steady RED light onAFT R ACP

After hooking off the handset at the called station a communication link is established andannouncements between the purser and the attendant can be made.

RESET OF SELECTED INTERPHONE FUNCTIONSA selected call from the cockpit is cancelled, when all requested stations have reset the functionon the handset through pushing the Reset button.The call function is automatically resetted after a time period of approx. 5 min, if no requestedhandset accepts the call.All other interphone functions can be resetted through hooking on the handset to the cradle orpushing the Reset key.

INDICATION/CHIME AND PRIORITIES OF INTERPHONE CALLSThere are optical and aural indications for the different types of interphone calls. Additionally,these calls have fixed priorities.INDICATIONS

During the dial procedure the dial information is displayed on the related AIP. At the calledstation the respective light segment in the ACP comes on and a related message is shown onthe assigned AIP.In the cockpit the EMER CALL indicator (for EMER CALL only) and the call indicators on theAudio Selector Panel(s) are activated according the initiated call.

CHIMESIn addition to the optical indications, chimes are emitted through the loudspeakers in therespective cabin area. These chimes consist of a sequence of one or more tones.The following table shows different chimes:




Chime Type Musical Note Frequency [Hz] RemarksA g' 392 Lo IIB b' 494 Lo IC d'' 587 Hi ID g'' 784 Hi IIE a' 440F c'' 523G f'' 698H a'' 880I c''' 1047K e''' 1317

The aural annunciation of a cockpit call is done with the cockpit buzzer.PRIORITIES

There are two types of priorities of interphone calls:‐ Functional priorities and‐ Source priorities.The possible functions have different priorities, i.e. every selected function overrides a functionwith a lower priority.

LEVEL FUNCTION1 PA ALL2 Calls from the Cockpit3 Emergency Call4 PA5 Normal Call6 Service Interphone7 All Attendant Call8 Reset

The sources also have different priorities, i.e. a source with a higher priority interrupts a link toan interphone station with a lower priority. A source with a lower priority and a selected functionwith a higher priority also interrupts an existing link.LEVEL SOURCE

1 AMU (Cockpit Audio Equipment)2 Cockpit Handset3 Cabin Handsets4 PRAM5 Evacuation Signaling Tone6 Video / Audio7 Boarding Music






CIDS AND COMMUNICATIONSPASSENGER CALL SYSTEM


GENERAL SYSTEM INFORMATIONIdent.: 03-070-00005739.0003001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: K10330, K8419, SAApplicable to: ALL

The Passenger Call system controls the PAX call activations and indications.These PAX calls can be initiated to call for an attendant if necessary. The passengers can use one ofthe Attendant Call pb which are installed at each seatrow and inside every lavatory.PAX CALL INITIATED FROM A SEATROW

Pushing one of the Attendant Call pb initiates a Passenger Call.These buttons are installed in the Passenger Service Unit (PSU) which is part of the overheadstowage compartment above the seatrow.

Pax Call via PSU

INDICATIONSAfter a Pax Call is initiated:‐ the respective Attendant Call pb on the PSU illuminates (steady during flight and flashing on

ground).‐ a HI chime sounds through the passenger and attendant loudspeakers in the related cabin

zone.‐ in the related cabin zone the blue indication field (LED) of the ACP comes on steady.‐ the cabin zone related AIP shows the calling seatrow in the lower line of the display (e.g.

'CALL SR 10 L').


CIDS AND COMMUNICATIONSPASSENGER CALL SYSTEM


PAX CALL INITIATED FROM A LAVATORYPushing the Attendant Call pb on the Lavatory Service Unit (LSU) starts a LAV Call from a lavatoryand the amber light of the related ACP on the outside lavatory wall comes on steady.

Pax Call via LSU

INDICATIONSAfter a Pax Call is initiated:‐ the respective Attendant Call pb on the LSU illuminates.‐ a HI chime sounds through the passenger and attendant loudspeakers of the related cabin

zone.‐ the amber call light mounted on the outside wall of the related lavatory comes on steady.‐ in the related cabin zone the amber indication field (LED) of the ACP comes on steady.‐ the cabin zone related AIP shows the calling lavatory in the lower line of the display (e.g.

'CALL LAV E').‐ an additional arrow (->) located in the lower right corner of the AIP display indicates that more

than only one call from a lavatory is initiated.RESET OF A PAX CALL

Reset the visual effects of an initiated Pax Call through one of the following procedures:‐ Push the related Attendant Call pb (on the PSU or LSU) againNote: Closing the A/C doors at the end of the boarding procedure will automatically lead to the

reset of all visual effects initiated through a Pax Call .


CIDS AND COMMUNICATIONSPASSENGER LIGHTED SIGNS


GENERAL SYSTEM INFORMATIONIdent.: 03-080-00005740.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

Different signs indicate rules of passenger behavior. They are made of colored LED technology.Most signs are controlled by the passenger lighted-signs system, some are working independentlyfrom this system.The passenger lighted-signs system controls these signs:‐ NO SMOKING (NS)‐ FASTEN SEAT BELT (FSB)‐ RETURN TO SEAT (RTS)‐ EXITNote: As an option, instead of NO SMOKING (NS) signs other signs (e.g. PORTABLE

ELECTRONIC DEVICES (PED) signs) can be installed.During taxiing, take-off and landing all signs are illuminated.During climb, cruise and descend they are switched off (e.g. to permit smoking in the related areas) ifthere are no extreme circumstances (e.g. turbulences).Independently from the passenger lighted-signs system, each lavatory is equipped with aLAVATORY OCCUPIED SIGN (LOS). These signs show the location of the lavatories and indicatewhether they are occupied or free.

LOCATION OF PASSENGER LIGHTED SIGNSIdent.: 03-080-00005744.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

The NS and FSB signs are located in every PASSENGER SERVICE UNIT (PSU) above theseatrows.The RTS signs are part of each LAVATORY SERVICE UNIT (LSU).The EXIT signs are located in each door area in the ceiling of the respective aisle.The LOS are installed on the outside wall of the lavatory. In case there are two lavatories installedin front of each other, the LOS are installed in the ceiling of the aisle between them. If a lavatory isaccessible from two different classes/cabin areas the signs are also visible from both sides.




Passenger Lighted Signs

Note: The symbols on the LOS are illuminated in GREEN if the related lavatory is free or in REDif it is occupied.




OPERATION OF PASSENGER LIGHTED SIGNS SYSTEMIdent.: 03-080-00005741.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

The NS and FSB/RTS signs operate in different modes:‐ ON‐ AUTO‐ OFF.The control switches for these modes are located in the cockpit on the SIGNS overhead panel 25VU.

Signs Control Panel

Note: The TOILET OCCPD pb-sw indication light on panel 48VU shows the cockpit crew if theL/H FWD lavatory is occupied or if it is free.

FASTEN SEAT BELT AND RETURN TO SEAT SIGNSThe following table gives an overview about the selectable functions of the SEAT BELTS switch inthe cockpit:




Position FSB-Signs (all) RTS-Signs (Lavatories)ON ON ONAUTO After engine start and during

taxi/take-off/landing:ONOther flight phases:OFF

After engine start and duringtaxi/take-off/landing:ONOther flight phases:OFF

OFF OFF OFF

NO SMOKING AND EXIT SIGNSThe following table gives an overview about the selectable functions of the NO SMOKING switchin the cockpit:

Position Signs in SMOKING areas Signs in NO SMOKING areasON ON ONAUTO During taxi, take-off and landing:

ONOther flight phases:OFF

During taxi, take-off and landing:ONOther flight phases:OFF

OFF OFF NS signs:ONEXIT signs:OFF

Note: Every time when passenger lighted signs are switched on, a Lo-I chime is heard throughall cabin loudspeakers.

NON SMOKER AIRCRAFTIt is possible to select a Non Smoker A/C function on the FAP. After activating this function (bypushing the related ON/OFF pb on the Cabin Programming page (Refer to 03-020 Zones) all NOSMOKING signs are switched on. To unselect this function, push the ON/OFF pb again.

CABIN DECOMPRESSIONIn case of cabin decompression all NS and FSB signs are switched on automatically, regardless ofthe position of the cockpit switches. The RTS signs are switched off.

SIGN CHIME AND FLASH INDICATIONAfter activation of the NS or FSB signs:‐ a Lo I chime is heard through the loudspeakers,‐ the signs flash for a time period of 5 s (optional) and then stay on.




SIGNS DIMMINGThe passenger lighted signs are dimmed together with the general illumination (Refer to 02-070General Illumination).






CIDS AND COMMUNICATIONSAUDIO


GENERAL SYSTEM INFORMATIONIdent.: 03-090-00005746.0002001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: K8419, K8499, SAApplicable to: ALL

The AUDIO module controls the Prerecorded Announcements and Boarding Music functions.FAP - Audio Module

PRERECORDED ANNOUNCEMENTThe area responsible for the Prerecorded Announcements consist of a display, a keyboard andvarious function keys.To start a prerecorded announcement push the related key followed by the ENTER membraneswitch. After the correct announcement has been found the READY indicator comes on. To startthe announcement push the START NEXT membrane switch and the READY indication goes off.If more than one announcement is selected, the START ALL membrane switch activates allannouncements.If the ENTER membrane switch is not pushed, the selected announcement will be accepted with adelay of approx. 5 s.A LED in front of each MEMO display indicates which memory is selected for modification.

BOARDING MUSICThe MUSIC ON / OFF membrane switch starts the boarding music program and the integral lightof the switch comes on. Pushing the switch a second stops the music program an d the integrallight goes off.Select another music channel with the MUSIC SEL membrane switch. The selected channel willbe shown on the numerical display.To increase or decrease the loudness of the boarding music push the MUSIC + / MUSIC -mebrane switches. The selected loudness level is indicated through 10 step rectangular LED row.


CIDS AND COMMUNICATIONSAUDIO



CABIN INFORMATION ANDENTERTAINMENT SYSTEMS



CABIN INFORMATION AND ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEMSPRELIMINARY PAGES

TABLE OF CONTENTS



04-010 IN-FLIGHT ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEMIn-Flight Entertainment - General............................................................................................................................AComponent Location................................................................................................................................................B

04-020 MUSICMusic System...........................................................................................................................................................A

04-030 VIDEOVideo System Description....................................................................................................................................... AVideo System - Operation....................................................................................................................................... BProgrammable Video System Control Unit (PVSCU) Monitor................................................................................ CVideo........................................................................................................................................................................DHow to Manually Retract the Overhead Monitors................................................................................................... E

04-040 AIRSHOWAIRSHOW System Description................................................................................................................................A

04-060 TELEPHONEGSM on Board - Description...................................................................................................................................AGSM on Board - Operation..................................................................................................................................... BGSM on Board System Malfunction........................................................................................................................C

04-080 IN-SEAT POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM (ISPSS)In-Seat Power Supply System (ISPSS).................................................................................................................. APED Power Switch at the FAP............................................................................................................................... BPED Power Switch in the Cockpit...........................................................................................................................C


CABIN INFORMATION AND ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEMSPRELIMINARY PAGES

TABLE OF CONTENTS




CABIN INFORMATION AND ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEMSIN-FLIGHT ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM


IN-FLIGHT ENTERTAINMENT - GENERALIdent.: 04-010-00005747.0001001 / 16 OCT 08Criteria: K10329, K8371Applicable to: ALL

The aircraft is equipped with an entertainment system including prerecorded music and pre-recordedvideos.Each passenger seat has a passenger control unit (PCU) installed.For information on the PCU Refer to 04-020 Music and Refer to 04-030 Video.The audio is transmitted to the seat connected headsets as well as the passenger addressloudspeakers. The video signals are transmitted to the LCD screens (retractable as well as wallmounted).The business class seats are equipped with in-seat power supply outlets. For the cabin crew anadditional outlet is installed in the FWD stowage.For details: Refer to 99 In Seat Power Supply System (ISPSS).

COMPONENT LOCATIONIdent.: 04-010-00005748.0001001 / 16 OCT 08Criteria: K10329, K8371Applicable to: ALL

Location of the VCC


CABIN INFORMATION AND ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEMSIN-FLIGHT ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM




CABIN INFORMATION AND ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEMSMUSIC


MUSIC SYSTEMIdent.: 04-020-00005764.0001001 / 01 JUL 11Criteria: K10329, K8370Applicable to: ALL

The Multiplex Passenger Entertainment System (MPES) transmits prerecorded audio entertainmentprograms to the passengers. Each passenger can select entertainment programs. The passengerscan hear these programs through headsets.PASSENGER CONTROL UNIT

To control the music system, use the PCU.Passenger Control Unit

(1/2) CHANNEL ControlTo select an available music channel, press the CH + key (1) or the CH - key (2). Theselected channel is displayed on the channel indicator (5).

(3/4) VOLUME ControlTo increase the headset volume, press the VOL + key (4).To decrease the headset volume, press the VOL - key (3).

(5) CHANNEL IndicatorThe selected channel is displayed on the channel indicator (5).


CABIN INFORMATION AND ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEMSMUSIC




CABIN INFORMATION AND ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEMSVIDEO


VIDEO SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONIdent.: 04-030-00005770.0008001 / 16 OCT 08Criteria: K10329Applicable to: ALL

The system uses a tape reproducer to replay pre-recorded programs stored on video tapes. Theprograms are converted by the video reproducers into video and audio signals which are transmittedto the Video System Control Unit (VSCU).The video signals are transmitted to the LCD units.The audio signals are transmitted via the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) directorsand the Passenger Entertainment System (PES) so that the program sound can be heard over thepassenger address loudspeakers and the PES headsets.Note: PA announcements will override the video sound.VIDEO CASSETTE PLAYER

The VCP is designed to play a normal or Hi8 8-mm video cassette prerecorded with videoprograms.

Video Cassette Player

Front-Panel Controls and Indicators

(1) EJECT Button and TAPE IN IndicatorThe TAPE IN indicator is ON when the VCP is on and it is loaded with a video cassette.Pressing the EJECT button causes the VCP to unthread the tape from the tape transportmechanism and eject the video cassette.The TAPE IN indicator blinks until the cassette is fully ejected, then it goes off.




If the VCP is in PLAY, FF or REW mode, pressing the EJECT button stops the VCP (STOPmode). Then, the cassette is ejected. The EJECT button can not be used when the VCP isoff.

(2) STOP ButtonPress this button to stop the VCP (stop mode). The STOP indicator is on during stop modeor pause mode.

(3) FF ButtonWhen the VCP is in the rewind or the stop mode, pressing this button puts the VCP into thefast forward mode. The FF indicator is on during the FF mode.When the VCP is in the play mode, pressing this button puts the VCP into the cue mode.Releasing the button returns the VCP to the play mode. The PLAY and the FF indicator areon in the cue mode.

(4) PLAY ButtonPress this button to put the VCP into play mode.The PLAY indicator is on during play mode or pause mode.

(5) REW Button and IndicatorWhen the VCP is in fast forward or stop mode, pressing this button puts the VCP into therewind (REW) mode.The REW indicator is on during rewind mode.When the VCP is in play mode, pressing this button puts the VCP into review mode.Releasing the button returns the VCP to play mode.Both, the PLAY and the REW indicator are on in review mode.

(6) POWER Button and IndicatorPress this button to turn the VCP ON. Press it again to turn it OFF (toggle function).The POWER indicator is lit when power is on.Note: The POWER button is not a primary power on-off switch. Part of the VCP circuitry

is always energized as long as 115 V AC, 400 Hz primary power is supplied to theVCP.

If the VCP is loaded with a video cassette and the Power button is pressed, one of thefollowing sequences takes place before the VCP turns off:‐ VCP mode is REW, PLAY or FF: VCP goes into stop mode. The STOP and POWER

indicators go off.‐ VCP mode is STOP: The STOP and POWER indicators go off.

(7) Video Cassette Insertion OpeningThe opening for video cassette insertion is protected by a flap. The opening is located abovethe mode control buttons.




The flap is spring-loaded, but does not interfere with the insertion of a video cassette,provided the VCP is ON and the TAPE IN indicator is OFF (no video cassette loaded).If a video cassette is already loaded, the flap prevents the insertion of another cassette.When the VCP is turned OFF, the cassette is mechanically ejected.Insert a video cassette horizontally into the opening, with the label side up and the arrowmark pointing toward the VCP. Incorrect insertion of a cassette is mechanically prevented.When a video cassette is fully inserted (past the flap position), it is automatically drawninto the VCP. Pressing the EJECT button opens the cassette insertion flap and the loadedcassette is ejected from the VCP.

VIDEO SYSTEM CONTROL UNITThe Video System Control Unit (VSCU) is a component of aircraft passenger entertainmentsystem and is a central control unit for distribution of video and audio signals to the passengercabin zones.The VSCU switches the paths for the video and audio signals, controls the power of the monitorsand controls the video cassette player (VCP) and the DVD player.The VSCU also communicates with the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) andinterfaces with the PA system.The VSCU contains a color LCD monitor with a touch-pane. The VSCU distributes the selectedvideo/audio signal to the selected zone. The VSCU can also output the audio signals from videosources as PA video audio signals.

Video System Control Unit




(1) System Power ButtonPush the System Power button to turn the VSCU ON/OFF. The System Power indicatoris On when the System Power button is pushed.

(2) LCD MonitorThe LCD monitor displays the menus.

(3/4) Audio Monitor JacksUsed to plug in audio headset (single or dual jacks).

(5) PA CH1-CH2 Select SwitchThe two-position PA switch selects channel 1 or 2 zone audio as PA audio.

(6) PA Volume Control SwitchThe PA Volume Control switch is a four-section volume control switch and adjusts thezone PA audio outputs.

(7) Menu ButtonThe menu button is used to call a menu on the LCD monitor. The Menu indicator is Onwhen a menu is displayed.

(8) PREV buttonThe Prev button starts to initiate the preview mode (or monitor mode).

(9) EXEC ButtonThe Exec button starts to play the video program. When the Exec button is pressed, theindicator light comes on.

(10) Bright Control SwitchThe Bright Control switch is adjusted to obtain the best picture at a given viewing angle.

VIDEO SYSTEM - OPERATIONIdent.: 04-030-00005778.0004001 / 14 JUL 09Criteria: K10329Applicable to: ALL

EXAMPLE FOR VIDEO CASSETTE PLAYBACK (NORMAL MODE)1. Insert a video cassette in the Video Cassette Player (VCP).

Note: The control functions PLAY, REW, FF, EJECT and STOP are active.2. Press the PLAY button to start the playback.3. Press the STOP button to stop the playback.



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 04-030 P 5/8CCOM ← B to D → 18 NOV 11

4. Press the REW button to rewind the VCP to the start of the tape.5. Press the FF button to fast forward the VCP to the end of the tape.

PROGRAMMABLE VIDEO SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT (PVSCU) MONITORIdent.: 04-030-00005771.0001001 / 16 OCT 08Criteria: K6290Applicable to: ALL

The PVSCU contains a color LCD monitor with touch-panel for selection of the video/audio sourcesand passenger cabin zones.

PVSCU Monitor Main Screen - Example

VIDEOIdent.: 04-030-00005769.0001001 / 04 NOV 09Criteria: K10329, K8371Applicable to: ALL

The system uses tape reproducers to replay pre-recorded programs stored on video tapes. Theprograms are converted by the tape reproducers into video and audio signals which are transmittedto the System Control Unit (SCU).The video signals are transmitted to the LCD units.The audio signals are transmitted via the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) directorsand the Passenger Entertainment System (PES) so that the program sound can be heard over thepassenger address loudspeakers and the PES headsets.




Note: PA announcements will override the video sound.Passenger Control Unit

(1/2) Channel ControlTo select an available music channel, push the CH UP key (1) or the CH DOWN key (2).The selected channel is shown on the channel indicator (5).

(3/4) Volume ControlTo increase the headset volume, push the VOL + key (4).To decrease the headset volume the passenger has to push the VOL - key (3).

(5) Channel IndicatorThe selected channel is indicated on the channel indicator (5).

HOW TO MANUALLY RETRACT THE OVERHEAD MONITORSIdent.: 04-030-00013855.0001001 / 26 JUL 11Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

Prior to takeoff or landing some overhead monitors remain deployed.


1. Are some of the overhead monitors still deployed instead ofretracting automatically? Go to 2. END

2. Go to an affected overhead monitor and perform the followingoperation:





Manually turn OFF the power: Insert a clip or pin through the localpower switch hole and push the POWER pb-sw to cut the power tothe overhead monitor.The local power switch hole is located behind the overheadmonitor.

Example of a Power Switch of an Overhead Monitor

Note: The POWER pb-sw is normally only used formaintenance purposes. Go to 3. Go to 3.

3. Has the affected overhead monitor retracted? Go to 4. Go to 5.

4. If turning OFF the power manually successfully retracted theaffected overhead monitor:Repeat the action for any other deployed overhead monitor. Go to 7. Go to 7.

5. Manually close the affected overhead monitor:





Forcibly push and pull the affected overhead monitor until it is fullystowed and latched. Go to 6. Go to 6.

6. Are there any other affected overhead monitors? Go to 2. Go to 7.

7. When all affected overhead monitors have been retracted:Make an entry into the cabin logbook mentioning the:‐ Defect‐ Number and location of the affected overhead monitors‐ Countermeasures taken. END END


CABIN INFORMATION AND ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEMSAIRSHOW


AIRSHOW SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONIdent.: 04-040-00005785.0007001 / 13 JUL 10Criteria: K10329Applicable to: ALL

AIRSHOW is part of the Passenger Information System (PFIS). It is installed to provide in-flight visualinformation to the passengers.The following information is displayed on the cabin monitors via the video system:‐ maps, which indicate the aircraft's position and track;‐ flight information such as altitude, ground speed, outside temperature and distance from

destination.


CABIN INFORMATION AND ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEMSAIRSHOW




CABIN INFORMATION AND ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEMSTELEPHONE


GSM ON BOARD - DESCRIPTIONIdent.: 04-060-00005810.0001001 / 01 NOV 10Criteria: K10561Applicable to: ALL

The GSM on Board system (Global System for Mobile Communication) enables passengers to usetheir own mobile telephones (GSM1800 frequency band) for voice and data services. Mobile phones(also called T-PEDs) allow a wireless connection for communication via satellite during the cruisephase of flight.The system provides the following services:‐ Telephone voice service‐ Telephone data service (SMS)‐ Telephone data service (GPRS)‐ Telephone supplementary services.The GSM on Board system controls the NO MOBILE sign and does not allow the use of mobilephones before the system has switched off this sign. It controls all mobile phones and prevents anyradio signal transmission without control or log in to terrestrial networks (e.g. GSM900, GSM1800and UMTS). The emitted low power level of the controlled mobile phones does not interact withaircraft equipment.LOCATION OF THE GSM CONTROL PANEL

The GSM control panel is located above the Flight Attendant Panel (FAP) at door 1L.The following figure shows the location of the GSM control panel.




Location of the GSM Control Panel

GSM CONTROL PANELThe GSM control panel is used to turn the GSM system On or Off and to monitor the systemstatus. The LEDs on the GSM panel indicate system conditions and failures.The following figure shows the GSM control panel.

GSM Control Panel

(-) System ON (Action)Used to turn the System Power On.

(-) Voice Off (Action)Used to switch from Voice On to Voice Off mode (no voice service available at night).




(-) PAX Sign On (Action)Used to display the No Mobile sign on the PSUs.Note: Depending on CAM programming the No Mobile sign ON and/or OFF indication is

associated with a single chime.

(-) RESET (Action)Used to reset the system (when System Failure Indication light is ON).

(-) SERVICE AVAILABLE (green LED)

(-) SYSTEM READY (green LED)

(-) SYSTEM FAILURE (yellow LED)Note: There is a GSM Off switch on the overhead panel in the cockpit. Via this switch the

flight crew can shut down the GSM on Board system. Cabin Crew should be aware ofpassengers keep on using their mobile phones after system shut down and prohibitfurther usage.

NO MOBILE SIGNThe No Mobile signs are part of the passenger lighted signs (in the center between the NoSmoking and the Fasten Seat Belt signs). They are located in the PSUs above each seat row.The following figure shows the No Mobile sign.

No Mobile Sign (Example)

(-) No Mobile (Sign)The mobile phones must be switched off and stowed.

LOCATION OF THE GSM SMOKE DETECTIONThe GSM Smoke Detection System is located inside an OHSC in the aft. It is labelled by a placard(refer to "Checking the GSM Smoke Detection System").




GSM ON BOARD - OPERATIONIdent.: 04-060-00005811.0001001 / 01 NOV 10Criteria: K10561Applicable to: ALL

The GSM on board system comes on automatically when the aircraft reaches an altitude of 3 000 m.The communication service will be available at the cruise altitude. Via PAX signs (NO MOBILE signis OFF) it is indicated that mobile phones can be used. Depending on the CAM programming the NOMOBILE sign OFF and/or ON indication is associated with a single chime in the cabin.Note: In the case that the VCC Main Power / PAX SYS switch is in OFF position, the GSM on

board does not come on (refer to "In-Flight Entertainment - General").The use of mobile phones is only allowed during the cruise phase of the flight and whenthe NO MOBILE signs are turned off. In all other cases the use of mobile phones must beprohibited by the cabin crew.

The use of mobile phones is only allowed during the cruise phase of the flight and when the NOMOBILE signs are turned off. In all other cases the use of mobile phones must be prohibited by thecabin crew.Note: When the maximum capacity of voice calls is reached, a call will be rejected and the

passenger will hear a busy tone.The standard operating status of the GSM on Board system is:‐ LED SYSTEM READY is ON‐ LED SERVICE AVAILABLE is ON‐ PAX Sign NO MOBILE is OFF‐ Button SYSTEM ON is illuminated‐ Cockpit switch is not illuminated.Note: A separate smoke detector for GSM system is installed in the Overhead Stowage

Compartment (OHSC) in the aft of the aircraft.CHANGING MODES (VOICE ON/VOICE OFF)

1. On the control panel, push the VOICE OFF button.Note: The VOICE OFF button is illuminated.

2. The cabin crew has to make an announcement that the GSM voice service is disabled and thedata services (email and SMS) are still available.

3. On the control panel, push the VOICE OFF button again.Note: The VOICE OFF button is not illuminated.

4. The cabin crew has to make an announcement that the GSM voice service is available again.




CHANGING THE GSM STATUS IN CASE OF TURBULENCESGSM STATUS CHANGE BY THE CABIN CREW:

1. On the control panel, push the PAX SIGN ON button.Note: The PAX SIGN ON button is illuminated.

2. The cabin crew has to make an announcement that the mobile phones must not be used.3. On the control panel, push the PAX SIGN ON button again when instructed by the flight crew.

Note: The PAX SIGN ON button is not illuminated.4. The cabin crew has to make an announcement that the mobile phones can be used again.

CHECKING THE GSM SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEMGSM Smoke Detection Panel

1. Check that the MAIN POWER SWITCH button is not illuminated.2. Check that the LED SMOKE ON is illuminated (green).3. Check that the SMOKE TEST button is illuminated.4. Check that all other buttons are OFF.




GSM ON BOARD SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONIdent.: 04-060-00005805.0001001 / 17 OCT 08Criteria: K10561Applicable to: ALL

If the GSM on board system has a malfunction (system failure LED ON), the GSM system can be reset.GSM on Board Panel

How to recover the GSM on board system when the system failure LED is ON


1. On the control panel:Press and hold the RESET push-button for a minimum of 3 s.Release the RESET push-button when all three LEDs: SERVICEAVAILABLE, SYSTEM READY and SYSTEM FAILURE flash. Waituntil the reset process finishes (approximately 5 min). Go to 2. Go to 2.

2. Is the failure indication LED OFF? END Go to 3.

3. On the control panel:Press and hold the RESET push-button for a minimum of 3 s.Release the RESET push-button when all three LEDs: SERVICEAVAILABLE, SYSTEM READY and SYSTEM FAILURE flash. Waituntil the reset process finishes (approximately 5 min). Go to 4. Go to 4.

4. Is the failure indication LED OFF? END Go to 5.

5. On the control panel, press the ON push-button to switch the GSMsystem OFF.Inform the passengers that the mobile phone can not be used. Go to 6. Go to 6.

6. Make an entry into the cabin logbook about the GSM system failurementioning the:Malfunction of the GSM System on Board





Countermeasures taken. END END






CABIN INFORMATION AND ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEMSIN-SEAT POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM (ISPSS)


IN-SEAT POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM (ISPSS)Ident.: 04-080-00014106.0002001 / 14 SEP 11Criteria: K6746, SAApplicable to: ALL

An In-Seat Power Supply System (ISPSS) is installed in the aircraft cabin to provide power supply forPortable Electronic Devices (PED), e.g. Notebooks.WARNING Any usage of PED should be coordinated and controlled by the cabin crew to avoid

any effects to the aircraft systems.The in-seat power outlets supply 110 V at 60 Hz.They have protection features that prevent electrical shocks that could occur, if an outlet is not usedcorrectly (e.g. inserting foreign objects into an outlet). They also have integrated sensors to releasepower only when a plug is engaged: The in-seat power outlets only provide electrical power if theplug is fully inserted.

Example of a Power Outlet

Each power outlet has an LED indicator that indicates the current power status.




Color of the LEDIndicator

Power Status of the Power Outlet

Power is available. A PED will work when it is plugged in.

Power is limited (temporarily). A PED will not work until the power system has stabilized.

Power is disabled. A PED will not work until the cabin crew uses the corresponding switch toturn ON the power supply.

Power is not available (OFF). There is no power supply.

The cabin crew can switch OFF the electrical power any time by using the PED override switch onthe FAP.In case of decompression (emergency oxygen system is ON), the ISPSS shuts OFF automatically.For information about the switches:‐ Refer to 04-080 PED Power Switch in the Cockpit‐ Refer to 04-080 PED Power Switch on the FAP, if installed.When a passenger uses his ISPSS outlet a light, installed at each seat row, indicates the outletactivation to the cabin crewmembers.CAUTION Deactivate the power supply for the Portable Electronic Device (PED) outlets during

critical flight phases.



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 04-080 P 3/4CCOM B to C 18 NOV 11

PED POWER SWITCH AT THE FAPIdent.: 04-080-00005815.0001001 / 12 SEP 11Criteria: K8357Applicable to: ALL

PED POWER SWITCHThe cabin crew can switch off the electrical power of the In-Seat Power Supply (ISPSS) any timeby using the guarded PED-POWER ON/OFF switch is installed close to the FAP.CAUTION Deactivate the power supply for the Portable Electronic Device (PED) outlets

during critical flight phases.Location of PED Switch

CAUTION Any usage of portable electronic devices should be coordinated and controlled bythe cabin crew to avoid any effects to the aircraft systems.

PED POWER SWITCH IN THE COCKPITIdent.: 04-080-00005814.0002001 / 12 SEP 11Criteria: K6746Applicable to: ALL

There is on PED Power sw installed in the cockpit or the information is not available yet.





EVACUATION DEVICES



EVACUATION DEVICESPRELIMINARY PAGES

TABLE OF CONTENTS



05-010 EVACUATION ALERT SYSTEMEvacuation alert system.......................................................................................................................................... A

05-020 COCKPIT EMERGENCY EXITSClearview Windows ................................................................................................................................................ Asliding windows........................................................................................................................................................Bdescent rope............................................................................................................................................................Ccockpit door description and operation................................................................................................................... D

05-030 ESCAPE SLIDES/ SLIDE RAFTSEvacuation Devices................................................................................................................................................. ASlide Raft................................................................................................................................................................. BSlide Raft Transportation.........................................................................................................................................COffwing Slide............................................................................................................................................................DLife Lines..................................................................................................................................................................E

05-040 AIRCRAFT CRASH POSITIONAIRCRAFT CRASH POSITION A320 CFM............................................................................................................ A


EVACUATION DEVICESPRELIMINARY PAGES

TABLE OF CONTENTS




EVACUATION DEVICESEVACUATION ALERT SYSTEM


EVACUATION ALERT SYSTEMIdent.: 05-010-00005817.0004001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: K8357, SAApplicable to: ALL

An emergency evacuation signalling system (integrated in the CIDS) is installed. It provides visualand aural alert in the event of impending emergency evacuation of the aircraft.LOCATION

Panels provided with control and warning lights are located:‐ in the cockpit,‐ at the purser station on the FAP, and‐ at the AFT L attendant station on the AAP.

Signs and controls in the cockpit




Signs and controls on the FAP

Signs and controls on the AAP




DESCRIPTIONThe following diagrams show the available functions on the different panels:

EVAC Functions on the Cockpit Overhead Panel

(1) COMMAND EVAC ONWhen pressed, it activates the EVAC flashlights in the cockpit and cabin, as well as thehorns in the cabin.

(2) HORN SHUT OFFWhen pressed, the cockpit horn is stopped.

(3) CAPT / CAPT & PURSTwo different switch positions are available.CAPT & PURS : EVAC command can be activated from the cockpit or the FAP.CAPT : EVAC command can be activated from the cockpit only.

EVAC Functions on the FAP

(1) RESETSymbol comes on steady when the EVAC-System is activated. Touch this button to stop theaudio warning.

(2) EVACSymbol flashes when the EVAC-System is activated.




(3) EVAC/COMDPush this guarded button to activate the EVAC-System.

EVAC Functions on the AAP

(1) RESETSymbol comes on steady when the EVAC-System is activated. Touch this button to stop theaudio warning.

(2) EVACSymbol flashes red only when the system is activated.


EVACUATION DEVICESCOCKPIT EMERGENCY EXITS


CLEARVIEW WINDOWSIdent.: 05-020-00005818.0001001 / 27 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

GENERALThe cockpit is equipped with fixed and sliding windows, which are installed on the front and sidesof the cockpit.

types of windows

(1) fixed windows

(2) sliding windows




DESCRIPTIONexterior perspective

There are four FIXED WINDOWS‐ two are located on each side of the cockpit, and are fitted with an anti-icing and defogging

system.‐ The other two are located on the front windshield, and are also of the integral security type,

specifically designed to protect against bird impact.There are two SLIDING WINDOWSThey are located on each side of the windshield, and can be used as crew emergency exits. If anemergency occurs, the cockpit crew can use descent ropes to exit the cockpit through the openedsliding windows.




SLIDING WINDOWSIdent.: 05-020-00005821.0001001 / 27 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

OPERATIONSLIDING WINDOWS

OPENING• Press down the operating lever to disengage the locking pins from their latches. As soon as

the operating lever is pressed, a red indicator appears to show that the window is unlocked.• Continue pressing down on the operating lever, while simultaneous rotating it and pulling it

downward to move the window backward.CLOSING

• Move the control lever backward to unlock the window.• Push the operating lever forward to move the window panel in front of its fixed frame.• Continue pushing the operating lever forward to slide the window panel back into its frame,

until the locking pins are engaged.




DESCENT ROPEIdent.: 05-020-00005820.0001001 / 27 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

A 5.5 m (17.04 ft) knotted rope is stored above each sliding window, on either side of the overheadpanel.Both stowage coverplates are marked with red labels, and are held closed by magnets, which can bequickly opened.The ropes and their brackets can support a load of 900 kg (1 980 lb).

Graphic invariant title

COCKPIT DOOR DESCRIPTION AND OPERATIONIdent.: 05-020-00005819.0001001 / 27 MAR 08Criteria: K7755, K7790Applicable to: ALL

A forward-opening hinge door separates the cockpit from the passenger comportment. It has anelectric-locking latch, controlled by pilots. In normal conditions, when the door is closed, it remainslocked. Upon cockpit entry request, the flight crew can authorize entry by unlocking the door, whichremains closed until it is pushed open.When the flight crew does not respond to request for entry , the door can be unlocked by the cabincrew, by entering a two to seven digit code (programmed by the airline) on the keypad, installed onthe lateral side of the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP).The door is bulletproof and fully compliant with rapid decompression requirements.A mechanical override enables the pilots to open the door from the cockpit side.Refer to 08-030 COCKPIT DOOR OPERATIONRefer to 09-040 COCKPIT EVACUATION THROUGH COCKPIT DOOR




cockpit door




Note: 1. The escape panel enables the flight crew to evacuate the cockpit, in case of anemergency, when the door is jammed or stuck. This panel can only be removed from thecockpit side by pulling the quick release pin towards the centre of the flap, and kickingthe panel open.

2. In case of an electrical supply failure, the door is automatically unlocked, but remainsclosed.

3. If installed and in the event that one locking latch strike fails, or in case of a total CDLSfailure, a deadbolt is located at the level of the center latch area of the cockpit door. Thisdeadbolt bolts the door from the cockpit side.

4. In case of rapid decompression in the cockpit, the door is automatically unlocked.In case of a rapid decompression in the cabin, venting from the cockpit to the cabin isensured via existing gaps between the cockpit and the cabin, and with additional gridsinstalled in the ceiling panels .

KEYPAD LOCATION AND OPERATIONThe keypad is located at the lateral side of the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP) and is used by thecabin crew to request pilots to open the door.

keypad

(1) LOCKED/UNLOCKED DOOR INDICATORGREEN lightON

: The door has been unlocked either by a flight crew action, orautomatically (during 5 s) when no flight crew action is performed duringthe delay following an emergency access request. The door can bepushed open.

GREEN lightflashes

: An emergency request to enter the cockpit has been made ; the buzzerwill sound continuously in the cockpit, but no action has yet been takenby the flight crew.




RED light ON : The flight crew has denied access, and the door remains locked.

(2) DIGITAL KEYPADThe keypad is used to sound the buzzer in the cockpit for 1 to 9 s (3 s by default), byentering a zero to seven-digit code, as programmed by the airline, followed by the '#' key.It is also used to enter the two to seven-digit emergency code, followed by the '#' key, whenthe flight crew does not respond.

COCKPIT DOOR CONTROL PANELLocation

The secure cockpit door is controlled by a toggle switch, located on the central pedestal.Control panel

(1) COCKPIT DOOR toggle switchUNLOCKposition

: This position is used to enable the cabin crewmember to open the door.The switch must be pulled and maintained in the unlock position untilthe door is pushed open.

NORM position : All latches are locked, and EMERGENCY access is possible for thecabin crew.




LOCK position : Once the button has been moved to this position, the door is locked;emergency access, the buzzer, and the keypad are inhibited for apreselected time (5 to 20 min).

Note: 1. If the LOCK position has not been used by the pilot, for at least 5 to 20 min, thecabin crew is able to request an emergency access to open the cockpit door.

2. The UNLOCK position overrides and resets any previous selection.3. In case of electrical an supply failure, the cockpit door is automatically unlocked,

but remains closed.

(2) COCKPIT DOOR Fault Open indicatorOPEN light ON : The door is not closed, or not locked.OPEN lightflashes

: The cabin crew has started an emergency access procedure. If thereis no reaction from the flight crew, the door will unlock at the end of theadjustable time delay (15 to 120 s).

FAULT : This light comes when a system failure has been identified (Example :latch, pressure sensors, control unit).


EVACUATION DEVICESESCAPE SLIDES/ SLIDE RAFTS


EVACUATION DEVICESIdent.: 05-030-00005822.0005001 / 01 APR 08Criteria: K0151, SAApplicable to: ALL

Slide Rafts and Escape Slides are installed at each door/exit:‐ a Slide Raft at each FWD and AFT cabin door‐ an Escape slide at each pair of the overwing emergency exitsThey take care of a quick passenger and crew evacuation in case of an emergency.

Door and overwing slide location




SLIDE RAFTIdent.: 05-030-00005826.0001001 / 25 JAN 11Criteria: K0151Applicable to: ALL

All slide rafts are of the Dual lane type and have two functions:‐ as an escape slide,‐ as an inflatable raft after ditching.OPERATION

The deployment and inflation of the slide raft is automatically initiated when the door is opened inthe armed mode.As the door opens outboard, the pack release cable is pulled free and the pack slide raft dropsoutboard of the door. The automatic inflation cable tensions and opens the valve inflationassembly, initiating inflation. The packboard and the lacing cover remain attached to the aircraftdoor.The inflation reservoir sensors are connected to the CIDS and the pressure of the inflation cylinderis indicated on the FAP.




Released Slide Raft

MANUAL INFLATIONIf the automatic inflation is not initiated, the red manual inflation handle, located on the girtextension of the slide raft, has to be pulled. The handle is located on the right side of the girtextension.




Manual Inflation




Slide Raft Deployment

The slide raft deploys rapidly after actuation.A crewmember has to check visually the slide raft is deployed correctly before evacuation.

RAFT MODEAfter the inflation of the raft, one of the crewmembers must assist the passengers entering theraft. As soon as a passenger has entered the raft and moved to the toe end, the next passengersboard the raft and start seating to both sides. Finally, the assisting crewmember must board theraft and detaches it by cutting the mooring line.




Raft Mode

DISCONNECTION STEP 1Open the girt flap to get access to the disconnect handle.To disconnect the slide raft from the A/C, pull the disconnect handle.




Slide Raft Disconnection Step 1

DISCONNECTION STEP 2The slide raft is moored to the A/C by means of a mooring line which is attached to the girt barremaining attached to the cabin floor and the slide raft girt.A hook knife is provided to cut the mooring line. It is located in a pocket on the upper sill tube.




Slide raft Disconnection Step 2

SURVIVAL KITA survival kit is provided for each slide raft.They are stowed:‐ In an overhead rack next to the FWD and AFT PAX doors (2 in each).Remove the survival kit from the stowages. Attach one kit with snap hook to white survival kitlanyard at each slide raft.




Survival Kit Location

SURVIVAL KIT EQUIPMENTFollowing items will be found in a standard a survival kit.Basic Module:‐ dehydrated sponge‐ bailing bucket‐ whistle‐ raft repair kit‐ sea dye marker‐ signalling mirror‐ survival manual‐ knife‐ first aid equipment‐ water pouchesAge Limited Module:‐ aerial flares‐ water purification tablets‐ ammonia inhalant




‐ burn ointment‐ flashlight (2 ea. with standard bulb or 1 ea. with LED)Not part of the Modules but also included in the survival kit are:‐ hand pump‐ canopy‐ canopy support mast

Survival Kit Equipment

USE OF THE HAND PUMPThe hand pump function is to add air to either top chamber or lower chamber of the slide raft. Thepump air fittings are clearly marked.




Top Chamber (Example)

CANOPYThe canopy has a highly visible orange/yellow color. It protects the occupants from differentenvironmental conditions.

CANOPY INSTALLATION1. Remove canopy and Mast from survival kit2. Unfold canopy3. Join velcro on inflatable post and tie down4. Erect mast in center of roof using grommet provided and secure to velcro patch on floor5. Pull green elastic over each corner of the raft6. Tie down outside perimeter using loops provided.




Fix-Up of the Canopy

SLIDE RAFT LIGHTING SYSTEMEach slide raft is equipped with an integrated lighting system. The electrical harness and lampsare attached to the slide raft along the sliding surface and the runway tube of the slide raft.The lighting system is automatically activated by the slide deployment. The lights have the samepower supply as the cabin emergency lights. If no aircraft power available the lights are illuminatedfor a period of at least 10 min from the cabin Emergency Power Supply Units (EPSU).

Slide Raft Lighting Location (typical)




SLIDE RAFT TRANSPORTATIONIdent.: 05-030-00013345.0001001 / 28 MAR 11Criteria: K0151Applicable to: ALL

Only after ditching, if one cabin door is inoperative, its corresponding slide raft can be disconnected,transported and operated from another cabin door, which has already been operated and the slideraft disconnected.PRIOR TO STEP 1

INOPERATIVE DOORThe slide raft arming lever of the inoperative door must be in the armed position.

SURVIVAL KITThe survival kits are located in a stowage adjacent to the slide rafts. Survival kits must beattached to the slide rafts using the white lanyard located under the slide pack.




Survival Kit Connection 1 Survival Kit Connection 2




REMOVAL OF THE DECORATIVE COVERRemoval of the Decorative Cover

1. Release straps underneath the cover2. Unlock the latches on the top of the cover.




Decorative Cover

Remove the decorative cover.




INSTRUCTION LABELSInstruction Label Positions




Instruction Label A

Instruction label step 1 to 5, located above the lacing cover.




Instruction Label B

Instruction label step 6 to 12, located on the backside of the pack board.




STEP 1STEP 1

To release the girt bar, firmly pull the yellow lanyard located below the pack in a direction of 45°AFT.




STEP 2STEP 2

Pull the red handles (LH and RH) on the top of the slide pack.




STEP 3STEP 3

Grab slides of slide pack and lift unit off door mounting.




STEP 4STEP 4

Disconnect the wire harness behind pack board by turning the connector counterclockwise.




STEP 5 - 6 - 7STEP 5 - 6 - 7

‐ Invert the unit by placing the slide raft on floor with pack facing up‐ Place the girt bar and the survival kit on the slide pack.




STEP 8 AND 9STEP 8 and 9

‐ Carry the unit to the alternative door‐ Place in front of door, pack board facing up, arrows pointing outboard‐ Place the survival kit on the floor.

STEP 10Step 10




Remove the other girt bar remaining at alternate door.STEP 11

STEP 11

Insert the girt bar into the fittings.




STEP 12 AND 13Step 12 STEP 13

‐ Roll the unit out of the door‐ Pull the red manual inflation handle to inflate the slide raft.

OFFWING SLIDEIdent.: 05-030-00005824.0001001 / 12 OCT 10Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

The Offwing Slide are of Dual Lane type and are installed in the wing fuselage facing AFT of theoverwing exits.OPERATION

The Slide inflation is automatically initiated if one emergency exit is opened. The Escape Slideinflates and deploys over the wing (See Fig. 1 to 4 ). The Slide can also be inflated manually afterthe emergency exit is opened by pulling the Manual Inflation Handle.The offwing slide deploys rapidly after actuation.A crew member has to check visually the slide is deployed correctly before evacuation.




Offwing slide Inflation

MANUAL INFLATIONIf the Slide Automatic Inflation does not occur, pull the Manual Inflation Handle installed in theHatch Frame of each emergency exit.




Manual inflation

DESCRIPTIONThe Escape Slides for the emergency exits are equipped as follows:




Offwing slide Deployment

OFFWING SLIDE LIGHTING SYSTEMEach offwing slide is equipped with an integrated lighting system. A light harness is attached onthe upper side along of each longitudinal tube and across the bottom of the slide.The lighting system is automatically activated by the slide deployment. The lights have the samepower supply as the cabin emergency lights. If no aircraft power supply available the lights areilluminated for a period of at least 10 min from the cabin Emergency Power Supply Units (EPSU).




Offwing slide lighting location

DAMAGED OVERWING SLIDE OPERATIONIn case of overwing slide damaged or deflated it can still be used as a hand hold escape chute.‐ look for the snap hook (See Fig.1)‐ the snap hook must be fixed to the hook attachment point on the wing (See Fig.2)‐ four crew members must hold the slide, two on each side (See Fig.3)




Damaged overwing slide

LIFE LINESIdent.: 05-030-00005825.0001001 / 01 APR 08Criteria: K0151Applicable to: ALL

Four additional life lines are provided.Note: Only in the event of ditching the LIVE LINES must be installed, to assure the passengers a

safe way to the ramp section.LOCATION

The life lines are stowed in the hatrack above the RH and LH emergency exit doors.INSTALLATION

The life lines must be fixed with the snap hook between the Door-stop fitting located on the uppercorner of the overwing emergency exit door frames and the hook located on the center of the wing




surface. After mooring, the Life Line must be pulled tight with the pull tab. The Sliding Buckle holdthe Life line tight for the correct length.

Life Line installation






EVACUATION DEVICESAIRCRAFT CRASH POSITION


AIRCRAFT CRASH POSITION A320 CFMIdent.: 05-040-00005828.0001001 / 21 APR 08Criteria: CFMI, 320-200Applicable to: ALL

AIRCRAFT CRASH POSITION A320 CFM

CRASH POSITION CHART A320 CFM


EVACUATION DEVICESAIRCRAFT CRASH POSITION



OXYGEN



OXYGENPRELIMINARY PAGES

TABLE OF CONTENTS



06-010 GENERALGENERAL................................................................................................................................................................ A

06-020 COCKPITDESCRIPTION.........................................................................................................................................................AOPERATION ...........................................................................................................................................................BLOCATION ............................................................................................................................................................. CLATERAL CONSOLES .......................................................................................................................................... DCONTROLS AND INDICATORS.............................................................................................................................EPORTABLE BREATHING EQUIPMENT................................................................................................................. F

06-030 CABINDESCRIPTION ....................................................................................................................................................... AOXYGEN UNITS LOCATION.................................................................................................................................. BOPERATIONAL SEQUENCE .................................................................................................................................CCONTROLS AND INDICATORS.............................................................................................................................DOXYGEN MASK...................................................................................................................................................... EOXYGEN CONTAINER .......................................................................................................................................... FCABIN CREW AND LAVATORY OXYGEN UNIT .................................................................................................G

06-040 PORTABLE BREATHING EQUIPMENTGENERAL................................................................................................................................................................ Aportable breathing equipment (PBE)....................................................................................................................... B


OXYGENPRELIMINARY PAGES

TABLE OF CONTENTS




OXYGENGENERAL



The oxygen system consists of :‐ A cockpit-fixed oxygen system, which supplies adequate breathing oxygen to the cockpit

occupants in case of depressurization, or emission of smoke and noxious gases.‐ A cabin-fixed oxygen system, which supplies oxygen for cabin occupants (passengers and cabin

crew) in case of depressurization.‐ A portable oxygen system, which is provided in both the cockpit and cabin and is to be used :

• As PROTECTION for the crew during on board emergencies.• For FIRST AID purposes.


OXYGENGENERAL




OXYGENCOCKPIT


DESCRIPTIONIdent.: 06-020-00005830.0003001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: P7360, SAApplicable to: ALL

The cockpit's fixed oxygen system consists of:‐ A high-pressure cylinder in the left-hand lower fuselage‐ A pressure regulator directly connected to the cylinder that delivers oxygen at a pressure suitable

for the user‐ Two overpressure safety systems to vent oxygen overboard, through a safety port, if the pressure

gets too high‐ A supply solenoid valve that allows the crew to shut off the distribution system‐ Four full-face quick donning masks, stowed in readily accessible boxes adjacent to

crewmembers'seats (one per seat)


OXYGENCOCKPIT


DESCRIPTION

OPERATIONIdent.: 06-020-00005831.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

The crewmember squeezes the red grips to pull the mask out of its box. This action causes the maskharness to inflate.A mask-mounted regulator supplies a mixture of air and oxygen, or pure oxygen, or performemergency pressure control. With the regulator set on NORMAL, the user breathes a mixture of


OXYGENCOCKPIT


cabin air and oxygen up to the cabin altitude at which the regulator supplies 100 % oxygen. The usercan select 100 % in which case the regulator supplies pure oxygen at all cabin altitudes.If required by the situation, the user can use the emergency overpressure rotating knob and receivepure oxygen at positive pressure.The storage box contains a microphone lead with a quick-disconnect for connection to theappropriate mask microphone cable.Note: Each mask may have a removable film that protects the visor against scratches. This strip

is optional and may be removed from the mask at any time.

LOCATIONIdent.: 06-020-00005833.0001001 / 17 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

The cockpit's oxygen system consists of :‐ One OXYGEN CREW SUPPLY pb on the overhead panel‐ The ECAM SYSTEM DISPLAY, which provides oxygen pressure information.‐ 3 (or 4, as installed) oxygen stowage boxes, which contain the quick donning masks.


OXYGENCOCKPIT


LOCATION


OXYGENCOCKPIT


LATERAL CONSOLESIdent.: 06-020-00005832.0001001 / 17 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

STOWAGE BOXSTOWAGE BOX

(1) Blinker flowmeter (yellow)This indicator flashes when oxygen is flowing.

(2) RESET/TEST control slideThe crewmember presses the slide, and pushes it in the direction of the arrow to test : theoperation of the blinker, the regulator supply, system sealing downstream of the valve ; andthe regulator sealing and system operation. Pressing the RESET control slide, after theoxygen mask has been used, cuts off the oxygen, and the mask microphone.

(3) OXY ON flagAs soon as the left flap door opens, the mask is supplied with oxygen and, once it closes(mask still supplied with oxygen), the "OXY ON" flag appears.


OXYGENCOCKPIT


MAX DONNINGMAX DONNING


OXYGENCOCKPIT


CREW 0XYGEN MASKCREW OXYGEN

Note: The protective film can be removed to help crewmembers recover a sufficient visual field,in case of ice accumulation on the screen, in the event of rapid cabin depressurization.

PRESSURE REGULATORPRESSURE REGULATOR


OXYGENCOCKPIT


(1) Red gripsSqueezing the right-hand side grip unlocks the two-flap door, and enables the harness toinflate.

(2) EMERGENCY pressure selectorUse of this selector creates an overpressure, which eliminates condensation and preventssmoke, smell or ashes from entering the mask.‐ Pressing this knob generates an overpressure for a few seconds.‐ Turning the knob, in the direction of the arrow, generates a permanent overpressure.Note: Overpressure supply automatically is started, when cabin altitude exceeds

30 000 ft.

(3) N/100 % SELPushing up the button from underneath releases it, and it pops up to the N (normal) position.Pressing it again returns it to 100 %.100 % : The mask delivers 100 % oxygen.N : The mask delivers a mixture of air and oxygen, the content of which varies

depending on the cabin altitude. When cabin altitude goes above 35 000 ft, theair inlet closes and the user breathes 100 % oxygen.

CONTROLS AND INDICATORSIdent.: 06-020-00005835.0002001 / 02 OCT 08Criteria: P7278, SAApplicable to: ALL

ECAM DOOR/OXY PAGE


OXYGENCOCKPIT


(1) OXY high pressure indicationGreen : When pressure is ≥ 800 PSI

It pulses in green, when pressure is < 800 PSI (the DOOR/OXY page isautomatically displayed).

Amber : When pressure is < 400 PSIAn amber half frame appears, when oxygen pressure is < 1 500 PSI.In this case, the flight crew must check that the remaining quantity is not below theminimum.

(2) REGUL LO PR indicationIt appears amber, if oxygen pressure on the low-pressure circuit is low (50 PSI).

(3) CKPT OXY indicationIt is normally white.It becomes amber, when :‐ Pressure goes below 400 PSI.‐ Low oxygen pressure is detected.‐ The overhead panel's OXYGEN CREW SUPPLY push-button is OFF.

OVERHEAD PANELOVERHEAD PANEL

(1) The CREW SUPPLY pushbutton electrically controls the position of the low pressure (LP)solenoid valve.OFF : The OFF legend comes on white, and the valve is closed.ON : (Pushbutton pressed - normal position during flight)

The valve is opened, low pressure (LP) oxygen is supplied to the masks.


OXYGENCOCKPIT

20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 06-020 P 10/10CCOM F 18 NOV 11

PORTABLE BREATHING EQUIPMENTIdent.: 06-020-00005834.0002001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: P8115, SAApplicable to: ALL

Two PBE, located on the right aft console 702 VU and at the bottom of the rear right corner in thecockpit, ensures protection of the eyes and respiratory system of one (or two) flight crewmemberswhen fighting a fire, in case of smoke or noxious gas emissions, or in the event of a loss in pressurealtitude.Refer to 06-040 GENERAL and Refer to 06-040 PORTABLE BREATHING EQUIPMENT (PBE)

PORTABLE BREATHING EQUIPMENT


OXYGENCABIN


DESCRIPTIONIdent.: 06-030-00005836.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

The cabin-fixed chemical oxygen system supplies oxygen to occupants, in case of cabindepressurization.The oxygen is produced by chemical generators, and each generator feeds a group of 2, 3 or 4masks.Generator and masks are in containers, located : Above the passenger seats, in the lavatories, ineach galley, and at each cabin crew station.

OXYGEN UNITS LOCATIONIdent.: 06-030-00005841.0026001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: K10331, K8357Applicable to: ALL

ARRANGEMENT


OXYGENCABIN


OPERATIONAL SEQUENCEIdent.: 06-030-00005837.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

SYSTEM ACTIVATIONThe cabin oxygen system automatically operates when the altitude pressure switch, located inthe avionics compartment, closes. The switch closes when the cabin pressure decreases to apressure equivalent to 14 000 + 250, - 750 ft (4 260 +76 - 228 m).To manually operate the system, the flight crewmembers push the "MASK MAN ON pb" , locatedon the overhead panel.

SYSTEM OPERATIONWhen electrical power releases the door latches :• The passenger oxygen container doors open and the masks drop down for the use of

passengers and cabin attendants.• A taped message is transmitted through the Passenger Address system.• The green "SYS ON" indicator light, on the cockpit overhead panel, comes on.• When a user pulls the oxygen mask towards their face, the chemical oxygen generator starts to

operate and the oxygen flows.• The mask receives pure oxygen under positive pressure for about 15 min, until the generator is

depleted.If a passenger oxygen container door does not open, the cabin crew can open it by using themanual release tool. The manual release tool has to be pushed in a hole of the container door todisengage the electrical latch.Note: There is no apparent inflation of the mask reservoir bag at lower altitudes between

approximately 10 000 and 19 000 ft.


OXYGENCABIN


SYSTEM OPERATION


OXYGENCABIN


CONTROLS AND INDICATORSIdent.: 06-030-00005838.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

COCKPIT OVERHEAD PANEL

(1) PASSENGERS SYS ONThis light comes on white, when the control for the oxygen mask doors is activated. It remainson until the "TMR RESET pb" is pressed.

(2) MASK MAN ONThe guard keeps this button in the AUTO position.AUTO : The mask doors open automatically, when the altitude exceeds 14 000 ft.Pressed : The mask doors open.

(3) TMR RESET pbMaintenance crews use this pushbutton to reset the control circuit after the system hasoperated.ON : This light comes on white, and the PASSENGER SYS ON light goes off


OXYGENCABIN


FAULT : This light comes on amber, when the door latch solenoids are energized for morethan 30 s.

OXYGEN MASKIdent.: 06-030-00005842.0001001 / 17 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

OXYGEN MASK STOWED IN UNIT


OXYGENCABIN


OXYGEN MASK RELEASED

DESCRIPTIONThe mask assembly consists of a reservoir bag and a face mask. The mask is fitted with three (3)valves : The reservoir and exhaust valves, plus a supplementary inhalation valve.Note: The capacity of the reservoir bag is 1.5 l.


OXYGENCABIN


OXYGEN MASK

OPERATIONThe oxygen unit doors open, and :‐ Oxygen masks fall and hang on the lanyards.‐ User pulls one mask to their face. (The lanyard pulls the release pin from the striker assembly of

the generator).‐ The striker hits the percussion cap, and the oxygen supply is generated.‐ Oxygen flows through the flexible supply hoses into the reservoir bag.‐ The flow indicator indicates oxygen flow as follows : in case oxygen is flowing > 0.5 l/min in the

housing of the flow indicator, a green tube is visible. If there is no oxygen flowing or < 0.5 l/min,there is noting visible inside the clear flow indicator housing.


OXYGENCABIN


‐ The chemical oxygen generator supplies a flow of low pressure oxygen for a minimum of15 min.CAUTION ONCE ACTIVATED, OXYGEN GENERATION CANNOT BE STOPPED.

‐ The chemical reaction used for oxygen generation creates heat. Therefore, after an emergencymask deployment, it is recommended that a PAX announcement be made to advise of thepossibility of the smell of burning, smoke, and of a cabin temperature increase associated withnormal operation of the oxygen generator system.

INADVERTENT OXYGEN MASK DEPLOYMENTCAUTION DO NOT RESTORE AN OXYGEN MASK, IF THE OXYGEN GENERATOR IS

STARTED IN ORDER TO PREVENT THE SMELL OF BURNING OR FUMES.RECOMMENDATIONS

‐ Although it is not dangerous to the aircraft, if the oxygen mask is stored when the oxygengenerator started, this occurrence may be very unpleasant and frightening for passengersand crew. Both the flight and cabin crewmembers should be properly trained regardingthe correct action to be adopted in the event of an inadvertent deployment of the oxygengenerator.

‐ If the generator is started, the door must be left open. To minimize inconvenience to thepassengers, and avoid having the deployed masks in their way, they should be relocated, ifpossible. This will also ensure they are seated in a location in which a generator has not beenused, in case a decompression occurs later in the flight. (If no alternate seats are available,the crew should be prepared to assist these passengers in reaching spare masks, in event ofdecompression).

‐ If it is impossible, or undesirable to relocate the passengers, the mask could be taken outof their way by cutting the mask tubes. Masks will then be replaced when the generator isreplaced.

‐ The crew should be instructed on how to recognize whether a generator has started. If theunit has not started, then passenger relocation, or removal of the mask hoses is unnecessary.In that case, maintenance should be advised of the unit that deployed, in order to check thelatch condition and verify correct mask stowage.

‐ Even, if no smoke was noticed, the equipment is no longer ready for service, once thegenerator has deployed. If the masks are stowed in this case, the crew may preventmaintenance from recognizing that a generator needs replacement, and that the masks alsoneed inspection and possible replacement.


OXYGENCABIN

20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 06-030 P 9/12CCOM F → 18 NOV 11

OXYGEN CONTAINERIdent.: 06-030-00005839.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

MANUAL UNLOCKINGThe unit door can be opened manually with the MANUAL RELEASE TOOL (MRT).Insert the pin-end of the tool into the operating rod of the electrical latch, and push. The unit dooropens.

MANUAL UNLOCKING


OXYGENCABIN


UNLOCKING SYSTEM TESTTo test the electrical unlocking system, press the cockpit's "MAN ON pb". To prevent the oxygenmasks from falling, while performing the test, the oxygen container test levers should all be pulledout to a 90 °angle.This test is performed by maintenance personnel.Note: The number of oxygen masks, contained in the unit, is written on the inner side of the

test lever.

CABIN CREW AND LAVATORY OXYGEN UNITIdent.: 06-030-00005840.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

DESCRIPTIONA two-mask oxygen unit is installed in each cabin crew station and in each lavatory.


OXYGENCABIN


LOCATIONLOCATION


OXYGENCABIN




OXYGENPORTABLE BREATHING EQUIPMENT


GENERALIdent.: 06-040-00005844.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

The cabin attendant portable devices are installed in several places in the cabin area. The possiblepositions are :‐ in the galley area,‐ in the attendant seats areas,‐ in the overhead stowages,‐ in the cabin stowages/doghouses.They provide protection to the cabin crew during emergencies.The portable devices consist of :‐ Protective Breathing Equipment PBE.‐ Portable high-pressure oxygen cylinders with continuous flow oxygen mask.

PORTABLE BREATHING EQUIPMENT (PBE)Ident.: 06-040-00005845.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: P7524, P7525, P8115, SAApplicable to: ALL

GENERALThe PBE protects the user's eyes and respiratory system against heat, smoke, and/or noxiousgases. It ensures that a minimum of 15 minutes of total autonomy is available.The PBE is readily available to cabin attendants. The primary purpose of the PBE is to supplyoxygen to cabin attendants, in the event of a fire, smoke and/or noxious gases. It enables them tomove about freely in the cabin and extinguish a fire.

DESCRIPTIONThe smoke hood is based on a chemical air regeneration system, located in the breathing bag. Anoronasal mask allows inhalation of regenerated air, and returns the exhaled air to the regenerationsystem.The hood is serviceable, as long as the yellow indicator on the case is not broken, and operatesfor at least 20 min.




description

UTILIZATIONThe breathing hood is stored under a vacuum-sealed pouch, which is mounted inside a box. Twotamper-evident seals secure the pouch within the container and serve as a tamper indicator.




UTILIZATION





EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT



EMERGENCY EQUIPMENTPRELIMINARY PAGES

TABLE OF CONTENTS



07-010 PORTABLE EMERGENCY EQUIPMENTSymbol List.............................................................................................................................................................. ALocation - General Overview...................................................................................................................................BLocation in the Cabin - All Areas............................................................................................................................CFlashlights................................................................................................................................................................DFlashlight Cockpit.....................................................................................................................................................EMegaphones.............................................................................................................................................................FEmergency Radio Beacon...................................................................................................................................... GPortable Fire Extinguishers..................................................................................................................................... HPortable Fire Extinguisher Cockpit........................................................................................................................... ILife Vests..................................................................................................................................................................JDemonstration Kit.................................................................................................................................................... K

07-020 FIXED EMERGENCY EQUIPMENTFixed Emergency Equipment.................................................................................................................................. A

07-030 SUPPLEMENTARY MEDICAL EQUIPMENTSpecial Medical Equipment..................................................................................................................................... A


EMERGENCY EQUIPMENTPRELIMINARY PAGES

TABLE OF CONTENTS




EMERGENCY EQUIPMENTPORTABLE EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT


SYMBOL LISTIdent.: 07-010-00005866.0001001 / 02 NOV 10Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

The portable emergency equipment is stowed or installed at different locations throughout theaircraft.The following table shows all symbols which are used to identify the installed portable emergencyequipment.Note: Depending on the airline's choice and/or airworthiness requirements, some of these items

may be not installed in this particular aircraft.Symbol Designation

Crash Axe

First Aid Kit

Automated External Defibrillator (AED)

Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT)

Flashlight





Continued from the previous pageSymbol Designation

Survival Kit

Crew Life Vest

Adult Life Vest

Infant Life Vest

Demo Kit

Oxygen Cylinder and Mask

Manual Release Tool






Extension Seat BeltChild Seat Belt

Emergency Medical Kit (EMK)

Smoke Hood

Fire Extinguisher (Halon)

Fire Extinguisher (Water)

Megaphone

Gloves






Baby Survival Cot

CPR Face Mask

Resuscitator

Dangerous Goods Kit

Life Line

CrowbarJemmy

Signalling Kit






Crew TabardDay-Glo Hat

Life Raft

Eyewash Bottle

The graphics in the following paragraphs show the location of the portable emergency equipment atthe day of aircraft delivery.



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 07-010 P 6/26CCOM B to C → 18 NOV 11

LOCATION - GENERAL OVERVIEWIdent.: 07-010-00005873.0001001 / 16 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

Overview

LOCATION IN THE CABIN - ALL AREASIdent.: 07-010-00005874.0001001 / 17 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

In all cabin areas the adult life vests are stowed under each passenger seat, independent of the seattype, which is installed.




Location of Adult Life Vest

FLASHLIGHTSIdent.: 07-010-00005849.0001001 / 11 FEB 11Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

A lot of flashlights are installed throughout the aircraft.1. DESCRIPTION

The flashlight is explosion proof and powered by dry batteries.The flashlight is ON automatically, when removed from the retention bracket.The flashlight is OFF automatically, when put into the retention bracket.

2. OPERATIONAL REMOVAL OF THE FLASHLIGHTa. Hold the body of the flashlight.b. Pull it from the retaining clip of the retention bracket.

Note: The tamper shield will be disconnected.3. INSTALLATION OF THE FLASHLIGHT

a. Hold the body of the flashlight.Note: The FINS has to point to the retention bracket and the LED has to point away from the

retention bracket.b. Let the FINS of the flashlight move into the recess of the retention bracket.c. Push the body of the flashlight into the retaining clip.




Operation of the Flashlight

FLASHLIGHT COCKPITIdent.: 07-010-00005854.0001001 / 16 OCT 08Criteria: P6886Applicable to: ALL

LOCATIONA lot of flashlights are installed throughout the aircraft.

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION1. DESCRIPTION

The flashlight is powered by 2 alkaline managanese dioxide batteries.




The main components of the flashlight is:‐ a BODY.‐ a REFLECTOR ASSEMBLY.‐ a LENS.‐ a SWITCH ASSEMBLY with BUTTON and CAP.

2. OPERATIONNote: A cracked or broken flashlight bulb that remains glowing has the potential to cause an

explosion in hazardous atmospheres.a. Hold the body of the flashlight.b. Pull it from the bracket.c. Operation Mode

The flashlight is usable for constant light and impulse light.‐ Constant Light

1. Slide back the CAP of the SWITCH ASSEMBLY.2. Firmly press the BUTTON until it engages, the light comes on.

‐ Impulse Light1. Slide back the CAP.2. Firmly press the BUTTON until it engages, the light comes on.3. Light pressing on the BUTTON lets the light goes off and releasing the BUTTON lets the

light comes on again.Note: The SOS-Signal is:

three times a short signal (for S)three times a long signal (for O)three times a short signal (for S).

d. Firmly press the BUTTON until it disengages, the light goes off and slide back the CAP of theSWITCH ASSEMBLY.

e. Firmly push the BODY of the flashlight into the bracket.




Flashlight Cockpit

MEGAPHONESIdent.: 07-010-00005850.0001001 / 17 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

The on-board megaphones are powered by 8 alkaline batteries (AA-size) each.OPERATION OF THE MEGAPHONE

1. Hold the megaphone to the mouth.




Note: Do not place the hand around the mouthpiece.2. Point the megaphone towards the passengers.

WARNING Do not operate the megaphone near a person's ears. Amplified sound orhowling can cause damage to the inner ear.

3. Contact the mouthpiece of the megaphone with the lips.4. Push the push-button switch and then speak slowly with a strong voice.

Operation of the Megaphone

EMERGENCY RADIO BEACONIdent.: 07-010-00005858.0004001 / 30 SEP 09Criteria: K8357Applicable to: ALL

1. DescriptionThe emergency radio beacon (referred to as the beacon) operates in water or on land. Operatinginstructions are given on the operating-instruction plate bonded on the beacon's housing.The beacon is held in position in a bracket with standard release latches.The beacon is a compact, buoyant, emergency locator transmitter with:‐ An identification plate and operating instruction plate.‐ A battery section with a salt-water activated battery.‐ A liquid container / bag with salt assembly bags.‐ An electronic assembly including transmitter.‐ A float and a self-erecting antenna.‐ A tethering lanyard assembly.




The beacon transmits distress signals simultaneously on three frequencies:‐ 121.5 MHz for civil distress frequency.‐ 243 MHz for military distress frequency.‐ 406.025 MHz COSPAS-SARSAT frequency.

2. OperationRemoval of the Emergency Radio BeaconIt is possible to remove the emergency radio beacon (referred to as the beacon) either by pullingthe quick-release pull handle or by opening the standard release latches.1. Operating the quick-release pull handle:

a. Hold the top of the beacon and pull the quick-release pull handle.b. Remove the beacon.

2. Operating the standard-release latches:a. Hold the beacon and open the standard-release latches.b. Remove the beacon.

Operation in Sea Water1. Unwind the lanyard beginning with the free end at the top of the beacon.2. Tie the cord securely to suitable tethering point of the raft.3. Place the beacon in the sea-water beside the life raft

Note: The beacon operates automatically in a few seconds and drifts out to the end of thelanyard.

Operation on Land or on Fresh-Water1. If on land, look for an area clear of obstruction such as trees and choose the highest point for

best transmission.WARNING Danger of injury!

Hold the beacon so that the antenna is positioned away from all persons andobstructions during antenna erection.

2. With hand over antenna, break the tape which holds the antenna and carefully allow antennato erect.

3. Unroll plastic bag under the lanyard.4. Carefully remove the pouch of salt from plastic bag.5. In the plastic bag:

a. Break open the provided pouch of salt.b. Fill the bag up to the half with water or weak tea or weak coffee.c. Mix it together.

6. Slowly insert the lower end of the beacon into the plastic bag with the mixed salt solution.7. Ensure that the solution covers the two vent holes located at the side of the beacon at all

times.




8. Hold the beacon so that the liquid does not spill and the antenna is vertical to ensure maximumradiation.Note: The beacon operates automatically in a few seconds.

9. For best transmission:Crouch below the level of the antenna base (top of unit housing) or hold a distance ofapproximately 18.3 m (60 ft).

10. If sufficient water or salt are available, replace the water supply at intervals between 12 to 24 hto maintain full power output. Use the provided pouch of salt, See point 5.

Operation on Land or on Fresh-Water in Freezing Conditions (-2 °C (28 °F) to -20 °C (-4 °F))1. If on land, look for an area clear of obstruction such as trees and choose the highest point for

best transmission.WARNING Danger of injury!

Hold the beacon so that the antenna is positioned away from all persons andobstructions during antenna erection.

2. Note: The operating life of the beacon may be degraded with this method.With hand over antenna, break the tape which holds the antenna and carefully allow antennato erect.

3. Unroll plastic bag under the lanyard.4. Carefully remove the pouch of salt from plastic bag.5. In the plastic bag:

WARNING Ensure that proper handling procedures are followed for the use of CaCl2.Read the applicable material safety data sheet.

a. Add 280 g(10 oz) of Calcium Chloride.b. Fill the bag up to the half with water or weak tea or weak coffee.c. Mix it together.

6. Slowly insert the lower end of the beacon into the plastic bag with the mixed salt solution.7. Ensure that the solution covers the two vent holes located at the side of the beacon at all

times.8. Hold the beacon so that the liquid does not spill and the antenna is vertical to ensure maximum

radiation.Note: The beacon operates automatically in a few seconds.

9. For best transmission:




Crouch below the level of the antenna base (top of unit housing) or hold a distance ofapproximately 18.3 m (60 ft).

10. If sufficient water or salt are available, replace the water supply at intervals between 12 to 24 hto maintain full power output. Use the provided pouch of salt, See .

Emergency Radio Beacon

PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERSIdent.: 07-010-00005851.0003001 / 17 OCT 08Criteria: K10331, K8357Applicable to: ALL

There are two kinds of portable fire extinguisher:‐ Halon type.‐ Water type.DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION OF THE PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS

DESCRIPTIONThe portable fire extinguisher extinguishes small fires as such its capacity is limited. Theinstruction for operation of the fire extinguisher is shown on a placard bonded on the body of theextinguisher.




OPERATION OF THE HALON PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERWARNING It is recommended to use a smoke hood when fighting a fire. Smoke from

fire and gas from the fire extinguisher may cause irritation of the eyes andrespiratory organs.

a. Remove the portable fire extinguisher from the bracket.CAUTION Read the Instruction bonded on the fire extinguishers bottle.

b. Carry the portable fire extinguisher by its 'HANDLE'c. Firmly remove the 'PULL-TITE SEAL' and the 'PULL-OUT PIN'.

Note: This will release the 'LEVER'.d. Point the extinguisher to the base of the fire.

Note: The optimum distance for effective fire fighting is between 1.2 m (4 ft) and 1.8 m(6 ft) with the fire extinguisher held within 30 ° from vertical.

e. To start the flow of extinguishant, squeeze the 'LEVER'.1. Only the fully developed cloud of extinguishant is effective, not the stream from the nozzle

outlet. If the cloud does not developed around the fire, move back.2. NEVER point the full stream into liquid fires. Start at the base and always fight the front of

the fire and follow the flames.3. When fighting fires on burning solids, apply the extinguishant in sharp bursts.

f. Move the nozzle from side to side across, if necessaryg. To stop the flow of extinguishant, release the 'LEVER'.




Operation of the HALON Portable Fire Extinguisher

OPERATION OF THE WATER PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERWARNING It is recommended to use a smoke hood when fighting a fire. Smoke from

fire and gas from the fire extinguisher may cause irritation of the eyes andrespiratory organs.

1. Remove the portable fire extinguisher from the bracket.




CAUTION Read the Instruction bonded on the fire extinguishers bottle.2. Twist the cartridge holder in a clockwise direction, indicated by the arrow on the cartridge

holder.Note: This will pressurize the extinguishing agent.

3. Point the extinguisher to the base of the fire.4. To start the flow of extinguishant, push and hold the lever.

a. NEVER point the full stream into liquid fires. Start at the base and always fight the front ofthe fire and follow the flames.

b. When fighting fires on burning solids, apply the extinguishant in sharp bursts.5. Move the nozzle from side to side across, if necessary6. To stop the flow of extinguishant, release the lever.

Operation of the WATER Portable Fire Extinguisher

PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER COCKPITIdent.: 07-010-00005857.0001001 / 17 OCT 08Criteria: P1363Applicable to: ALL

A halon portable fire extinguisher is in the cockpit.




DESCRIPTIONThe portable fire extinguisher extinguishes small fires as such its capacity is limited. Theinstruction for operation of the fire extinguisher is shown on a placard bonded on the body of theextinguisher. The fire extinguisher has:‐ A monoblock pressed steel tank, red coated.‐ A valve tap with a trigger handle for use a carriage and a jet-spray.‐ Content is Halon 1211.WARNING It is recommended to use a smoke hood when fighting a fire. Smoke from fire

and gas from the fire extinguisher may cause irritation of the eyes and respiratoryorgans.

OPERATION OF THE HALON PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER1. Remove the portable fire extinguisher from the bracket.

CAUTION Read the Instruction, Cautions and Warnings bonded on the fire extinguishersbottle.

2. Carry the extinguisher holding it on the CARRYING HANDLE.3. To operate, hold the extinguisher upright.4. Pull SAFETY PIN.5. Stand at least 1.8 m (6 ft.) away from the fire and aim the nozzle at the base of flame.6. To start the flow of extinguishant, hold the device in one hand and firmly press with the thumb

on the LEVER of the TRIGGER.Remarksa. Only the fully developed cloud of extinguishant is effective, not the stream from the

DISCHARGE OUTLET. If the cloud does not developed around the fire, move back.b. NEVER point the full stream into liquid fires. Start at the base and always fight the front of the

fire and follow the flames.c. When fighting fires on burning solids, apply the extinguishant in sharp bursts.

7. To stop the flow of extinguishant, release the LEVER.



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 07-010 P 19/26CCOM ← I to J → 18 NOV 11

Operation Portable Fire Extinguisher

LIFE VESTSIdent.: 07-010-00005852.0004001 / 20 JAN 09Criteria: K8357, SAApplicable to: ALL

LIFE VESTS FOR THE COCKPIT AND CABIN CREWFor every member of the cockpit and cabin crew there is a life vest stowed on board the aircraft.




They are located in each cockpit seat and attendant seat. Placards show where they are stowed.Life Vests for the Crew

Life jacket referred to as life vest.LIFE VESTS FOR PASSENGER, CHILDREN AND SPARES

Placards show where they are stowed.1. Passenger Life Vest:

One life vest is stowed under each passenger seat or in a box under the armrest.2. Child Life Vest (if applicable):

Several child life vests are stowed on board the aircraft.3. Spare Life Vest (if applicable):

Some spare life vests are stowed on board the aircraft.




Life Vests for Passenger, Children and Spares

Life jacket referred to as life vest.DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION OF THE LIFE VEST

DESCRIPTION‐ The LIFE VEST for passengers and for crew has these main components:

▪ Inflatable cells.▪ Waistbelt harness with buckle and harness-pull-tab.▪ Gas inflation system.▪ Oral inflation system.▪ Water-activated light assembly. (If applicable)

‐ The CHILD LIFE VEST (if applicable) has these main components:▪ Inflatable cells.▪ Waistbelt harness with buckle, harness pull-tab and harness adjust-tab.▪ Gas inflation system.▪ Oral inflation system.▪ Water-activated light assembly. (If applicable)▪ Tether line.

OPERATIONLife Vest

Each LIFE VEST shows the instruction for its use:1. Remove the life vest from its bag, then unroll it.

a. Hold the life vest on each side of the neck opening and put the head through theopening.

b. Run the waistbelt harness around the back of the waist and back to the front.c. Hold the buckle ends:

WARNING Danger of finger clamping by closing the buckle!




Close the buckle below the life vest.d. Pull the harness-pull-tab to tighten snugly.

Note: Make sure that the life vest is drawn firmly against the body.2. Inflation:

CAUTION ORAL INFLATION PRIOR TO GAS INFLATION WILL CAUSEEXCESSIVE PRESSURE WHICH MAY BURST THE LIFE VEST.

Pull all the JERK TO INFLATE tags, this inflates the buoyancy chambers with the gasinflation system. The number of tags depents on the model and the number of chambers ofthe life vest.a. With the ORAL INFLATOR system you can inflate the life vest yourself. Inflation is done

by blowing into the end of the tubes by mouth.b. If you need to change the pressure in the life vest, use the ORAL INFLATOR system.

Note: The oral inflation system in each inflatable cell can also be used to release gasby depressing the valves at the tube ends.

3. Light System Assembly Activation (If applicable)a. The light system assembly is activated when the battery is immersed in water.




Life Vest




Child Life VestEach CHILD LIFE VEST shows the instruction for its use:1. Hold the child life vest on each side of the neck opening and put the head through the

opening.2. Place one child's leg over waistbelt harness loop and pull the harness-adjust-tab so that

this strap is snug but not tight. (If applicable)3. Run the waistbelt harness around back of the child's waist and back to the front.4. Hold the buckle ends:

WARNING Danger of finger clamping by closing the buckle!Close the buckle below the life vest.

5. Pull the harness-pull-tab to tighten snugly.6. Inflation:

CAUTION ORAL INFLATION PRIOR TO GAS INFLATION WILL CAUSEEXCESSIVE PRESSURE WHICH MAY BURST THE LIFE VEST.

Pull the red JERK TO INFLATE tags to inflate the buoyancy chambers with the gasinflation system.a. With the ORAL INFLATOR system you can inflate the life vest yourself. Inflation is done

by blowing into the end of the tubes by mouth.b. If you need to change the pressure in the life vest, use the ORAL INFLATOR system.

Note: The oral inflation system in each inflatable cell can also be used to release gasby depressing the valves at the tube ends.

7. Light System Assembly Activation (If applicable):a. Pull the ring and the light system will be activated automatically when it is immersed in

water.




Child Life Vest



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 07-010 P 26/26CCOM K 18 NOV 11

DEMONSTRATION KITIdent.: 07-010-00005859.0002001 / 11 APR 11Criteria: K10331Applicable to: ALL

Some demonstration kits are stowed on board the aircraft, in stowages or hatracks near to theattendant stations.

Demonstration Kit

The demonstration kit has a valise with:‐ A life vest‐ An oxygen mask‐ A seat belt.


EMERGENCY EQUIPMENTFIXED EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT


FIXED EMERGENCY EQUIPMENTIdent.: 07-020-00005875.0003001 / 16 OCT 08Criteria: K7727, K9231Applicable to: ALL

EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER SYSTEM ELT SYSTEMLOCATION OF THE ELT SYSTEM

One ELT system is on board of the aircraft and has these components:1. Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) unit with an Aircraft Identification Module (AIM):

The ELT unit and the AIM are installed in the AFT cabin area, above the RH ceiling panel in asupport assembly. The ELT unit and AIM are permanently fixed to the aircraft.

2. Remote Control Panel (RCP):The RCP is installed in the cockpit area on the cockpit overhead panel.

3. Antenna:The antenna is installed on the upper external fuselage in the AFT aircraft area, just forwardof the vertical stabilizer.

Note: The ELT beacon does not replace the survival ELT. The existence of the survival ELTis in addition necessary.




Location of the Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) System




DESCRIPTION OF THE EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER (ELT) SYSTEMThe ELT System transmits on 3 frequencies, 121.5 MHz (civil) and 243 MHz (military) homingsignals and with 406 MHz to the COSPAS-SARSAT satellite system. The components of theELT system are described as follow:1. The ELT unit has these components:

‐ An integrated G-switch.‐ An electronic assembly which transmits these emergency signals:

‐ 406 MHz.‐ 121.5 MHz.‐ 121.5 MHz.

‐ A battery pack.‐ Interfaces for connecting to the aircraft structure, antenna and RCP.‐ An LED.‐ A SWITCH.

2. The RCP is an enclosed box with:‐ A LIGHTED FRONT PANEL.

‐ An ARMED/ON SWITCH.‐ An ON INDICATOR.

‐ A BACK PANEL with:‐ A connector to connect the RCP to ELT unit.‐ An identification placard.

3. AntennaThe antenna transmits the three-frequencies when the ELT operates. The antenna has thesecomponents:‐ A fiberglass radome on an aluminum-alloy base plate.‐ A radiating element placed in the fiberglass radome.‐ A connector for the coaxial cable.The antenna is connected by coaxial cable to the ELT unit.




Description and Operation of the Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT)

(1) Antenna connection

(2) RCP connection

(3) LED

(4) ARM/OFF/TX SWITCH




OPERATION OF THE EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER (ELT) SYSTEMGeneral

The ELT system operates in these configurations:‐ Automaticallyor‐ Manually.

Automatic OperationThe switch of the ELT unit is in the ARM position. In this configuration the unit is capableof detecting an activation signal from either the integrated G-switch or the RCP. Receivingan activation signal, the ELT unit switches to the transit mode and begins to transmit the121.5/243 and 406 MHz signals.The ELT-system can be activated manually either from the RCP or from the transmitter unit.

Manual Operation from the RCPNote: The toggle switch on the panel of the transmitter unit must be set to the ARMED

position.The toggle switch on the RCP has to be set to the ON position.






EMERGENCY EQUIPMENTSUPPLEMENTARY MEDICAL EQUIPMENT


SPECIAL MEDICAL EQUIPMENTIdent.: 07-030-00005876.0004001 / 16 OCT 08Criteria: K10331, K8357Applicable to: ALL

This chapter gives information about the location and description of the supplementary medicalequipment.MEDICAL RECEPTACLE

Location1. General

1 medical panel, integrated underneath the lateral hatracks (PSU channel) is on board theaircraft. Each medical panel has 2 medical receptacles (referred to receptacle).

2. Location of the Medical Panel:‐ AFT cabin area, LH in the PSU channel above AFT door.




Medical Receptacle

Description and Operation1. Description

The receptacles are installed to supply medical equipment with electrical power.




The medical panel has these components:‐ Cover

The cover protects the receptacles.The cover is held in the closed position with a quick-release fastener (push to open/push toclose).

‐ ReceptacleThe medical panel has the receptacles 40MF and 42MF.The receptacle 40MF is supplied with 115 V AC 400 Hz 1-phase.The receptacle 42MF is supplied with 28 V DC.

2. OperationPutting into Operation‐ Open the cover of the medical panel by pushing the quick-release fastener.‐ Connect the medical equipment to the related receptacle.

Note: Only authorized persons who are familiar with operation of the medical equipmentmay use this device.

Taking out of Operation‐ Switch off the medical equipment and disconnect it from the related receptacle.‐ Close the cover of the medical panel by pushing the quick-release fastener against the latch

until it engages with a snap.





STANDARD OPERATINGPROCEDURES



STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURESPRELIMINARY PAGES

TABLE OF CONTENTS



08-010 INTRODUCTIONGENERAL INFORMATION......................................................................................................................................APRESENTATION..................................................................................................................................................... B

08-015 PHASES OF FLIGHTPHASES OF FLIGHT.............................................................................................................................................. ASTERILE COCKPIT.................................................................................................................................................B

08-020 DOOR OPERATIONDOOR OPERATION FROM OUTSIDE ..................................................................................................................ADOOR OPERATION FROM INSIDE ......................................................................................................................B

08-030 COCKPIT DOOR OPERATIONCOCKPIT DOOR OPERATION...............................................................................................................................A

08-040 COCKPIT SLIDING WINDOW OPERATIONCOCKPIT SLIDING WINDOWS OPERATION........................................................................................................A

08-045 PREFLIGHT BRIEFINGPREFLIGHT BRIEFING...........................................................................................................................................A

08-050 GROUND CHECKGROUND CHECK ..................................................................................................................................................A

08-060 DEPARTUREDEPARTURE PROCEDURES................................................................................................................................ A

08-070 ARRIVALARRIVAL PROCEDURES....................................................................................................................................... A

08-080 CABIN CREW SAFETY-RELATED DUTIESCABIN CREW SAFETY-RELATED DUTIES PRE-PASSENGER BOARDING.......................................................ACABIN CREW SAFETY-RELATED DUTIES DURING BOARDING....................................................................... BCABIN CREW SAFETY-RELATED DUTIES BEFORE PUSH BACK.....................................................................CCABIN CREW SAFETY-RELATED DUTIES DURING TAXI BEFORE TAKEOFF.................................................DCABIN CREW SAFETY-RELATED DUTIES DURING TAKEOFF AND INITIAL CLIMB........................................ ECABIN CREW SAFETY-RELATED DUTIES DURING FINAL CLIMB.................................................................... FCABIN CREW SAFETY-RELATED DUTIES DURING CRUISE............................................................................ G


STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURESPRELIMINARY PAGES

TABLE OF CONTENTS


CABIN CREW SAFETY-RELATED DUTIES FROM TOP OF DESCENT..............................................................HCABIN CREW SAFETY-RELATED DUTIES DURING APPROACH........................................................................ICABIN CREW SAFETY-RELATED DUTIES DURING FINAL APPROACH AND LANDING.................................. JCABIN CREW SAFETY-RELATED DUTIES DURING TAXI AFTER LANDING.....................................................KCABIN CREW SAFETY-RELATED DUTIES DURING DISEMBARKATION...........................................................LCABIN CREW SAFETY-RELATED DUTIES AFTER LAST PASSENGER DISEMBARKS................................... M

08-090 PASSENGER SAFETY BRIEFINGPASSENGER SAFETY BRIEFING......................................................................................................................... A

08-100 REFUELLING DEFUELINGREFUELING/DEFUELING PROCEDURE WITH PASSENGERS ON BOARD...................................................... A

08-120 GSM ON BOARD SYSTEMOPERATIONAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR THE USE OF GSM ONBOARD.....................................................AGSM on board system............................................................................................................................................ B


STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURESINTRODUCTION


GENERAL INFORMATIONIdent.: 08-010-00005877.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

The CCOM's Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) and Abnormal/Emergency Procedures arethose recommended by Airbus as operational guidelines.Standard Operating Procedures should be developed in accordance with Operator policies,procedures and local Aviation Authority requirements.If an airline wishes to integrate its customized procedures, the airline can do so by using the "XMLversion" of the CCOM.SOPs are normal cabin crew procedures for standard aircraft operations.Aviation Authorities do not certify the SOPs.SOPs are continuously updated. Revisions take into account the feedback received from allOperators, in addition to the results of continuous monitoring of the aircraft's in-service life.SOPs are composed of inspections, cabin preparations, and normal procedures.

PRESENTATIONIdent.: 08-010-00005878.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

When inserted in the procedure, expanded information appears in italics.This information :‐ Explains actions for which the reason is not evident.‐ Furnishes additional background info.If an action depends on a precondition, a black dot identifies the precondition. For example :

BLACK DOT


STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURESINTRODUCTION




STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURESPHASES OF FLIGHT


PHASES OF FLIGHTIdent.: 08-015-00005879.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

The following flight phases are applicable to cabin operations:PHASES OF FLIGHT

1. BOARDING: Begins when the first passenger enters the aircraft, and ends when all the aircraftdoors have been closed.

2. PUSHBACK: Begins when the jetway is removed, and ends when the aircraft is pushed back.3. TAXI BEFORE TAKEOFF: Begins with the pushback from the gate, and ends when the aircraft

begins the takeoff roll.4. TAKEOFF AND INITIAL CLIMB: Begins when the takeoff roll starts, (all people onboard are

seated with their seat belts fastened) and ends when the cabin crew are allowed to leave theirseats.

5. FINAL CLIMB: Begins when the cabin crew leave their seats, and ends when seat belt signs areswitched off, after climb.

6. CRUISE: Begins when the seat belt signs are switched off and ends when the seat belt signs areswitched on before descent.

7. TOP OF DESCENT: Begins when the aircraft starts to descend, and ends before the approach.8. APPROACH: Begins at 10 000 ft (approximately 10 min before touchdown), and ends with the

cabin ready signal to the cockpit crew.9. FINAL APPROACH AND LANDING: Begins when the cabin crew are required to take their seats

and to end when the aircraft leaves the active runway.


STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURESPHASES OF FLIGHT


10. TAXI AFTER LANDING: Begins when the aircraft leaves the active runway, and ends when theseat belts signs are switched off after the final parking position is reached and the aircraft is at acomplete stop.

11. DISEMBARKATION: Begins when the jetway is positioned, and ends when the last passengerhas left the aircraft.

12. AFTER PASSENGER DISEMBARKATION: Begins when all passengers have disembarked, andends either at the next boarding, or when the cabin crew leaves the aircraft.

Note: The critical phases of flight are 3, 4, 9 and 10: Taxi before Takeoff, Takeoff and Initial climb,Final Approach and Landing, Taxi after Landing.

STERILE COCKPITIdent.: 08-015-00005880.0001001 / 17 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

CABIN CREW TO FLIGHT CREW COMMUNICATION DURING CRITICAL PHASES OF FLIGHTThe critical phases of flight, refers to all ground operations involving taxi, takeoff, and landing andall flight operations when the aircraft is below 10 000 ft.The aim of the sterile cockpit policy is to enable the flight crew focus on their duties without beingdistracted by non-flight related matters.During the critical phases of flight, the sterile cockpit policy is applied.Therefore, calls from the cabin crew or entry into the cockpit are restricted to:SAFETY AND SECURITY RELATED MATTERS

The following are some examples of safety-related situations:‐ Fire or smoke in the cabin‐ Abnormal noises or vibrations‐ Observation of fuel or other fluid leaks.Note: In normal operations, the Purser communicates with the flight crew on behalf of the

cabin crew. In the case of an abnormal or emergency situation being discovered, thefirst cabin crewmember to discover a safety-related situation must report it the flightcrew.


STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURESDOOR OPERATION


DOOR OPERATION FROM OUTSIDEIdent.: 08-020-00005881.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

OPENINGRED CABIN PRESSURE INDICATOR.................................................................................. CHECKThe red cabin pressure indicator, seen through the observation window, must not be flashing. If itis, do not open the door.If cabin crew opens the door while the red cabin pressure indicator is flashing, there is a risk thatthe cabin door will open violently due to the cabin not being fully depressurized.The RED INDICATOR LIGHT flashes in case of a cabin differential pressure above 2.5 mbar(0.0362 PSI), when all engines are shut down and the related door is disarmed.FLAP..........................................................................................................................................PUSHHANDLE.............................................................................................GRASP AND LIFT UP FULLYThe handle must be fully lifted UP to the horizontal green line.DOOR..........................................................................PULL OUTWARDS and PUSH FORWARDSDo not use the handle to move the door.HANDLE.................................................................................................. LOWER INTO IT RECESSNote: Doors automatically disarm, when opened from the outside.

CLOSINGPrior to closing, push the gust lock to unlock the door.CONTROL HANDLE....................................................................................................................LIFTDOOR...................................................................... MOVE TOWARDS THE FRAME and PUSH INDo not use the handle to move the door.CONTROL HANDLE..............................................................................................................LOWERThe door is locked when the handle is flush with the door surface.

DOOR OPERATION FROM INSIDEIdent.: 08-020-00005882.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

OPENINGFRAME ASSIST HANDLE..................................................................................................... GRASPAssist handle is located on the frame.SLIDE ARMING LEVER DISARMED.....................................................................................CHECK


STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURESDOOR OPERATION


SAFETY PIN INSTALLED......................................................................................................CHECKCABIN DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE WARNING INDICATOR..............................................CHECK If the red cabin pressure indicator flashes

DO NOT FORCE THE HANDLE TO OPEN THE DOOR.......................................................................................................................................................REPORT TO THE COCKPIT CREWWARNING If cabin crew opens the door while the red cabin pressure indicator is flashing,

there is a risk that the cabin door will open violently due to the cabin not beingfully depressurized.The RED INDICATOR LIGHT flashes in case of a cabin differential pressureabove 2.5 mbar (0.0362 PSI), when all engines are shut down and the relateddoor is disarmed.

OUTSIDE CONDITIONS........................................................................................................ CHECKDOOR CONTROL HANDLE.....................................................................................LIFT UP FULLYBy using the door assist handle, push the door outwards, then move it forwards until the door locksinto its fully open position.

CLOSINGTo unlock the door from its fully open position :FRAME ASSIST HANDLE..................................................................................................... GRASPAssist handle is located on the frame.GUST LOCK........................................................................................................................... PRESSThe gust lock, located on the support arm, must be pressed with the palm of the hand.SUPPORT ARM.......................................................................................PULL SIMULTANEOUSLYBy using the door assist handle, move the door backwards.Do not use the control handle to move the door. When the door is in front of its frame :

DOOR............................................................................................................................. PULL INDOOR CONTROL HANDLE........................................................................................... LOWER

Check that the door locks correctly.The door locking indicator, located on the upper part of the door, indicates "LOCKED" (in green).


STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURESCOCKPIT DOOR OPERATION


COCKPIT DOOR OPERATIONIdent.: 08-030-00005885.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: K7755, K7790Applicable to: ALL

DOOR OPENING FROM THE CABINCABIN CREW ROUTINE ACCESS............................................................ REQUEST ON KEYPADCABIN CREW......................................................................................................PRESS #, or N + #"N" represents an Operator-defined figure between 0 and 7 digits.CABIN CREW..............................................................................STAND IN COCKPIT DOOR AXISThe cabin crew should stand in the axis of the cockpit door.A buzzer sounds in cockpit. If entry is NOT authorized by the flight crew :

‐ The flight crew locks the door via the DOOR LOCK switch.‐ The keypad's red light comes on steady, and indicates that the door is locked.

Emergency access, the buzzer, and the keypad are inhibited for a preselected time between5 and 20 min.

If entry is authorized by the flight crew :‐ The flight crew unlocks the door via the DOOR LOCK switch.‐ The keypad's green light comes on steady, and indicates that the door is unlocked.CABIN CREW...............................................................................PUSH THE DOOR TO OPEN

If there is no reaction from the flight crew :CABIN CREW SECOND ACCESS.......................................................REQUEST ON KEYPADRepeat the above procedure.

If there is no reaction from the flight crew, after the second request :CABIN CREW............................................................................................CALL THE COCKPITTo establish contact with the flight crew and request access to the cockpit. If there is no reaction from the flight crew, after a cabin crew interphone call :

CABIN CREW............................................................................................................................................................ APPLY THE FOLLOWING EMERGENCY ACCESS PROCEDUREEMERGENCY ENTRY CODE.........................................................ENTER, AND PRESS #The emergency entry code is an Operator-defined figure between 2 and 7 digits.A buzzer will sound continuously in the cockpit and the keypad's green light flashes. Aftera preselected time between 15 and 120 s, the keypad's green light comes on steady, andthe cabin crew can then push the door open.


STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURESCOCKPIT DOOR OPERATION


CABIN CREW.......................................................................................PUSH DOOR TO OPENThe cockpit door unlocks for 5 s.The buzzer stops and indicates that the door is unlocked.

DOOR OPENING FROM THE COCKPITDOOR LOCK SWITCH........................................................................................................ UNLOCKUnlock switch position must be maintained to unlock the door.The green LED comes on, on the keypad.COCKPIT DOOR....................................................................................................................... PULLThe door can only be opened by pushing it during switch activation.


STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURESCOCKPIT SLIDING WINDOW OPERATION


COCKPIT SLIDING WINDOWS OPERATIONIdent.: 08-040-00005886.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

OPENINGOPERATING LEVER..................................................................................................PRESS FULLYThis will disengage the locking pins from their latches. As soon as the operating lever is pressed, ared indicator appears to show that the window is unlocked.OPERATING LEVER....................................................................................................ROTATE AFTThis will release the window from its fixed structure.Pull backwards to slide the window panel aft.At the end of travel, the window is locked in the open position.

CLOSINGTo unlock the window :LOCKING PIN................................................................................................. UNLOCK (PULL AFT)OPERATING LEVER............................................................................................ PUSH FORWARDThe operating lever must be pushed until the window panel is in its fixed frame.OPERATING LEVER........................................................................................ROTATE FORWARDThis will move the window panel into its frame.The window is closed and locked, when the red indicator on the handle is no longer visible.


STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURESCOCKPIT SLIDING WINDOW OPERATION




STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURESPREFLIGHT BRIEFING


PREFLIGHT BRIEFINGIdent.: 08-045-00005887.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

The Pre-Flight Briefing is the starting Block for a high-performance crew. The aim of the briefing is toorganize the crew activities, to ensure that the workload is evenly distributed amongst the crew.

WHO ‐ The Purser conducts the Pre-Flight Briefing‐ The entire cabin crew attends the Pre-Flight Briefing

WHY ‐ To highlight:

• Safety and security standards• Cabin crew performance expectations• The chain of command

‐ To encourage:

• A high level of safety• Communication/Crew Resource Management (CRM)• Teamwork• Crew coordination

WHAT thePre-Flight Briefingmust include

‐ Cabin crewmember introduction and welcome‐ An introduction to the flight crew, if possible. (If it is not possible to meet the flight crew during the

cabin crew briefing, the Purser must brief with the flight crew on board the aircraft)‐ Flight information (aircraft type, aircraft status, flight number, flight destination, flight duration)‐ The allocation of cabin crewmember briefing areas and responsibilities. The Purser should take

into consideration the rank and operating experience of the cabin crewmember.‐ The allocation of cabin crewmember commercial tasks (galleys, I...)‐ Cabin crew cooperation aspects:

• Discipline, responsibilities, chain of command and reporting• Importance of crew coordination and communication

‐ An in-flight safety review includes :Exit-row seating requirements / identifying Able-Bodied Passengers (ABP)

• The need for constant situational awareness• The importance of silent review• Sterile cockpit rules and guidelines• A reminder to report unusual occurrences

WHERE ‐ In a designated briefing room, or‐ On board the aircraft



STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURESPREFLIGHT BRIEFING


Continued from the previous pageWHEN ‐ At the beginning of each duty period

‐ At a time that is specifically reserved for this purpose

HOW it must bedone ‐ The Purser must prepare the safety briefing in advance, the briefing should be relevant, and

appropriate to the flight.‐ The Purser must welcome the crew‐ All cabin crewmembers should be able to see and hear the Purser‐ The Purser should speak clearly‐ It is important that every cabin crewmember knows their allocated work position, and their safety

responsibilities.‐ The briefing should be understood by all the cabin crewmembers.‐ Give the cabin crewmembers the opportunity to ask question‐ The Purser must respect time constraints


STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURESGROUND CHECK


GROUND CHECKIdent.: 08-050-00005888.0001001 / 16 MAR 10Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

The ground check procedures should be performed in accordance with Operator policies, proceduresand local Aviation Authority requirements.The ground check procedures are usually performed before the departure of flights from originatingstations and transit stops when a crew change has taken place.Cabin crew should check the operation of the different systems.PANEL LIGHT TEST ON FAP

PNL LIGHT TEST...................................................................................................................PRESSTo check all the lights of the FAP panel.

EMERGENCY LIGHT ACTIVATIONThis check should be performed with one cabin crew located at the FAP, and the others located ateach evacuation area :FAP's EMER PUSHBUTTON................................................................................................. PRESSThe cabin crew should check whether the emergency lighting system is properly operating in allof the different zones : exit signs, exit lights, emergency ceiling lights and escape path markingsystem.CABIN CREW...................................................................................................................... REPORTFAP's EMER PUSHBUTTON................................................................................................. PRESS

SYSTEMS CHECKThe cabin crew should check the FAP CIDS caution button : If CIDS caution light is illuminated :

On PTP :CABIN CREW......................................................... CHECK THE DISPLAYED SYSTEM PAGEFor more information about the failure, the cabin crew should check the related system page.CABIN CREW.............................................................................. REPORT TO MAINTENANCE

WATER/WASTE QUANTITYThe cabin crew should check the water/waste quantity before departure.The water/waste quantity check is performed using the FAP.WASTE QUANTITY

WASTE QUANTITY............................................................................................................CHECK




The waste tank should be empty before the aircraft departure.WATER QUANTITY

WATER QUANTITY............................................................................................................CHECKEnsure that the quantity of water available is sufficient for the amount of passengers, and, theexpected duration of flight.Note: Any discrepancies or malfunctions (Blue cards) must be reported to the flight crew

and, maintenance as early as possible.The water and, waste quantities must be confirmed to the flight crew as correct beforedeparture.

PASSENGER ADDRESS TESTDIRECT PA FROM ANY STATION TO ALL LOUDSPEAKERS

This PA is addressed to all cabin zones, attendant stations.HANDSET INTERPHONE........................................................................................... HOOK OFFPTT PUSHBUTTON ONLY................................................................................................ PRESSThe "DIRECT PA" indication appears on the upper line of calling AIP.ANNOUNCEMENT.............................................................................................................. STARTOn all other AIPs, the "DIRECT PA IN USE" message appears on the lower line.Note: This direct passenger announcement system should only be used for urgent

messages.PASSENGER CALL TEST

RANDOM PASSENGER CALL TESTS SHOULD BE PERFORMED IN EACH CABIN ZONEOn the PSU, CABIN CREW CALL BUTTON..................................................................... PRESSOn the PSU, check that the corresponding seat row numbering light illuminates.On the ACP of the corresponding zone, check that the blue light is on.On the AIP of the corresponding zone, check that a "CALL SR XX LH/RH" message appears onthe AIP's lower line.At the cabin crew and all passengers loudspeakers of the applicable zone, check that a HI1tone audio chime is triggered.Repeat this check at random in all of the cabin zones.

RANDOM PASSENGER CALL TESTS SHOULD BE PERFORMED IN LAVATORIESIn lavatory, on LSU, CABIN CREW CALL BUTTON..........................................................PRESSThe amber light of the respective lavatory is on, located on the outside wall-mounted PAX callindicator.




On the ACP of the corresponding zone, check that the amber light is on.On the AIP of the corresponding zone, check that a "LAV XX" message appears on the AIP'slower line.At the cabin crew and all passengers loudspeakers, check that a HI1 tone audio chime istriggered.Repeat this check in other(s) lavatory(ies).

INTERPHONE CALL TEST - CABIN TO CABINPURSER CALLS TO ALL ATTENDANTS STATIONS

FWD L HANDSET INTERPHONE...............................................................................HOOK OFFINTPH+ALL............................................................................................................................. DIALCheck that the "ALL ATTND" indication appears on the upper line of the FWD L AIP.On the ACP of all cabin crew stations, check that the red light comes on steady.Check that a HI1-LO1 chime triggers at all cabin crew loudspeaker stations as well as allpassengers loudspeakers.On the AIP of all cabin crew stations, check that a "CALL ATTND 1 L" message appears, andthat steady green indicator comes on.ALL CABIN CREW STATION HANDSET INTERPHONES.........................................HOOK OFFCOMMUNICATION..............................................................................................................STARTALL CABIN CREWS........................................................................................................ REPORT

INTERPHONE CALL TEST - CABIN TO COCKPITCABIN CREW CALLS TO THE COCKPIT

HANDSET INTERPHONE........................................................................................... HOOK OFFCAPT....................................................................................................................................... DIALCheck that the "CAPTAIN" indication appears on the upper line of the calling AIPOn the cockpit ACPs, the ATT lights flashes and a buzzer sounds (1x 3 s).

EMERGENCY CABIN CREW CALLS TO THE COCKPITHANDSET INTERPHONE........................................................................................... HOOK OFFEMER CALL............................................................................................................................DIALCheck that the "EMER CALL" indication appears on the calling AIP.The legend flashes on EMER pushbutton of the cockpit's call panel.On the cockpit ACPs, the ATT light flashes and a buzzer sounds (3x3 s).

INTERPHONE CALL TEST - COCKPIT TO CABINCOCKPIT CALLS TO THE PURSER

In the cockpit :




ACP FWD CALL BUTTON................................................................................................. PRESSIn the cockpit, use the ACP to communicate.In the cabin :On the ACP of FWD cabin crew station, check that the red light comes on steady.Check that a HI1-LO1 chime triggers at all cabin crew loudspeaker stations as well as allpassengers loudspeakers.On the AIP of the FWD station, check that a "CALL CAPTAIN" message appears on the AIP'supper line, and that a steady green indicator comes on.FWD CREW STATION HANDSET INTERPHONE..................................................... HOOK OFFPURSER...........................................................................................................................REPORT

LAVATORY SMOKE DETECTORSLAVATORY SMOKE DETECTORS....................................................................................... CHECKThe Cabin Crew should visually check for any signs of tampering with the lavatory smokedetectors .If foreign objects (such a tissue paper or plastic bags), or signs of tampering are found , the CabinCrew should inform the line maintenance.


STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURESDEPARTURE


DEPARTURE PROCEDURESIdent.: 08-060-00005889.0001001 / 14 SEP 10Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

PURSER................................................................................................................CALL CABIN CREWPurser calls cabin crew via the PA.ALL DOORS LOCKED...............................................................................................................CHECKSLIDE ARMED...........................................................................................................................ORDERARMING PROCEDURE

SAFETY PIN (with red flag)................................................................................................REMOVEARMING LEVER.......................................................................... PUSH DOWN TO ARMED MODEThe arming lever is armed, when it is in the section labelled "ARMED".Note: When the door is in the "ARMED" mode, the "cabin pressure warning light" does not

illuminate to indicate cabin differential pressure.SAFETY PIN (with red flag).....................................................................................................STOWSafety pin is stowed in a hole located on the support arm. The red flag must be stowed (nothanging).The door is now ready for flight.

DOORS/SLIDES CHECKBefore each flight, the cabin crew must perform the following checks :ALL DOORS LOCKED AND ARMED....................................................................................CHECKCROSSCHECK ALL DOORS........................................................................................... CONDUCTNote: For aircraft equipped with overwing exits, these exits remain armed at all times.

DOORS/SLIDES FAP CHECKPurser checks the status of the doors/slides on the PTP :SYSTEM STATUS................................................................................................................ SELECTDOORS PAGE......................................................................................................................SELECTALL DOORS LOCKED ..........................................................................................................CHECKSLIDES PAGE...................................................................................................................... SELECTALL SLIDES ARMED............................................................................................................ CHECK

CABIN READY NOTIFICATIONWhen the cabin is ready for take off, the purser must notify the cockpit crew.


STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURESDEPARTURE


CABIN READY............................................................................................. NOTIFY THE CAPTAIN On the FAP, if the CABIN READY function is available :

CABIN READY PUSHBUTTON....................................................................................... PRESS


STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURESARRIVAL


ARRIVAL PROCEDURESIdent.: 08-070-00005890.0001001 / 14 SEP 10Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

PURSER................................................................................................................CALL CABIN CREWPurser calls cabin crew via the PA.SLIDE DISARMED.....................................................................................................................ORDERDOORS DISARMING PROCEDURE

SAFETY PIN (with red flag hanging)................................................... REMOVE FROM STOWAGEARMING LEVER.............................................................................LIFT TO DISARMED POSITIONOnce the door is disarmed :SAFETY PIN (with red flag hanging).................................................................................REPLACE

DOORS/SLIDES CHECKAt arrival, the cabin crew must perform the following checks :ALL DOORS DISARMED.......................................................................................................CHECKCROSSCHECK ALL DOORS........................................................................................... CONDUCTNote: For aircraft equipped with overwing exits, these exits remain armed at all times.

DOORS/SLIDES FAP CHECKPurser check the status of the slides on the PTP.SYSTEM STATUS................................................................................................................ SELECTSLIDES PAGE...................................................................................................................... SELECTSLIDES DISARMED...............................................................................................................CHECK


STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURESARRIVAL




STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURESCABIN CREW SAFETY-RELATED DUTIES


CABIN CREW SAFETY-RELATED DUTIES PRE-PASSENGER BOARDINGIdent.: 08-080-00005903.0001001 / 17 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

PURSER CABIN CREWMEMBERSPre-flight check of emergency equipmentPerform security checks, if required.

‐ Report to Purser: Emergency equipment discrepanciesfound during the pre-flight checks.

Pre-flight check of emergency equipmentPerform security checks, if required.

‐ Report to Purser: Emergency equipment discrepanciesfound during the pre-flight checks.

End of Pre-Passenger Boarding End of Pre-Passenger Boarding

CABIN CREW SAFETY-RELATED DUTIES DURING BOARDINGIdent.: 08-080-00005891.0001001 / 16 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

PURSER CABIN CREWMEMBERS

‐ Go to assigned boarding station‐ Brief Passengers

‐ Go to assigned boarding stations‐ Assist unaccompanied minors, handicapped persons,

families‐ Monitor the amount of baggage and ensure correct

stowage (overhead bins, under seats)‐ Check that exits and escape paths are clear of

obstructions‐ Check that aisles and cross-aisles are clear of

obstructions‐ Distribute extension and /or baby seatbelts, if necessary‐ Manage the passenger flow‐ Ensure that passengers comply with "No smoking"

regulations, as applicable‐ Ensure that passenger seating complies with seating

regulations, as applicable‐ Check that Able-Bodied Passengers (ABPs) are seated

at exits.

Report to Captain : Any unusual or abnormal situations Report to Purser : Any unusual or abnormal situationsEnd of BOARDING End of BOARDING




CABIN CREW SAFETY-RELATED DUTIES BEFORE PUSH BACKIdent.: 08-080-00005892.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL


‐ Go to assigned door‐ Perform the Door Arming Procedure, and cross check the

opposite door

‐ Go to assigned door, or boarding stations‐ Perform the Door Arming Procedure, and crosscheck the

opposite door

‐ Acknowledge that door checks have been received‐ Check FAP DOOR page

‐ Report to purser: Confirm that doors are armed andcrosschecked

Check that :‐ Passengers are seated with seat belts fastened‐ Stowage of passengers and crew baggage complies with

regulations,‐ lavatories are vacant and secured‐ Social areas are vacant and secured‐ Crew rest areas are vacant and doors are closed and

locked‐ Galley are secured, all catering items are correctly

stowed and latched‐ Exit and escape paths are clear of obstructions‐ Cabin curtains are open and secured

Report to Captain: Confirm passenger count Report to Purser: Confirm passenger count

CABIN CREW SAFETY-RELATED DUTIES DURING TAXI BEFORE TAKEOFFIdent.: 08-080-00005893.0001001 / 16 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL


‐ Go to assigned boarding station‐ Request crewmembers to take their "Passenger Safety

Briefing" position

‐ Go to assigned boarding station‐ Take "Passenger Safety Briefing" position

‐ Perform the "Passenger Safety Briefing" announcement ‐ Perform the "Passenger Safety Briefing"





Continued from the previous pagePURSER CABIN CREWMEMBERS

Check that :‐ Passengers are seated with their seat belts fastened‐ Stowage of passenger and crew baggage complies with

regulations,‐ All pre-departure service items are removed‐ Tray tables are in upright and locked position and cup

holders are stowed‐ Seat backs are in upright position, armrests and footrests

are correctly stowed‐ Lavatories are vacant and secured‐ Infant life vests are distributed‐ Social areas are vacant and secured‐ Crew rest areas are vacant, crew rest doors are closed

and locked‐ Galleys are secured, and all catering items are correctly

stowed‐ TV monitors and In-Flight Entertainment (IFE) equipment

are stowed‐ Passengers comply with Portable Electronic Devices

(PED) restrictions‐ Any equipment items are stowed as required‐ Exits and escape paths are clear of obstructions‐ Aisles and cross-aisles are clear of obstructions

‐ Report to Captain "Cabin ready for takeoff" . Press theCABIN READY pb on the FAP

‐ Report to Purser "Cabin ready for takeoff"Take designated crew seat and secure harness fortakeoff

‐ Adjust the cabin lighting‐ Take crew seat and secure harness for takeoff

‐ Perform the silent review ‐ Perform the silent review



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 08-080 P 4/10CCOM E to F 18 NOV 11

CABIN CREW SAFETY-RELATED DUTIES DURING TAKEOFF AND INITIAL CLIMBIdent.: 08-080-00005894.0001001 / 02 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL


‐ Remain seated. ‐ Remain seated.

Note: However in accordance with airline policies and procedures, it may be acceptable for cabincrew to leave their seats for safety related event.

CABIN CREW SAFETY-RELATED DUTIES DURING FINAL CLIMBIdent.: 08-080-00005895.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL


‐ Adjust cabin lighting ‐ Check lavatories‐ Close cabin curtains

‐ Report to Purser ‐ Report to Purser



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 08-080 P 5/10CCOM G 18 NOV 11

CABIN CREW SAFETY-RELATED DUTIES DURING CRUISEIdent.: 08-080-00005896.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL


‐ Purser may decide, in the absence of instructions fromthe cockpit crew, to discontinue non-safety related tasksduring turbulence

‐ Check regularly FAP

‐ Frequently monitor lavatories, galleys and cabin (at leastevery 15 min)

‐ Check that the fire detection systems have not beendisabled or tampered with

‐ Regularly report to Purser‐ Ensure passenger and crew compliance with all lighted

signs, placards and crewmembers instructions‐ Ensure that passengers use only permitted electronic

devices

‐ Maintain communication with cockpit crew, Purser andcabin crewmembers

‐ Enter cabin maintenance items and any emergencyequipment use into the cabin logbook.

‐ Maintain communication with Purser‐ Inform purser of cabin maintenance items or use of any

emergency equipment that should be entered in thecabin logbook

‐ Report to cockpit crew : Any unusual or abnormalsituations

‐ Report to Purser: Any unusual or abnormal situations



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 08-080 P 6/10CCOM H 18 NOV 11

CABIN CREW SAFETY-RELATED DUTIES FROM TOP OF DESCENTIdent.: 08-080-00005897.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL


‐ Make preliminary announcement to start securing thecabin

‐ Open cabin curtains

Check that:‐ Passengers are seated with seat belts fastened‐ Stowage of passengers and crew baggage complies with

regulations, as applicable‐ Social areas are vacant and secured‐ Crew rests areas are vacant and door closed‐ Galleys are secured, and all catering items are correctly

stowed‐ Any equipment items are stowed, as required‐ Commercial electrical equipments is off‐ Exits and escape paths are clear of obstructions‐ Aisles and cross-aisles are clear of obstructions

‐ Complete and close the cabin Logbook. ‐ Report to Purser: Any cabin maintenance items and useof any emergency equipment.

‐ Ask for any special ground assistance‐ Request all updated arrival information



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 08-080 P 7/10CCOM I 18 NOV 11

CABIN CREW SAFETY-RELATED DUTIES DURING APPROACHIdent.: 08-080-00005898.0001001 / 16 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL


When the Fasten Seat Belt signs come on:‐ Perform the Cabin Preparation for Landing

announcement.

When the Fasten Seat Belt signs come on, ensure that:‐ Passengers are seated with seat belts fastened‐ Stowage of passenger and crew complies with

regulations‐ Ensure passenger and crew compliance with all lighted

signs, placards and crewmember instructions‐ Tray tables are in the in upright position and cup holders

are stowed‐ Seat backs are in the upright position, armrests and

foot-rests are correctly stowed.‐ Lavatories are vacant and secured‐ Social areas are vacant and secured‐ Galleys are secured, and all catering items are correctly

stowed‐ TV monitors and In-Flight Entertainment (IFE) equipment

are stowed‐ Passengers comply with Portable Electronic Devices

(PED) restrictions‐ Any equipment items are stowed, as required‐ Exits and escape paths are clear of obstructions‐ Aisles and cross-aisles are clear of obstructions

‐ Report to the cockpit crew "Cabin ready for landing".Press the CABIN READY pb on the FAP

‐ Report to Purser "Cabin ready for landing" Takedesignated crew seat and secure harness for landing.

‐ Adjust the cabin lighting‐ Take designated crew seat and secure harness for

landing.

‐ Perform silent review ‐ Perform silent review



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 08-080 P 8/10CCOM J to L 18 NOV 11

CABIN CREW SAFETY-RELATED DUTIES DURING FINAL APPROACH AND LANDINGIdent.: 08-080-00005899.0001001 / 02 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL


‐ Remain seated. ‐ Remain seated.

‐ Perform the silent review ‐ Perform the silent review

Note: However in accordance with airline policies and procedures, it may be acceptable for cabincrew to leave their seats for safety related event.

CABIN CREW SAFETY-RELATED DUTIES DURING TAXI AFTER LANDINGIdent.: 08-080-00005900.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

CAUTION The cabin crew must remain seated (except to perform a safety related duty) until:‐ The aircraft arrives on to the stand.


‐ Remain seated at designated crew station ‐ Remain seated at designated crew station

Perform the Door Disarming procedure and cross checkwith the opposite door.‐ Acknowledge doors checks when received‐ Check the FAP to verify all doors are disarmed.

Perform the Door Disarming procedure and cross checkwith the opposite door.‐ Report to Purser: Confirm that doors are disarmed and

crossed checked.

CABIN CREW SAFETY-RELATED DUTIES DURING DISEMBARKATIONIdent.: 08-080-00005901.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL


‐ Go to disembarking station ‐ Go to assigned disembarking station‐ Manage the flow of passengers‐ Ensure that passengers comply with "No Smoking"

regulations, as applicable‐ Disembarkation. of disabled passengers



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 08-080 P 9/10CCOM M 18 NOV 11

CABIN CREW SAFETY-RELATED DUTIES AFTER LAST PASSENGER DISEMBARKSIdent.: 08-080-00005902.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL


‐ perform general cabin check (galleys, lavatories)

‐ Report to Captain ‐ Report to Purser






STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURESPASSENGER SAFETY BRIEFING


PASSENGER SAFETY BRIEFINGIdent.: 08-090-00005904.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

The safety briefing will prepare passengers for an emergency by providing them with informationregarding the location and operation of emergency equipment that they may have to operate in thecase of en emergency.Passengers who are well briefed are better prepared for an emergency.

HOW ‐ A verbal announcement made by the Purser and a demonstration performed by the cabincrewmembers or,

‐ By an audio visual presentation

WHAT thePassenger SafetyBriefing mustinclude

The Passenger Safety Briefing should include the following:‐ Smoking regulations‐ Back of the seat to be in the upright position and the tray table stowed‐ Location of the emergency exits‐ Location and the use of floor proximity escape path markings‐ Stowage of hand baggage‐ Restrictions on the use of portable electronic devices‐ The location and contents of the safety briefing card

Passengers must receive a demonstration of the following:‐ The use of safety belts and/or safety harnesses, including how to fasten and unfasten the seat

belts and/or safety harnesses‐ The location and use of oxygen equipment. Passengers must also be briefed to extinguish all

smoking materials when oxygen is used.‐ The location and use of life vests, if required.

Individual safety briefingsAn individual safety briefing must be provided to a passenger who is unable to receive informationcontained in the standard safety briefing.

These passengers may be:‐ Visually impaired‐ Hearing impaired

WHERE When the cabin crewmembers perform a demonstration, they should stand in their assigned brief andsecure areas, in the cabin.When an audio visual presentation is provided cabin crewmembers should stand in their assignedbrief and secure area in the cabin and point to the exits.



STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURESPASSENGER SAFETY BRIEFING


Continued from the previous pageWHEN After takeoff

Passengers are reminded of the following:‐ Smoking regulations‐ The use of seat belts including the safety benefits of keeping seat belts fastened irrespective of

the Fasten Seat Belt sign status.In-flightDue to turbulence passengers must be instructed to return to their seats and fasten their seatbelts.In an emergency in-flight, passengers are instructed in the emergency action that is appropriate tothe circumstances.

Before landing

Passengers are reminded of the following:‐ Smoking regulations‐ Use of seat belts and/or safety harnesses‐ Back of the seat to be in the upright position and tray table stowed‐ Restrictions on the use of portable electronic devices‐ Restore and secure hand baggage in the correct locations

After landing

Passengers are reminded of the following:‐ Smoking regulations‐ To remain seated with seat belts securely fastened until the aircraft has come to a complete stop

and the Fasten Seat Belt signs have been switched off.

HOW it must bedone Passenger briefings and safety demonstrations must be performed in a standardized manner:

‐ The speaker must clearly enunciate passenger briefings, and should pause between sentences‐ Cabin crewmembers must simultaneously perform the safety demonstration, and their gestures

should reflect the speaker's step-by-step instructions in real time.To clearly point out areas or safety items within the aircraft: The cabin crewmember should ensurethat their fingers (on both hands) are together, and point towards the indicated area.


STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURESREFUELLING DEFUELING


REFUELING/DEFUELING PROCEDURE WITH PASSENGERS ON BOARDIdent.: 08-100-00005905.0001001 / 30 NOV 09Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

CAUTION The ground area beneath the exits intended for emergency evacuation and slidedeployment must be kept clear. Operators will need to designate such exits, takinginto account their ground servicing and catering operations.

The cockpit crew must notify the cabin crew before beginning to refuel/defuel.CABIN PREPARATION BEFORE REFUELING/DEFUELING

The cabin crew must coordinate actions with the cockpit crew to ensure that:captainFASTEN SEAT BELT SIGNS......................................................................................................OFFNO SMOKING SIGNS...................................................................................................................ONPurserCABIN LIGHTING..........................................................................................................................ONThe cabin lighting must be on to enable identification of the emergency exits.The cabin crew must check the following:Cabin crewmembersCABIN CURTAINS........................................................................................OPEN AND SECUREDEXITS......................................................................................... CLEAR OF ANY OBSTRUCTIONSAISLES AND CROSS-AISLES................................................... CLEAR OF ANY OBSTRUCTIONS

PASSENGER BRIEFING BEFORE REFUELING/DEFUELINGPurserPASSENGER BRIEFING..................................................................................................PERFORMLadies and Gentlemen, (Pause)We are about to refuel.While refueling is in progress, for safety reasons, please:‐ Unfasten your seat belts‐ Smoking is prohibited‐ Use of cigarette lighters and matches is prohibited.‐ Individual items of electronic equipment must not be used while Refuelling/Defuelling is in

progress.Please, remain seated.Thank you.


STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURESREFUELLING DEFUELING


Cabin crewmembersPASSENGER COMPLIANCE................................................................................................ CHECK

DOOR AND EXIT PREPARATION DURING REFUELING/DEFUELINGCabin crewmembersAT DOORS........................................................................................................................... REMAINAt least one cabin crewmember must be stationed at each pair of door, and must be prepared foran emergency, if required.


STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURESGSM ON BOARD SYSTEM


OPERATIONAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR THE USE OF GSM ONBOARDIdent.: 08-120-00005908.0001001 / 19 FEB 10Criteria: K10561Applicable to: ALL

The purpose of this section is to provide operators with recommendations and guidance material forthe use of the GSM telephone system (Transmitting – Portable Electronic Devices, T-PED) onboardthe aircraft. These recommendations provide guidance for the use of GSM in normal and abnormaloperations.PASSENGER BRIEFINGS

The use of GSM onboard the aircraft must be clearly explained to passengers in order to maintainaircraft safety by ensuring passenger compliance with lighted signs, placards, and crewmemberinstructions.Passenger announcements should be made prior to and during passenger boarding to ensure thatpassengers are aware and reminded of the restrictions that apply to the use of mobile phones, andother transmitting devices onboard the aircraft.

PRE-DEPARTURE BRIEFINGIt is recommended that the following information is included in the pre-departure passengerbriefing:‐ Instruct passengers to pay attention to the lighted "No Mobiles" cabin signs, and placards, which

will indicate when the system may or may not be used.‐ Clearly brief the passengers of the "No Mobiles" lighted signs, clearly emphasizing that all

mobile telephones must be switched off when the "No Mobiles" lighted signs come on and theassociated chime sounds.

‐ Inform passengers that in the case of an emergency the service will be disabled.‐ Inform passengers that only ordinary mobile phones are allowed to use when the onboard

service is available. All other phones or communication devices for instance satellite telephonesmust remain switched off during the entire flight.

Note: It is strongly recommended that in order not to distract passengers from the cabin safetybriefing, that the mobile phone briefing is performed separately. (This should describe theoperator’s policies and procedures).

CABIN CREW AWARENESS‐ The cabin crew should monitor passenger use of mobile phones during all phases of flight and,

when necessary, ensure passenger compliance.‐ The cabin crew should be alert to passenger misuse of mobile phones.


STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURESGSM ON BOARD SYSTEM


‐ Increased flight crew and cabin crew communication and co-ordination to manage interferenceor other safety related problems related to the use of mobile phones.

‐ The cabin crew should be aware of the correct procedures to disable the GSM service, ifrequired.

GSM ON BOARD SYSTEMIdent.: 08-120-00005907.0001001 / 04 JAN 11Criteria: K10561Applicable to: ALL

The cabin crew should ensure that the GSM overhead bin (located next to seat row 18, left side) isunlocked prior to take off.NORMAL OPERATION

When the aircraft altitude has reached 13 124 ft (4 000 m), the GSM on board system isautomatically activated.”SYSTEM READY” LED.................................................................................................. CHECK ONThe green ”SYSTEM READY” will come on to indicate that the system is operational.”SERVICE AVAILABLE” LED.......................................................................................... CHECK ONWhen the GSM system is available, the NO MOBILE CABIN signs will go off (and optionally anassociated chime sounds).ON pb....................................................................................................................... CHECK GREENWhen the GSM system is operational, the ON pb is green.Note: During night flights, the voice calls can be switched off by pressing the ”VOICE OFF” pb .

In this case, calls will be limited to E-mail and SMS only. If the use of mobile phones must be interrupted during the flight:

PAX SIGN ON pb................................................................................................................... ONWhen the ”PAX SIGN ON” pb is pressed, a single chime will sound (If installed).CABIN CREW...................................................................................... INFORM PASSENGERSThe cabin crew must make an announcement requesting passengers to turn off their mobilephones.

ABNORMAL/EMERGENCYPROCEDURES



ABNORMAL/EMERGENCY PROCEDURESPRELIMINARY PAGES

TABLE OF CONTENTS



09-010 INTRODUCTIONGENERAL INFORMATION .................................................................................................................................... APRESENTATION..................................................................................................................................................... B

09-020 FIRE PROTECTIONGUIDELINES FOR IN-FLIGHT SMOKE AND FIRE MANAGEMENT ....................................................................ACLASSES OF FIRE.................................................................................................................................................BAWARENESS TO SMOKE IN HIDDEN AREAS.................................................................................................... CAREA SPECIFIC FIRES......................................................................................................................................... DFIRE FIGHTING ROLE DEFINITION......................................................................................................................EBASIC FIRE FIGHTING PROCEDURE.................................................................................................................. FCABIN SMOKE/FIRE PROCEDURE "HIDDEN AREA" OR "UNKNOWN SOURCE".............................................GLAVATORY SMOKE/FIRE PROCEDURE.............................................................................................................. HPAX SEAT SMOKE.................................................................................................................................................. IGALLEY SMOKE .................................................................................................................................................... JOVEN SMOKE.........................................................................................................................................................KOVERHEAD BIN SMOKE/FIRE PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................LGSM ON BOARD RACK SMOKE/FIRE PROCEDURE......................................................................................... M

09-025 EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONSEMERGENCY CALLS............................................................................................................................................. APLANNED EMERGENCY LANDING.......................................................................................................................BUNPLANNED EMERGENCY LANDING................................................................................................................. C

09-030 EMERGENCY CABIN EVACUATIONEVACUATION GUIDELINES...................................................................................................................................ACOCKPIT-ASSIGNED DUTIES FOR EVACUATION ............................................................................................ BCABIN CREW-ASSIGNED AREAS FOR EVACUATION ...................................................................................... CEMERGENCY PASSENGER DOOR OPERATION................................................................................................DTO OPEN THE OVERWING EXIT..........................................................................................................................ECABIN PREPARATION FOR PLANNED ON GROUND EVACUATION................................................................ FON GROUND EVACUATION..................................................................................................................................GCABIN PREPARATION FOR DITCHING................................................................................................................HEVACUATION ON WATER ..................................................................................................................................... I

09-040 EMERGENCY COCKPIT EVACUATIONCOCKPIT EVACUATION THROUGH WINDOW ...................................................................................................ACOCKPIT EVACUATION THROUGH COCKPIT DOOR .......................................................................................B


ABNORMAL/EMERGENCY PROCEDURESPRELIMINARY PAGES

TABLE OF CONTENTS


09-050 DEPRESSURIZATIONDEPRESSURIZATION WARNINGS........................................................................................................................ACABIN DEPRESSURIZATION................................................................................................................................ BABNORMAL CABIN ALTITUDE..............................................................................................................................C

09-055 TURBULENCE MANAGEMENTTURBULENCE MANAGEMENT..............................................................................................................................ACABIN CREW PROCEDURES............................................................................................................................... BANTICIPATED TURBULENCE PROCEDURES..................................................................................................... CUNANTICIPATED TURBULENCE PROCEDURES................................................................................................DPOST TURBULENCE DUTIES............................................................................................................................... E

09-070 MISCELLANEOUSFLIGHT CREWMEMBER INCAPACITATION......................................................................................................... AFLIGHT CREWMEMBER'S CHECK-LIST USE...................................................................................................... BBOMB ON BOARD ................................................................................................................................................ CSINGLE BLADE LAVATORY DOOR EMERGENCY OPERATION........................................................................DBI-FOLDING LAVATORY DOOR EMERGENCY OPERATION..............................................................................EREJECTED TAKEOFF ........................................................................................................................................... F


ABNORMAL/EMERGENCY PROCEDURESINTRODUCTION


GENERAL INFORMATIONIdent.: 09-010-00005909.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

Abnormal/Emergency procedures are actions that must be taken by the cabin crew after a failure.The CCOM's Abnormal/Emergency procedures are those recommended by Airbus as operationalguidelines.Standard operating procedures and Abnormal/Emergency procedures should be developed inaccordance with Operator policies, procedures and local Aviation Authority requirements.Abnormal/Emergency procedures are synchronized with the FCOM PRO/ABN (Flight CrewOperating Manual) procedures, requiring flight and cabin crews to communicate and cooperate.Abnormal/Emergency procedures, specific to the cabin crew, concern smoke/fire fighting,depressurization, etc.Aviation Authorities do not certify the Abnormal/Emergency procedures.They are continuously updated. Revisions take into account the feedback received from allOperators, in addition to the results of continuous monitoring of the aircraft's in-service life.Each Abnormal/Emergency Procedure is considered to be a separate DU, which is updatedaccording to its validity criteria.

PRESENTATIONIdent.: 09-010-00005910.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

Emergency procedure titles are displayed within a rectangle, that has two black squares on eachside.Abnormal procedure titles are displayed within a rectangle, but there are no black square on eachside.

PROCEDURE TITLES

When inserted in the procedure, expanded information appears in italics.This information :‐ Identifies the failure.‐ Explains actions for which the reason is not evident.‐ Furnishes additional background info.


ABNORMAL/EMERGENCY PROCEDURESINTRODUCTION


When several procedures appear under the same title, a black square indicates the beginning ofeach procedure.Only one procedure is applicable at a time. For example :

BLACK SQUARE

Black squares also indicate various possible procedures, among which only one is applicable. Forexample :

BLACK SQUARES

If an action depends on a precondition, a black dot identifies the precondition. For example :BLACK DOT


ABNORMAL/EMERGENCY PROCEDURESFIRE PROTECTION


GUIDELINES FOR IN-FLIGHT SMOKE AND FIRE MANAGEMENTIdent.: 09-020-00005920.0001001 / 10 AUG 11Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

The cabin crew is responsible for effectively dealing with in-flight emergencies that involve smokeand fire. The following factors are important to enable cabin crew to correctly manage a smoke orfire event in-flight.FIGHT THE FIRE

The cabin crew must be aware of the importance of taking immediate and aggressive action todetermine the source of the smoke/fire.The cabin crew must take action to:‐ Rapidly evaluate the situation‐ Determine the source of the smoke/fire‐ Access the fire, if necessary‐ Fight the fire, using firefighting equipment, and/or any other appropriate item that is rapidly

available (e.g. non-alcoholic beverages, including carbonated drinks, coffee, tea, juice)‐ Smother the fire by using wet pillows, or wet blankets, in order to stop the fire from igniting

again.COMMUNICATE AND COORDINATE

The cabin crew must be aware of the importance for the need for on effective crewcommunication and coordination. When smoke/fire is detected, the cabin crew must immediatelyinform:‐ The flight crew‐ The Purser

FIRE PREVENTIONThe cabin crew must be vigilant and pay attention to any unusual odors, noises, unusual systembehavior that may be an indication of a possible fire.‐ Lavatories, including the associated smoke detector and wastebin fire extinguisher.‐ Galleys, ensuring that no flammable materials, such as paper napkins, and towels are not left

near or in heated galley equipment. The cabin crew monitor the galley electrical panels forfault indications and tripped circuit breakers.

‐ The cabin must regularly monitored for fire hazards.Continued on the following page




GUIDELINES FOR IN-FLIGHT SMOKE AND FIRE MANAGEMENT (Cont'd)CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Circuit breakers are designed to provide protection from overheating, due to an abnormalelectrical load on a piece of equipment. The circuit breaker will trip automatically when apredetermined electrical load is detected. When the circuit breaker trips this will result in the totalor partial deactivation of the affected electrical installation.WARNING ‐ Do not reset a tripped circuit breaker, because this may cause more damage

to the equipment, may affect other electrical equipment, may cause anoverheat and/or smoke.

‐ Only use circuit breakers to perform approved procedures.Cabin reports of tripped circuit breakers should be reported to the flight crew immediately, andentered in the maintenance logbook.

LITHIUM BATTERIES FIRESThe two types of batteries commonly used to power consumer (PEDs) are lithium batteries(disposable) and lithium-ion batteries (rechargeable). Both types are capable of ignition andsubsequent explosion due to overheating. The resulting fire can flare repeatedly as each cellruptures and releases its contents.Based on testing by the Fire Safety Branch of the FAA, the following procedures arerecommended for fighting a fire of a lithium type battery-powered PED regardless if the battery isdisposable or rechargeable:‐ Relocate passenger away from the device, use halon, halon replacement or water fire

extinguisher to prevent the spread of the fire to adjacent battery cells and materials‐ Pour water , or other non-alcoholic liquid , from any available source over the cells

immediately after extinguishing the fire.Note: Only water or other non-alcoholic liquid can provide sufficient cooling to prevent

re-ignition and/or spreading of the fire to adjacent batteries. Significant cooling isneeded to prevent the spread of fire to additional cells in a battery pack.





GUIDELINES FOR IN-FLIGHT SMOKE AND FIRE MANAGEMENT (Cont'd)

WARNING ‐ Do not attempt to pick up and move a smoking or burning device‐ Do not cover the device or use ice to cool down the device. Ice or other

materials insulate the device increasing the likelihood that additional batterycells will ignite.

‐ Do not use fire resistant burn bags to isolate burning lithium type batteries.Transferring a burning appliance into a burn bag may be extremelyhazardous.




CLASSES OF FIREIdent.: 09-020-00005921.0001001 / 30 SEP 11Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

Class A fires involve the following types of material:‐ Wood‐ Cloth‐ Paper‐ Rubber‐ Plastic

Fires from these materials require the cooling effects of quantities of water. Usea water extinguisher or liquids containing a large quantity of water, (e.g. tea,coffee, juice).

WARNING Do not use liquids that have alcohol.

Class B fires involve flammable liquids, for example:‐ Oils‐ Grease‐ Aircraft fuel‐ Hydraulic fluid‐ Tar‐ Oil -based paints‐ Lacquers‐ Flammable gases

Fires from these materials require an extinguishing agent that have a blanketingeffect.

WARNING Do not use a water extinguisher for class B fires. Use ahalon extinguisher.

Class C fires involve electrical equipment, for example:‐ Coffeemakers,‐ Ovens‐ Wiring‐ Circuit breakers

WARNING Do not use a water extinguisher on electrical fires, becausethis may cause electric shock and damage other electricalcircuits. Use a halon extinguisher.

A halon extinguisher would be required.





CLASSES OF FIRE (Cont'd)

Class D fires involve combustible metals, for example:‐ Magnesium‐ Titanium‐ Zirconium‐ Sodium

WARNING Do not use a halon extinguisher or water for a class D fire.

Special dry powder extinguishers are used on these types of fire, because ofthe possible chemical reaction between the extinguishing agent and the burningmetal.

Note: For lithium batteries fires Refer to 09-020 GUIDELINES FOR IN-FLIGHT SMOKE ANDFIRE MANAGEMENT

FIRE EXTINGUISHERS APPLICABLE TO EACH THE CLASS OF FIREThe cabin crew should select the appropriate fire extinguisher according to the type of fire, classA, B, C or D:1. Carbon Dioxide Extinguisher - For class B or C fires2. Water Extinguisher - For class A fires3. Dry Chemical Extinguishers - For class A, B, or C fires4. Halogenated Hydrocarbons (Halon or BCF) - For class A, B, or C

WARNING When a halon extinguisher is used on a class A fire, the affected area must bedampened with water afterward to prevent the fire from re-ignition.

5. Specialized Dry Powder Extinguishers - For class D fires.




AWARENESS TO SMOKE IN HIDDEN AREASIdent.: 09-020-00005918.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

It is important for cabin crew to be aware of the potential sources of smoke onboard the aircraft,and to familiarize themselves with these areas.This enables crewmembers to determine the source of the smoke, and take immediate action:‐ Crown Area: This area is above the ceiling panels. This overhead area includes wiring bundles,

control surface cables, passenger emergency oxygen system, parts of the air conditioningsystem, and components of the aircraft In-Flight Entertainment System (IFE).

‐ Dado Panels: These are the vents that are at the foot of the sidewall panels, on each side of thepassenger cabin. Most aircraft air conditioning systems supply conditioned air from the cabinceiling. This conditioned air then flows from the top of the cabin to the bottom, exits via the returngrills, and finally leaves the aircraft via the outflow valves.

‐ Triangle Area: This area is below the floor outboard of the cargo area. This area hosts hydrauliclines, electrical components and wiring bundles.

AIR DISTRIBUTION




AREA SPECIFIC FIRESIdent.: 09-020-00005922.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

Firefighting methods are different depending on the location and the source of the fire.However, there are some general guidelines that the cabin crew should be observe.FIRES IN HIDDEN AREAS

Smoke emissions from sidewall panels and ceiling panels may indicate a hidden fire. In somecases, smoke may appear some distance from the source.When the cabin crew suspects a fire in a hidden area, for example, behind a panel, they shouldtry to locate a "hot spot". A "hot spot" is an abnormally warm area. A "hot spot" is usually a goodindicator as to where the source of the fire is.Note: To find the "hot spot", the cabin crew should move the back of their hand along the

panels to find the hottest area.This is because, the skin on the back of the hand is thinner and, is more sensitive totemperature changes than the palm.

It may be necessary to remove or lever panels to insert the nozzle of the fire extinguisher. Use acrash axe that has an insulated handle to lever panels.CAUTION Be very careful when removing, or levering panels, because some of these

areas may contain essential wiring or aircraft systems.FIRES IN ENCLOSED AREAS

When a fire occurs in an enclosed area such as, a lavatory, an overhead bin, a closet or a crewrest area, before opening the door, always check the door panel for heat.Note: The cabin crew should check for heat using the back of the hand. If the cabin crew suspects a fire in an enclosed area, they must:

‐ Open the door or the overhead bin slightly (just enough to pass the nozzle of the fireextinguisher).

If the fire is visible, the cabin crew must:‐ Discharge the fire extinguisher at the base of the fire in a sweeping motion.





AREA SPECIFIC FIRES (Cont'd) If the source of the fire has not been located, do not randomly discharge the fire

extinguisher into an enclosed area:‐ The cabin crew must actively search the entire area to locate the source of the fire.

GALLEY SMOKE/FIREGALLEY ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

The source of smoke/fire in the galley areas is usually due to the malfunction of electricalequipment, such as, coffee makers, water boilers, ovens etc.When the source of the smoke/fire has been identified as coming from a piece of electricalequipment, the cabin crew must:‐ Switch off the power‐ Pull the associated circuit breaker, that is located on the galley electrical panel.

OVEN FIRESIn the case of an oven fire, the cabin crew must:‐ Keep the oven door closed, to deprive the fire of oxygen. In many cases the fire will

extinguish by itself‐ Switch off the power to the oven‐ Pull the associated circuit breaker, on the galley electrical panel. If the situation worsens, the cabin crew must:

‐ Don a PBE and fire gloves for protection‐ Open the oven door slightly, just enough to insert the nozzle of the fire extinguisher‐ Insert the nozzle of the fire extinguisher, and discharge the fire extinguisher‐ Close the oven door‐ Repeat the procedure as necessary.



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 09-020 P 9/20CCOM E → 18 NOV 11

FIRE FIGHTING ROLE DEFINITIONIdent.: 09-020-00005915.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

The firefighting procedures require a team of at least three cabin crewmembers. A team effort is themost effective way to combat an onboard fire. The roles are defined as follows:• the Firefighter• the Communicator• the Assistant FirefighterCrew communication and coordination is important, and the roles of these three cabincrewmembers complement each other, because their tasks are performed simultaneously, in orderto optimize the firefighting effort.THE FIREFIGHTER

The first crewmember that finds the fire will take the role of the Firefighter.This cabin crewmember:‐ Alerts other cabin crewmembers‐ Obtains the nearest fire extinguisher (consider the use of a PBE)‐ Immediately locates the source of the fire‐ Fights the fire.

THE COMMUNICATORThe second cabin crewmember on the scene.The communicator:‐ Informs the flight crew of the fire/smoke:

• Location• Source• Severity/Density (color of smoke/odor)• Firefighting progress• Number of fire extinguishers used• Time firefighting action started.

‐ Maintains the communication link between the cabin and the flight crew, via an interphone thatis near the firefighting scene

‐ Provides the flight crew with an accurate description of the firefighting effort, and of thesituation in the cabin.





FIRE FIGHTING ROLE DEFINITION (Cont'd)THE ASSISTANT FIREFIGHTER

The third cabin crewmember on the scene.The Assistant Firefighter:‐ Supplies extra firefighting equipment‐ Supports the firefighting effort‐ Removes flammable material from the area‐ The Assistant Firefighter must be prepared to replace the Firefighter, and exchange roles with

the Firefighter, as required.SUPPORT CREWMEMBERS

These crewmembers are not directly involved in the firefighting effort, but will be required provideassistance (e.g. to relocate passengers, administer first-aid, calm and reassure passengers).After any fire or smoke occurrence, one crewmember should be responsible for monitoring theaffected area for the remainder of the flight, and should regularly report to the Purser.




BASIC FIRE FIGHTING PROCEDUREIdent.: 09-020-00005916.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

The Firefighter, the Communicator and the Assistant Firefighter perform their roles and actionsSIMULTANEOUSLY.FIREFIGHTER

OTHER CREWMEMBERS .................................................................................................. ALERTFIREFIGHTING EQUIPMENT...............................................................................................EQUIPTake the nearest appropriate fire extinguisher. Consider the use of a PBE.SOURCE OF THE FIRE.................................................................................................... LOCATEFIRE EXTINGUISHER................................................................ DISCHARGE AT BASE OF FIREFIREFIGHTING EFFORT..................................................... MAINTAIN UNTIL THE FIRE IS OUT When the fire is out:

AFFECTED AREA...................................................................................................... DAMPENThe affected area should be dampened to prevent the fire from re-ignition.WARNING Do not dampen electrical equipment.

COMMUNICATORFLIGHT CREW...........................................................NOTIFY IMMEDIATELY VIA INTERPHONEUse the interphone, to prevent smoke from contaminating the cockpit. Give the followinginformation:• Location• Source• Severity/Density (color of smoke/odor)• Firefighting progress• Number of fire extinguishers used• Time firefighting action started.COMMUNICATION WITH FLIGHT CREW..................................................................... MAINTAININSTRUCTIONS FROM FLIGHT CREW.......................... COMMUNICATE TO CREWMEMBERS

ASSISTANT FIREFIGHTERFIREFIGHTING EQUIPMENT............................................................................................SUPPLY If necessary:

REPLACE FIREFIGHTER........................................................................................ PREPAREContinued on the following page



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 09-020 P 12/20CCOM ← F to G 18 NOV 11

BASIC FIRE FIGHTING PROCEDURE (Cont'd)PBE.....................................................................................................................................DON

SUPPORT CREWMEMBERSPASSENGERS AND PORTABLE OXYGEN..............................MOVE FROM IMMEDIATE AREAFIREFIGHTING EFFORT.........................................................................ASSIST AND SUPPORTPASSENGERS..........................................................................................CALM AND REASSURE When the fire is out:

DEDICATED CREWMEMBER.............. MONITOR FOR THE REMAINDER OF THE FLIGHTThe affected area must be monitored for the remainder of the flight. Regular reports must bemade to the Chief Purser.

CABIN SMOKE/FIRE PROCEDURE "HIDDEN AREA" OR "UNKNOWN SOURCE"Ident.: 09-020-00005919.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

Smoke emissions from sidewall panels, ceiling panels and vents may indicate a hidden fire. Insome cases, smoke may appear some distance away from it's actual source.BASIC FIRE FIGHTING PROCEDURE .................................................................................. APPLYFIREFIGHTER

SOURCE OF SMOKE........................................................................................................LOCATEREASON FOR SMOKE............................................................. INVESTIGATE AND DETERMINENote: To determine the source of a potential fire, crewmembers should check for "hot spots"

on panels. Use the back of the hand along the panels to feel for the presence ofunusually hot areas.

WHEN "HOT SPOT" IS LOCATED:AREA..................................................................................................... ACCESS WITH CARECAUTION When gaining access behind panels, be aware of the presence of wiring

bundles. Make a careful incision in the panel to pass extinguisher nozzle, orlever the panel to gain access.

FIRE EXTINGUISHER..........................................................................................DISCHARGE




LAVATORY SMOKE/FIRE PROCEDUREIdent.: 09-020-00005911.0001001 / 16 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

Lavatory smoke/fires can be caused by electrical system malfunctions for example, the waterheater, toilet vacuum, or may be caused by burning materials usually caused by a carelesslydiscarded cigarette in the lavatory waste bin.COCKPIT CREW

SMOKE LAVATORY SMOKE....................................................................... CREW AWARENESSMaintain contact with the cabin crew to follow up on the status of the fire.

CABIN CREW PROCEDUREOn the FAP, and/or related AAP, the SMOKE warning indication comes on, with an associatedtriple chime, repeated every 30 s (optionally 10 s).AFFECTED LAVATORY.................................................................................................... LOCATEOn all AIPs, the affected lavatory is clearly indicated and a red indicator flashes.The amber light, on the respective ACPs (according to CAM assignment), and the outsideSmoke/Pax call indicator of the affected lavatory flashes.Affected lavatory is also shown on the FAP Smoke page.WARNING Do not open the lavatory door. First, check the door for heat. Using the back

of the hand, feel the panel of the lavatory door, to determine temperature andpresence of fire.

LAVATORY DOOR...........................................................................................CHECK FOR HEAT If the door lavatory panel is cool:

LAVATORY DOOR ............................................................. OPEN SLOWLY WITH CAUTIONSOURCE OF SMOKE/FIRE........................................................................................ LOCATE

If fire is present:BASIC FIREFIGHTING PROCEDURE.......................................................................... APPLYNote: There is an automatic fire extinguisher installed, above the wastebin in each

lavatory.FIRE EXTINGUISHER................................................................ DISCHARGE AT BASE OF FIRESMOKE PUSHBUTTON (ON THE FAP or AAP IN YOUR ZONE)...................................... RESETTo silence the chime, and reset all visual warnings on the ACPs, the AIPs.




20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 09-020 P 14/20CCOM ← H to I 18 NOV 11

LAVATORY SMOKE/FIRE PROCEDURE (Cont'd)

Note: The amber Smoke indicator of the affected lavatory, the SMOKE RESET pb on the FAPand respective AAP and the indication on the FAP Smoke page remain ON until allsmoke has dissipated.

If door panel is hotNote: If the door is hot, the fire is at a critical stage. Have extra fire fighting equipment

available and ready to use.PBE.....................................................................................................................................DONFIREFIGHTER................................................................................................ PROTECT SELFStay low and crouch down, using the door panel as protection against smoke and heat.(*)LAVATORY DOOR....................................................................................OPEN SLIGHTLYJust enough to pass the nozzle of the extinguisher.(*)FIRE EXTINGUISHER...................................................................................... DISCHARGE(*)LAVATORY DOOR.................................................................................................... CLOSEFIREFIGHTING ............................................................................. REPEAT AS NECESSARY(*)Repeat last four steps of the procedure, as necessary.

If situation is cleared :AFFECTED LAVATORY........................MONITOR FOR THE REMAINDER OF THE FLIGHTTo ensure that the lavatory remains clear of smoke.

PAX SEAT SMOKEIdent.: 09-020-00005912.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

The class of fire will determine how a passenger seat smoke/fire event is dealt with. The sourceof smoke/fire may come the IFE screen, ISPSS outlet, or from the seat boxes located under thepassenger seats. If passenger seat smoke is suspected :

CABIN CREW......................................... INFORM AND COORDINATE WITH COCKPIT CREWBASIC FIRE FIGHTING PROCEDURE..................................................APPLY IF NECESSARY



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 09-020 P 15/20CCOM J 18 NOV 11

GALLEY SMOKEIdent.: 09-020-00005913.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

Galley smoke/fire occurrences can be caused by electrical equipment malfunction for example,coffee makers, ovens, water boilers etc. If the source of the smoke/fire is identified from a piece of electrical equipment:

ELECTRICAL POWER........................................................................................................... OFFAPPLICABLE CIRCUIT BREAKER...................................................................................... PULLCircuit breakers are located on the galley's centralized electrical panel. Pulling the applicablecircuit breaker should stop the smoke/fire.

If the smoke/electrical smell source cannot be identified:GALLEY SHUTOFFMAIN GALLEY POWER pb....................................................................................................OFFALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS................................................................................................... PULL

If the smoke/fire continues:BASIC FIRE FIGHTING PROCEDURE............................................................................. APPLY



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 09-020 P 16/20CCOM K 18 NOV 11

OVEN SMOKEIdent.: 09-020-00005914.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

Oven smoke/fires occurrences may be caused by the oven contents, such as, food or greasedeposits. Electrical malfunctions may be another source.OVEN DOOR.............................................................................................................. KEEP CLOSEDNote: By keeping the oven door closed, the fire will usually extinguish itself.OVEN POWER..............................................................................................................................OFFCIRCUIT BREAKER.................................................................................................................... PULLThe applicable oven circuit breaker is located on the galley's centralized electrical panel. IF SMOKE OR FIRE IS STILL PRESENT:

PBE AND FIRE GLOVES......................................................................................................DONOVEN DOOR.................................................................................................... OPEN SLIGHTLYNote: Open the oven door slightly, just enough to insert the nozzle of the fire extinguisher

into the oven.(*)FIRE EXTINGUISHER......................................................................................... DISCHARGE(*)OVEN DOOR................................................................................................................. CLOSE(*)FIREFIGHTING ............................................................................. REPEAT AS NECESSARY(*)Repeat last three steps of the procedure, as necessary.



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 09-020 P 17/20CCOM L 18 NOV 11

OVERHEAD BIN SMOKE/FIRE PROCEDUREIdent.: 09-020-00005917.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

Smoke/fire in overhead bins may be caused by the contents or a possible electrical malfunction inthe Passenger Service Unit (PSU). If smoke is visibly emitting from an overhead bin:

BASIC FIRE FIGHTING PROCEDURE ............................................................................APPLYFIREFIGHTER

OVERHEAD BIN ............................................................................................. CHECK FOR HEATCheck for heat. Using the back of the hand, feel the overhead bin to determine the temperatureand presence of fire.(*)OVERHEAD BIN .............................................................................................OPEN SLIGHTLYEnough to pass the nozzle of the fire extinguisher.CAUTION Opening the overhead bin more than is necessary risks contaminating the cabin

with smoke, and puts occupants at risk of smoke inhalation.(*)FIRE EXTINGUISHER ........................................................................................... DISCHARGENote: The fire extinguisher must be discharged into the overhead bin, away from the seat, to

prevent debris from contaminating the cabin.(*)OVERHEAD BIN ........................................................................................CLOSE AND LATCHFIREFIGHTING ....................................................................................REPEAT AS NECESSARY(*)Repeat last 3 steps of the procedure, as necessary.



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 09-020 P 18/20CCOM M → 18 NOV 11

GSM ON BOARD RACK SMOKE/FIRE PROCEDUREIdent.: 09-020-00005923.0001001 / 22 OCT 10Criteria: K10561Applicable to: ALL

On the rear indication panel the SMOKE warning light comes on steady. An associated horn ispermanently audible from the overhead bin next to seat row 18, left side.CABIN CREW........................................................................................... INFORM COCKPIT CREWInform the cockpit crew and maintain contact to follow up on the status of the smoke warning.Note: The GSM on Board system will be shut off automatically in case of smoke detection.

“No-mobile-signs” will be illuminated automatically.GSM OVERHEAD BIN.........................................................................................CHECK FOR HEATCheck for heat. Using the back of the hand, feel the overhead bin to determine the temperature andpresence of fire. If the GSM overhead bin is cool:

GSM OVERHEAD BIN......................................................................................OPEN SLIGHTLYOpen the overhead bin slowly with caution.HORN SHUT OFF PUSHBUTTON..................................................................................... PUSHTo silence the horn push the “HORN SHUT OFF” button. The button is located on the lowerright of the rack inside the overhead bin.GSM MAIN POWER SWITCH................................................................................................OFFSwitch off the GSM on Board system by pushing the “GSM MAIN POWER SWITCH” button.The button is located on the lower right of the rack inside the overhead bin. It is the onlyguarded button on the rack.

If fire or smoke is visible:BASIC FIRE FIGHTING PROCEDURE............................................................................. APPLYNote: The GSM rack inside the overhead bin has two Velcro openings to enable the cabin

crew to discharge the fire extinguishing agent. When the fire or smoke is out:

HORN SHUT OFF PUSHBUTTON..................................................................................... PUSHTo silence the horn push the “HORN SHUT OFF” button. The button is located on the lowerright of the rack inside the overhead bin.GSM MAIN POWER SWITCH................................................................................................OFF




20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 09-020 P 19/20CCOM ← M 18 NOV 11

GSM ON BOARD RACK SMOKE/FIRE PROCEDURE (Cont'd)Switch off the GSM on Board system by pushing the “GSM MAIN POWER SWITCH” button.The button is located on the lower right of the rack inside the overhead bin. It is the onlyguarded button on the rack.

When the situation is cleared:AFFECTED OVERHEAD BIN....................MONITOR FOR THE REMAINDER OF THE FLIGHT

The SMOKE warning light on the rear indication panel stays on. If smoke is detected again the hornbecomes audible again.Note: if smoke is detected, the usage of mobile phones is not allowed until the end of the flight.






ABNORMAL/EMERGENCY PROCEDURESEMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS


EMERGENCY CALLSIdent.: 09-025-00005924.0001001 / 17 JUN 10Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

In the event if an abnormal or an emergency situation in the cabin, any cabin crewmember maymake this call.EMERGENCY CALLS TO FLIGHT CREW

CABIN CREW FLIGHT CREW

In the event if an abnormal or an emergency situation in thecabin:‐ Press the EMER CALL pb‐ Wait for the flight crew to reply

The flight crew must reply




PLANNED EMERGENCY LANDINGIdent.: 09-025-00005925.0001001 / 09 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

EMERGENCY ALERTCAPTAIN PURSER CABIN CREW

‐ Using the PA announce "Purser toCockpit, please!"

‐ Go immediately to the cockpit to bebriefed by the captain

‐ Stop all activities, secure anyequipment that is being used

‐ Go to designated crew station andstandby the interphone ready forPurser's briefing.

CAPTAIN PURSER CABIN CREWBrief the Purser Ask the captain for the following

information:‐ Nature of the emergency and

intentions‐ Time available to prepare the cabin

(synchronize watches)‐ Signal to brace‐ Signal to remain seated (if no

evacuation is required. On groundemergency only)

‐ Special instructions (for example,exits that may be unusable)

‐ Acknowledge the captains briefing‐ Ask the captain who will make the

initial announcement and when.

Note: The captain should, if timepermits, allow the Pursertime to brief the cabin crew.

‐ Brief the cabin crew using thePRIO CONF Call function on theinterphone handset.

‐ Acknowledge Purser's briefing.

PASSENGER PREPARATIONFLIGHT CREW PURSER

‐ Turn on the NO SMOKING/FASTEN SEAT BELT signs‐ If duties permit, make a PA announcement to the

passengers of the nature of the emergency

If the captain's duties permit, the captain will make theinitial announcement.

If this is not possible for the captain to make theannouncement, the Purser will make the initialannouncement to the passengers stating:‐ The nature of the emergency and the captains intentions





PLANNED EMERGENCY LANDING (Cont'd)FLIGHT CREW PURSER

Note: For psychological reasons, the flight crewshould make the initial announcement to thepassengers.

‐ The need to prepare the cabin‐ Follow the instructions of cabin crew member.

Make the Emergency Announcement containing thefollowing:‐ Brace positions‐ Locations of exits‐ Loose items‐ ABPs‐ Safety card review‐ Flotation devices (Ditching Only).

Note: The Purser must monitor the time during thecabin preparation announcements. Allow timefor task to be accomplished, when the allocatedtime is up, inform the cabin crew by announcing."Cabin crew return to demonstration positions"

"Finish preparations".

BRACE FOR IMPACTFLIGHT CREW CABIN CREW

‐ Announce using the PA system "BRACE FOR IMPACT"

Note: The flight crew will make the "Brace forimpact" command approximately 1 minutebefore landing.

‐ Shout "BRACE, BRACE , BRACE" until aircraft comesto complete stop.

INITIATING THE EVACUATIONFLIGHT CREW CABIN CREW

‐ Using the PA system announce "EVACUATE,EVACUATE"

‐ Press the EVAC CMD pb to sound the evacuation horn.

Shout evacuation commands:‐ "EVACUATE, EVACUATE" "SEAT BELTS OFF"‐ "LEAVE EVERYTHING"‐ "GET OUT".





PLANNED EMERGENCY LANDING (Cont'd) If there is no communication from the flight crew and, a catastrophic situation exists

in the cabin, the cabin crew should initiate the evacuation.PURSER/CABIN CREWMEMBER

To initiate an evacuation use whatever means are available:‐ Use the PA system, megaphone or shout the evacuation commands "EVACUATE, EVACUATE" "SEAT BELTS OFF"‐ Press the EVAC CMD pb on the FAP

Note: The evacuation horn will sound in the cabin only if the switch in the cockpit is set to CAPT/PURS.

EVACUATION NOT REQUIREDIn the case of a planned emergency landing, when the passengers have been prepared toanticipate evacuating the aircraft. If no evacuation is required after the aircraft has landed it willbe necessary for the flight crew to inform the cabin crew and passengers as soon as possible inorder to prevent an unnecessary evacuation from being initiated.

FLIGHT CREW CABIN CREW

When an evacuation is not required the flight crew mustmake an immediate announcement‐ Using the PA system announce "REMAIN SEATED".

The Purser should reinforce this message using the PA toannounce to passengers that an evacuation of the aircraftis not necessary, and ask passengers to remain in theirseats




UNPLANNED EMERGENCY LANDINGIdent.: 09-025-00005926.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

In the case of an abnormal or emergency situation during the takeoff or landing such as:‐ Imminent impact or,‐ Aircraft damage.The command to brace for impact should be given as a minimum warning to passengers.The brace command can be initiated by the flight crew or the cabin crew.BRACE COMMANDS - UNPLANNED EMERGENCY LANDING

FLIGHT CREW CABIN CREW

If the flight crew are aware of imminent impact:‐ Using PA announce "BRACE FOR IMPACT"

If the cabin crew are aware of imminent impact, or on thecommand of the flight crew:‐ Cabin crew must adopt their brace position and shout

"HEADS DOWN, STAY DOWN"‐ Repeat the brace commands until the aircraft has come

to a complete stop.






ABNORMAL/EMERGENCY PROCEDURESEMERGENCY CABIN EVACUATION


EVACUATION GUIDELINESIdent.: 09-030-00005933.0001001 / 16 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

There are many factors that contribute to the successful evacuation of an aircraft:‐ The procedural knowledge of the cabin crew: This includes training, experience and behavior,‐ The aircraft configuration, the layout of the cabin,‐ The environment inside and outside the aircraft (e.g., the presence of smoke, fire, the cabin

lighting, and outside conditions),‐ The behavior of the passengers, their age, level of fitness and motivation.During an emergency, it is essential for the cabin crew to be able to apply their knowledge ofprocedures, and rapidly adapt to the situation.In the case of a life threatening situation onboard the aircraft, it is essential that the aircraft isevacuated quickly and efficiently to increase the occupants chances of survival.CROWD CONTROL

One of the key elements to a efficient evacuation is effective crowd control and cabinmanagement by the cabin crew. The actions and commands of the cabin crew will influence theperformance of the passengers during the evacuation.1. The objectives for the cabin crewmembers are:

‐ To quickly establish the passenger flow at each usable exit,‐ To evacuate the aircraft as quickly as possible.

2. The cabin crew must use positive verbal commands and physical gestures, in order toefficiently direct passengers towards the exits and assist them down the slides.Note: Cabin crew must also be prepared to use some physical force, if necessary, to

evacuate some passengers from the aircraft.The commands used by the cabin crew should be:‐ Assertive‐ Positive‐ Short‐ Loud‐ ClearNote: The cabin crew must be assertive and be in complete control of the evacuation.





EVACUATION GUIDELINES (Cont'd)3. Situational awareness will play a large part in the evacuation process. The cabin crew must be

able to assess not only what is happening at their exit, but also what is happening inside thecabin.The cabin crewmembers must be able to:‐ Assess the flow of passengers from the exits and be aware to changes in the passenger

flow rate,‐ Be aware of the status of the other exits, especially when redirecting the passengers,‐ To adapt their actions and commands when the cabin is congested or an exit is dried up, in

order to keep the evacuation flowing and maximize the use of all exits.

MANAGING EXITS DURING AN EVACUATIONASSESSING THE OUTSIDE CONDITIONS

Before opening the door the cabin crew must assess the outside conditions.Use the observation window to check that the slide deployment area is clear of:‐ Smoke‐ Fire‐ Obstacles and‐ Debris.

CABIN CREW ACTIONS AT USABLE EXITSOnce the exit has been opened, the cabin crew must visually check that the slide is fullydeployed and inflated.Note: In dark of night conditions, the cabin crewmember should visually check that the slide

deployment area is clear of fire, obstacles or debris, to ensure that the area is safebefore starting to evacuate passengers.

The cabin crewmember must stand clear of the exit in the frame assist space, and hold on tothe frame assist handle.The cabin crew must monitor the evacuation, and maintain an even flow of passengers fromeach exit, the cabin crew should use commands, such as:‐ "Jump, jump"‐ "Hurry"Some passengers may try to sit on the door sill before going down the slide. This must beavoided, as it will delay the flow of passengers from the exit.The cabin crew must be aware of what is happening inside the cabin, and outside the aircraft.





EVACUATION GUIDELINES (Cont'd)

The cabin crew must:‐ Keep shouting their commands to bring passengers to the exits‐ Be aware of any developments that would render the exit unusable, for example:

‐ Slide damage,‐ Fire in the area,‐ External hazard.

CABIN CREW ACTIONS AT UNUSABLE EXITSAn exit may be unusable at the beginning of an evacuation or may become unusable duringthe evacuation.1. An exit may be unusable at the beginning of the evacuation, for one of the following

reasons:‐ The exit is jammed, and will not open,‐ Slide does not deploy correctly or the slide is damaged,‐ There are external hazards.The cabin crewmember who is responsible for the unusable exit must inform thepassengers that the exit is blocked, and redirect the passengers to the nearest usable exit.Note: The cabin crewmember must guard the exit to prevent the exit from being used.When redirecting passengers, the cabin crewmember should listen for the othercrewmembers giving the command to "Come this way" or "Jump" for confirmation thatanother exit is usable.Redirect passengers to the nearest usable exit with the appropriate positive commands andgestures, such as:‐ "Go ahead, go straight"‐ "Go that way" with the appropriate gesture‐ "Go across"‐ "Quick, quick"‐ "Hurry up, hurry up"

2. An exit becomes unusable during the evacuation:The cabin crew must be aware of the environment inside and outside the cabin. If thesituation changes during the evacuation, for example:‐ The slide becomes damaged,‐ A fire develops in the area,‐ There are other external hazards.





EVACUATION GUIDELINES (Cont'd)Then the cabin crewmember at the unusable exit must perform the following actions:‐ Stop the evacuation,‐ Block the exit and redirect passengers to the nearest usable exit,‐ Guard the exit.

PRE-CABIN CREW EVACUATIONWhen the flow of passengers to the exit begins to slow down, the cabin crew should check thecabin and call all remaining passengers to the exits.When the flow of passengers has stopped, the cabin crew should check their assigned areafor any remaining passengers.When the cabin crewmember's assigned area is empty, or it is no longer safe to remainonboard the aircraft, the cabin crewmember should evacuate through the first usable exit.If an evacuation occurs away from an airfield, the cabin crew should take their assignedemergency equipment from the aircraft, if the situation permits.

POST EVACUATION DUTIESThe cabin crew will be responsible for a large number of passengers until they are assisted bythe rescue and emergency services personnel.When the cabin crew have evacuated the aircraft they must manage the passengers on theground, by:‐ Assisting passengers away from the slides‐ Directing passengers upwind and away from the aircraft‐ Keeping passengers away from, fuel , fire and vehicles‐ Assembling the passengers and keeping them together‐ Enforcing no smoking and prohibiting the use of mobile phones‐ Assisting passengers and giving first aid, when necessary‐ Making a passenger headcount, if possible.Note: Cabin crewmembers seated near a megaphone should consider taking it from the

aircraft to assist with crowd management post evacuation.



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 09-030 P 5/16CCOM B to C 18 NOV 11

COCKPIT-ASSIGNED DUTIES FOR EVACUATIONIdent.: 09-030-00005927.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

If it is NOT POSSIBLE to reach the passenger cabin :The cockpit crew should evacuate the aircraft via the cockpit clearview windows, by using theescape ropes.On ground, each crewmember must help passengers, and direct them away from the aircraft.

If it is POSSIBLE to reach the passenger cabin :

CAPT

‐ Is the last person to leave the cockpit : Proceeds to the cabin and, helps with passenger evacuation,as necessary.

‐ Is the last person to leave the aircraft : Checks that all persons have evacuated the aircraft.‐ Evacuates the aircraft, via the rear door, or any other available exit, if he/she cannot reach the rear

door.‐ On ground, he/she takes command of operations until rescue units arrive.

F/O‐ Proceeds to the cabin, and takes the emergency equipment.‐ Evacuates the aircraft, using any available exit.‐ Helps passengers on ground, and directs them away from the aircraft.

CABIN CREW-ASSIGNED AREAS FOR EVACUATIONIdent.: 09-030-00005928.0001001 / 12 OCT 09Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

CABIN CREWDESIGNATION

ASSIGNED JUMPSEATAND DOOR ASSIGNED JUMPSEAT ASSIGNED AREA

1 PURSER DOOR 1 LH FWD OUTBOARD FWD/MID1 CABIN CREW DOOR 1 LH/RH FWD INBOARD FWD/MID1 CABIN CREW DOOR 2 RH AFT CENTER MID/AFT1 CABIN CREW DOOR 2 LH REARWARD MID/AFT

Note: These procedures are established for the minimum required number of 4 cabin crews.At least, one crewmember must be seated on the center swivel cabin attendant seat (ifinstalled).



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 09-030 P 6/16CCOM D 18 NOV 11

EMERGENCY PASSENGER DOOR OPERATIONIdent.: 09-030-00005929.0001001 / 24 MAR 11Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

FRAME ASSIST HANDLE.......................................................................................................GRASPSLIDE ARMED.........................................................................................................................CHECKOUTSIDE CONDITIONS............................................................................................... CHECK SAFEUse the door window to ensure that slide deployment area is clear of:‐ Fire‐ Smoke‐ Obstacle If outside conditions are safe:

DOOR CONTROL HANDLE......................................RAPIDLY LIFT FULLY UP AND RELEASEWARNING When the door is in the "ARMED" mode, the "Cabin Pressure Warning Light" does

not illuminate to indicate cabin differential pressure.Indications of cabin differential pressure may be:‐ Resistance in the Door Control Handle when it is being lifted to the open

position, using normal force, and/or‐ A Hissing noise around the immediate door area,If circumstances permit, fully lower the door control handle to the closed position.Notify the flight crew immediately.

If the door power assist fails the door will not open automatically:DOOR ................................................................................................................PUSH TO OPENGUST LOCK...................................................................................................CHECK ENGAGEDSLIDE DEPLOYED AND INFLATED.................................................................. VISUAL CHECK

If the slide is not inflated:Note: The Cabin Crew must only pull the red manual inflation handle if the slide is not

inflated but is fully deployed.RED, MANUAL INFLATION HANDLE..................................................................................PULLThis red, manual inflation handle is located on the right-hand side of the slide's girt extension.



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 09-030 P 7/16CCOM E 18 NOV 11

TO OPEN THE OVERWING EXITIdent.: 09-030-00005932.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

OVERWING EXIT............................................................................SIT DOWN NEXT TO THE EXITNote: The emergency overwing exits are always in armed mode.OVERWING EXIT COVER................................................................................PULL AND DISCARDNote: The slide armed indicator illuminates.OVERWING EXIT LOWER HANDLE RECESS...........................................................HOLD FIRMLYOVERWING EXIT UPPER HATCH HANDLE................................................................ PULL DOWNOVERWING EXIT HATCH........................................ REMOVE AND THROW OUTSIDE AIRCRAFTNote: The slide automatically deploys and inflates. If the slide does not automatically inflate:

RED, MANUAL INFLATION HANDLE..................................................................................PULL In the event of ditching, and if lifeline on board the aircraft:

LIFELINE......................................................................................................................... INSTALLThe lifelines are stowed in overhead stowage above the RH and LH overwing exit.ONE LIFELINE SNAPHOOK......................................ATTACH TO THE YELLOW DOOR-STOPThe door-stop fitting is on the upper rear corner of the overwing exit.SECOND LIFELINE SNAPHOOK...............................ATTACH TO THE YELLOW WING HOOKThe hook is on the center of the wing surface.LIFELINE PULL TABS...................................................................... PULL FIRMLY TO ADJUST




CABIN PREPARATION FOR PLANNED ON GROUND EVACUATIONIdent.: 09-030-00005934.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

CAPTAIN....................................................................................................................BRIEF PURSER1. Nature of the emergency and intentions2. Time available to prepare the cabin

Note: Synchronize watches, to assist with time management3. The signal to brace4. Signal to remain seated (if, an evacuation is not required)5. Special instructionsPURSER.............................................................................ACKNOWLEDGE CAPTAIN'S BRIEFINGPURSER.................................................................................. BRIEF ALL CABIN CREWMEMBERSDEMONSTRATION POSITIONS................................................................................................ TAKEPURSER.....................................................................PERFORM EMERGENCY ANNOUNCEMENTThe Purser will brief passengers using the PA.Note: When reading the announcement, the Purser should pause at key points in order to allow

the cabin crewmembers time to demonstrate, and check passenger compliance.The emergency announcement contains the following information:‐ Brace positions‐ The location of exits‐ Removal of sharp objects‐ Review of the safety information card‐ Passenger assistance, able bodied passengers.DEMONSTRATION.............................................................................................................PERFORM‐ Demonstrate the information to the passengers as it is being read‐ Demonstrate the brace positions‐ Use the safety information card to illustrate the information.CABIN.................................................................................................................................... SECUREThe cabin secure must also include the following items:‐ Removal of all service equipment (cups, pillows, headsets etc.) from the cabin‐ Secure all galleys (trolleys and containers stowed and latched)‐ Switch off galley power





CABIN PREPARATION FOR PLANNED ON GROUND EVACUATION (Cont'd)‐ Lock all lavatory doors.PASSENGERS.........................................................................................................................ASSIST‐ Move and reseat passengers as required.‐ Brief ABPs (Able Bodied Passengers)‐ Brief passengers assisting unaccompanied minors, elderly and disabled passengers.SLIDE IN ARMED POSITION................................................................................................. CHECKEnsure that the area around the exits are free from all obstructions.CABIN .....................................................................................................................CHECK SECURECABIN SECURE COMPLETED............................................................................. INFORM PURSERDESIGNATED CREW SEAT........................................................... TAKE AND SECURE HARNESSCABIN READY ..................................................................................................... INFORM CAPTAINWhen the cabin is secured, the purser must notify the captain.PURSER CREW SEAT................................................................... TAKE AND SECURE HARNESSSILENT REVIEW................................................................................................................ PERFORMReview evacuation commands, actions, and responsibilities.BRACE POSITION.................................................................... ADOPT ON CAPTAIN'S COMMAND



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 09-030 P 10/16CCOM G → 18 NOV 11

ON GROUND EVACUATIONIdent.: 09-030-00005930.0001001 / 24 MAR 11Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

Note: The order to evacuate is usually given by the flight crew, however, in clearly catastrophiccircumstances any cabin crewmember may initiate an evacuation.

EVACUATION ORDER...................................................................................................... RECEIVED"EVACUATE, EVACUATE, SEAT BELTS OFF"..................................................................... SHOUT"LEAVE EVERYTHING, HIGH HEELS OFF".......................................................................... SHOUTFRAME ASSIST HANDLE.......................................................................................................GRASPSLIDE ARMED.........................................................................................................................CHECKOUTSIDE CONDITIONS ..............................................................................................CHECK SAFECheck through the observation window to ensure that the slide deployment area is clear of:‐ Fire‐ Smoke‐ Obstacles If outside conditions are unsafe:

PASSENGERS TO NEAREST USABLE EXIT........................................................... REDIRECTEXIT ................................................................................................................................. GUARD

If outside conditions are safe:FRAME ASSIST HANDLE................................................................................................ GRASPDOOR...................................................................................................................................OPEN

If the door power assist fails the door will not open automatically:DOOR ........................................................................................... PUSH TO OPEN MANUALLYGUST LOCK...................................................................................................CHECK ENGAGEDSLIDE DEPLOYED AND INFLATED.................................................................. VISUAL CHECKAlso ensure that the slide deployment area is clear of all obstructions.

If the slide (or slideraft) does not automatically inflate:Note: The cabin crew must only pull the red manual inflation handle if the slide is not inflated

but is fully deployed.RED, MANUAL INFLATION HANDLE..................................................................................PULLThe red, manual inflation handle is located on the right-hand side of the slide girt extension.ASSIST SPACE..............................................................................................................OCCUPYPASSENGER EVACUATION.......................................................................................EXPEDITE





ON GROUND EVACUATION (Cont'd)"COME THIS WAY, HURRY, JUMP, JUMP"....................................................................SHOUT

If the slide (or slideraft) becomes unserviceable:PASSENGER EVACUATION...............................................................................................STOPPASSENGERS TO ANOTHER USABLE EXIT...........................................................REDIRECTASSIGNED AREA .........................................................................CHECK FULLY EVACUATEDEMERGENCY EQUIPMENT................................................................................................ TAKETime permitting, each cabin crewmember takes their designated safety and survival equipmentbefore leaving the aircraft.CABIN CREW.............................................................................................................EVACUATEPASSENGERS AWAY FROM THE AIRCRAFT.............................................................. DIRECTON GROUND ............................................................CONDUCT POST EVACUATION DUTIES




CABIN PREPARATION FOR DITCHINGIdent.: 09-030-00005936.0002001 / 28 MAR 11Criteria: K0151, SAApplicable to: ALL

CAPTAIN....................................................................................................................BRIEF PURSER1. Nature of the emergency and intentions2. Time available to prepare the cabin

Note: Synchronize watches, to assist with time management3. The signal to brace4. Special instructionsPURSER.............................................................................ACKNOWLEDGE CAPTAIN'S BRIEFINGPURSER.................................................................................. BRIEF ALL CABIN CREWMEMBERSDEMONSTRATION POSITIONS................................................................................................ TAKECabin crewmembers must take their own lifevests. The cabin crewmembers will don their lifevestsduring the demonstration.PURSER.....................................................................PERFORM EMERGENCY ANNOUNCEMENTThe Purser will brief passengers using the PA.Note: When reading the announcement, the Purser should pause at key points in order to allow

the cabin crewmembers time to demonstrate, and check passenger compliance.The emergency announcement contains the following information:‐ Lifevests (location and use)‐ Brace positions‐ The location of exits‐ Removal of sharp objects‐ Review of the safety information card‐ Passenger assistance, able bodied passengers, and assistance in fitting infant lifevests.DEMONSTRATION.............................................................................................................PERFORM‐ Demonstrate the information to the passengers as it is being read‐ Demonstrate the brace positions‐ Use the safety information card to illustrate the information.CABIN...................................................................................................................... CHECK SECUREThe cabin secure must also include the following items:‐ Remove all service equipment (cups, pillows, headsets etc.) from the cabin





CABIN PREPARATION FOR DITCHING (Cont'd)‐ Secure all galleys (trolleys and containers stowed and latched)‐ Switch off galley power‐ Lock all lavatory doors.PASSENGERS ....................................................................................................................... ASSIST‐ Move and reseat passengers as required‐ Brief ABPs (Able Bodied Passengers)‐ Brief passengers assisting unaccompanied minors, elderly and disabled passengers.SLIDE IN ARMED POSITION................................................................................................. CHECKEnsure that the area around the exits are free from all obstructions.SURVIVAL KIT FROM STOWAGE...................................................................................... REMOVEThe survival kit must be removed from the overhead stowage and attached to the slide raft usingthe white lanyard.ABLE BODIED PASSENGERS (ABPs) SEATED AT EXIT...................................................... BRIEFThe Able Bodied Passengers (ABPs) seated at the exit will assist the cabin crewmember during theevacuation.CABIN .....................................................................................................................CHECK SECURECABIN SECURE COMPLETED............................................................................. INFORM PURSERDESIGNATED CREW SEAT........................................................... TAKE AND SECURE HARNESSCABIN READY...................................................................................................... INFORM CAPTAINWhen the cabin is secured, the purser must notify the captain.PURSER CREW SEAT................................................................... TAKE AND SECURE HARNESSSILENT REVIEW................................................................................................................ PERFORMReview evacuation commands, actions, and responsibilities.BRACE POSITION.................................................................... ADOPT ON CAPTAIN'S COMMAND



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 09-030 P 14/16CCOM I → 18 NOV 11

EVACUATION ON WATERIdent.: 09-030-00005931.0002001 / 05 MAR 09Criteria: K0151, SAApplicable to: ALL

When the cabin receives the order to evacuate, each cabin crewmember must proceed as follows :STAND UP AND SHOUT............................................. "UNFASTEN SEATBELTS, LIFEVESTS ON"Inflate the lifevest, only once outside the aircraft.ORDER................................................................................................................. "REMOVE SHOES" If the Type I door is usable

DOOR IN ARMED POSITION.............................................................................................OPENRED, MANUAL INFLATION HANDLE..................................................................................PULLDo not wait for automatic inflation of the slideraft.

If the water level is close to the door sillThe slideraft inflates on the water.SLIDERAFT....................................................................LEAVE ATTACHED TO CABIN FLOORASSIST SPACE..............................................................................................................OCCUPY

If the water level is too far away from the door sillSLIDERAFT............................................................................DISCONNECT FROM DOOR SILLThe slideraft remains tied to the aircraft by a 6 m (20 ft) mooring line.MOORING LINE...................................................................................................................HOLDTo keep the slideraft close to the exit, hold the mooring line.

PASSENGERS EVACUATION ..........................................................................................EXPEDITECOME THIS WAY, HURRY.....................................................................................................SHOUTPASSENGERS LIFEVESTS.............................................................. INSTRUCT PASSENGERS TO

INFLATE LIFEVESTS WHEN EVACUATING THE AIRCRAFTNUMBER OF PASSENGERS BOARDING THE SLIDERAFT............................................MONITOREnsure that the slideraft is not overloaded.ASSIGNED AREA ............................................................................... CHECK FULLY EVACUATEDLAST CREWMEMBER....................................................................................... BOARD SLIDERAFTThe last crewmember must board with all the necessary safety equipment.MOORING LINE............................................................................................................................CUTSURVIVAL KIT................................................................................................................... RETRIEVEThe survival kit is attached to the slideraft via a lanyard.





EVACUATION ON WATER (Cont'd)Evacuation is usually done through the passenger doors. However, if one of the passenger doors isnot usable, the overwing exit may be used for evacuation. The cabin crew should install the lifelineto help passenger to stay on the wing. These passengers will, however, be obliged to wait on thewing until the slideraft arrives, and until all other passengers have evacuated from the passengerdoor exits, and have finished boarding the sliderafts. If the aircraft is equipped with portable raft

Before using a portable raft at a passenger door, ensure that all usable sliderafts have beenboarded to their maximum capacity and detached from the doorsill.Locate and open the portable raft compartment ; remove the raft pack.Carry the raft pack to the exit.Place it on the floor near exit.Firmly tie the end of the mooring line to a fixed part of the aircraft (a passenger seat, or one ofthe frame assist handles).Throw the portable raft out of the aircraft the raft will inflate automatically. If the portable raft does not inflate automatically

Pull on the mooring line to inflate the portable raftPull the portable raft near to the aircraft using the mooring line, and board passengers.Note: Passengers should be distributed evenly to prevent the raft from capsizing.When all passengers have boarded the portable raft, the crewmember must board.Separate the portable raft from the aircraft by cutting the mooring line.






ABNORMAL/EMERGENCY PROCEDURESEMERGENCY COCKPIT EVACUATION


COCKPIT EVACUATION THROUGH WINDOWIdent.: 09-040-00005937.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

OPENING THE SLIDING WINDOWHANDLE.......................................................................................PUSH DOWN AND PULL BACKPulling the handle backwards, opens the sliding window.

COCKPIT EVACUATION WITH ESCAPE ROPEESCAPE ROPE STOWAGE.................................................................................................. OPENThe escape rope stowage is located above the sliding window, on either side of the overheadpanel.ESCAPE ROPE................................................................................................................. UNROLLUnroll the escape rope until the red flag appears, and throw it through the window.SEAT.................................................................................................................................STEP ONESCAPE ROPE................................................................................................................... GRASPGrasp the escape rope firmly with both hands, and slide down along the rope.

COCKPIT EVACUATION THROUGH COCKPIT DOORIdent.: 09-040-00005938.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

QUICK RELEASE PINS.......................................... PULL TOWARDS THE CENTER OF THE FLAPESCAPE PANEL.......................................................................................... KICK TOWARDS CABINTHROUGH ESCAPE PANEL............................................................................................EVACUATEON HANDS AND KNEES ......................................................................... MOVE TOWARDS CABIN


ABNORMAL/EMERGENCY PROCEDURESEMERGENCY COCKPIT EVACUATION




ABNORMAL/EMERGENCY PROCEDURESDEPRESSURIZATION


DEPRESSURIZATION WARNINGSIdent.: 09-050-00006908.0001001 / 18 APR 11Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

A loss of pressurization can be slow - in the case of a small air leak - while a rapid or explosivedepressurization occurs suddenly within a few seconds.In the case of excessive cabin pressure/depressurization, indications will successively alert thecabin crew of a pressurization malfunction.CABIN INDICATIONS

When the cabin altitude reaches >11 300 ft the following will happen:‐ The EXIT signs will come on‐ The cabin lighting comes on 100 % or (CAM assigned value)‐ The FASTEN SEAT BELT and NO SMOKING signs come onNote: In the case of depressurization, the lavatory RETURN TO SEAT signs do not come on.When the cabin altitude reaches 14 000 ft the following will happen:‐ The oxygen masks will drop down‐ The PA volume increases‐ The emergency depressurization messages will be broadcast (if installed).




CABIN DEPRESSURIZATIONIdent.: 09-050-00005939.0001001 / 12 AUG 10Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

At the first noticeable sign of cabin depressurization:CABIN/COCKPIT COMMUNICATION..............................................................................ESTABLISHThe cabin crew should as soon as possible, inform by the appropriate means, the flight crew of thesituation and confirm that the flight crew wear their oxygen masks. If no reply from the cockpit :

Cabin Crew................................................................Equip yourself with portable Oxygen BottleCabin Crew........................................................................ Provide assistance to the Flight Crew

If oxygen masks dropNEAREST OXYGEN MASK.................................................................................................. DONCABIN CREW.....................................................................................CONTACT FLIGHT CREWThe cabin crew should as soon as possible, inform by the appropriate means, the flight crew ofthe situation and confirm that the flight crew wear their oxygen masks.WARNING Do not remove your oxygen mask until it is safe to do so. Removing your

oxygen during a depressurization may lead to total incapacitation caused byhypoxia.

NEAREST SEAT..........................................................................................................SIT DOWNSEATBELT....................................................................................................................... FASTENIn case of cabin depressurization, the lavatory “return to seat” signs do not come on. Forpassengers located in the lavatories, 2 masks will immediately drop down from the lavatoryceiling. Passengers should apply the mask over their nose and mouth.

If no seat is available:FIXED OBJECT...................................................................................... GRASP AND HOLD ONWhen no seat is available, the cabin crew should wedge themselves between passengers andhold on.DON OXYGEN MASKS - FASTEN SEATBELTS.............................. INSTRUCT PASSENGERSFrom your location, speak through your mask, or use gestures to demonstrate the donning ofmasks.ANNOUNCEMENT...................................................................................... MAKE, IF POSSIBLEAlthough the bag does not inflate, oxygen is flowing to the mask.




20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 09-050 P 3/4CCOM ← B to C 18 NOV 11

CABIN DEPRESSURIZATION (Cont'd) When notified by the flight crew (PA) that a safe flight level has been reached:

CABIN CREW .................................................................TRANSFER TO PORTABLE OXYGENNote: To prevent crew incapacitation due to hypoxia, the cabin crew must transfer to

portable oxygen, and consider their post decompression oxygen needs. Whendeciding to remove oxygen masks, the cabin crew must use good judgement, andmust be alert to any signs of hypoxia.

FLIGHT CREW .................................................................................................................CHECKThe cabin crewmember nearest to the cockpit should check on the flight crew in caseassistance is needed.PASSENGERS AND CABIN............................................................................................. CHECKThe cabin crew should check for passenger injuries and, damage to the cabin.FIRST AID AND OXYGEN ........................................................................ GIVE AS REQUIREDCABIN STATUS..............................................................................REPORT TO FLIGHT CREWReport the nature of injuries, and the cabin damage to the flight crew.

ABNORMAL CABIN ALTITUDEIdent.: 09-050-00013684.0001001 / 18 MAR 11Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

Immediately after the Flight Crew informs the Cabin Crew of possible abnormal cabin pressure theCabin Crew must apply the following abnormal cabin altitude procedure :CABIN CREW........................................................................................................ STOP ACTIVITIESCABIN CREW....................... TAKE DESIGNATED CABIN CREW SEAT AND SECURE HARNESSCABIN TO COCKPIT COMMUNICATION.......................................................................... MAINTAIN If cabin depressurization occurs :

CABIN DEPRESSURIZATION........................................................................................... APPLYNote: The Cabin Crew must apply the CABIN DEPRESSURIZATION procedure upon

any indication of CABIN DEPRESSURIZATION (ref. to chapter 09-050 Abnormal/ Emergency procedures).






ABNORMAL/EMERGENCY PROCEDURESTURBULENCE MANAGEMENT


TURBULENCE MANAGEMENTIdent.: 09-055-00005940.0001001 / 17 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

The following levels of turbulence can be encountered during a flight:‐ Light turbulence‐ Moderate turbulence‐ Severe turbulence.The cabin crew should always use these terms when communicating turbulent conditions to theflight crew or other cabin crewmembers.The following table provides the definition and the cabin conditions associated with each of thethree levels of turbulence.

LIGHT TURBULENCE MODERATE TURBULENCE SEVERE TURBULENCELight turbulence momentarily causesslight, rapid, and rhythmic bumpinesswithout noticeable changes in theaircraft altitude or attitude.

Moderate turbulence, causes rapidbumps or jolts.

Severe turbulence causes large abruptchanges in the aircraft altitude andattitude.

Cabin Conditions Cabin Conditions Cabin Conditions

• Liquids are shaking but are notsplashing out of cups

• Trolleys can be maneuvered withlittle difficulty

• Passengers may feel a slight strainagainst their seat belts.

• Liquids splashing out of cups• Trolleys difficult to manoeuvre• Difficult to walk in the cabin• Difficult to stand without holding on

to something• Passengers feel definite strain

against their seat belts.

• Items falling or lifting off the floor• Loose items are tossed about the

cabin• Impossible to walk• Passengers are forced violently

against their seat belts

CABIN GUIDELINESIt is important that the cabin crew perform frequent cabin checks and correctly manage thegalleys to ensure safety and reduce the probability of injuries.Therefore, the cabin crew should:‐ Check the cabin frequently and ensure that the cabin is kept tidy‐ Minimize the amount of service equipment left on galley and bar (when installed) surfaces.

When items must remain available they should be placed inside draws that are easilyaccessible

‐ Ensure that galleys are correctly secured and latched after each service/use‐ Ensure that trolleys and equipment should be correctly stowed after use.




CABIN CREW PROCEDURESIdent.: 09-055-00005941.0001001 / 17 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

SECURING THE CABIN AND PASSENGER COMPLIANCEThe table below provides the cabin crew procedures in the case of turbulence.

LIGHT TURBULENCE MODERATE TURBULENCE SEVERE TURBULENCE

‐ Visually check that all passengersare seated with their seat beltsfastened and hand baggage isstowed

‐ Infants must be removed frombassinets and secured with aninfant seat belt (if applicable) onthe guardians lap, or secured in anapproved car seat

‐ Give the "cabin secure" to thePurser

‐ Purser informs the flight crew thatthe cabin is secure.

‐ When the cabin crew are returningto their crew seats, check that allpassengers are seated with theirseat belts securely fastened andhand baggage is stowed

Infants must be removed frombassinets and secured with aninfant seat belt (if applicable) onthe guardians lap, or secured in anapproved car seatProhibit the use of the forward and rearstairsGive the "cabin secure" to the PurserPurser informs the flight crew that thecabin is secure.

‐ The cabin crew must not attemptto visually check passengercompliance

‐ If trolleys are in the cabin, set thebrakes on all trolleys that are in usein the current location

‐ Place jugs/pots of hot beverages onthe floor

‐ The cabin crew must immediatelysit down. Take the nearest seat(including passenger seat ) andfasten seatbelt/harness.

WARNING Cabin crewmust not riskpersonal injury bycontinuing serviceduring turbulentconditions. Thepersonal safety ofthe cabin crew isthe priority

GALLEY AREASLIGHT TURBULENCE MODERATE TURBULENCE SEVERE TURBULENCE

‐ Ensure that trolleys and galleyequipment that is not in use arecorrectly stowed and secured.

‐ Ensure that trolleys and galleyequipment that is not in use arecorrectly stowed and secured

‐ If the turbulence is expected fora long duration, stow and securegalley items

‐ Set the brakes on all trolleys thatare in use in their current location

‐ Place jugs/pots of hot beverages onthe floor

‐ The cabin crew must immediately sitdown. Fasten seat belt/harness.





CABIN CREW PROCEDURES (Cont'd)LIGHT TURBULENCE MODERATE TURBULENCE SEVERE TURBULENCE

‐ Cabin crewmembers working in thegalley areas must take their seatswhen the galley is secured.

WARNING Cabin crewmust not riskpersonal injury bycontinuing serviceduring turbulentconditions. Thepersonal safety ofthe cabin crew isthe priority.




ANTICIPATED TURBULENCE PROCEDURESIdent.: 09-055-00005942.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

When turbulence is anticipated the cabin crew will have a certain amount of time before theturbulence is encountered to secure the cabin and themselves.

FLIGHT CREW PREFLIGHT PURSER PREFLIGHT CABIN CREW PREFLIGHT

‐ Include as part of the pre-flightbriefing with Purser, expected areasof turbulence during the flight.

‐ Inform all the cabin crew of anyturbulence information receivedfrom the flight crew during thepre-flight briefing

‐ Acknowledge information fromPurser.

FLIGHT CREW IN-FLIGHT PURSER IN-FLIGHT CABIN CREW IN-FLIGHT

‐ When turbulence is expected duringthe flight, the flight crew must advisethe cabin crew how much time isavailable to secure the cabin, thelevel and expected duration of theturbulence encounter

‐ The captain or first officer willmake a PA announcement to thepassengers instructing them toreturn to their seats and fasten theirseatbelts.

‐ When the service is interrupted asa precautionary measure, a PAannouncement should be made tothe passengers explaining WHY theservice is interrupted

‐ Ensure that all passengers andcabin crew are secured

‐ Inform the flight crew that allpassengers and cabin crew aresecured.

‐ Once the cabin crew are advisedof anticipated turbulence, the cabincrew should prioritize their dutiesbased on the time available beforethe turbulence encounter.

‐ Stow and secure large items first,such as, trolleys

‐ Remove bottles from the cabin andgalley surfaces. Throw away anyhot liquids

‐ Secure the cabin, ensure that thelavatories are unoccupied

‐ Secure the galleys‐ The cabin crew should then secure

themselves‐ Inform Purser that passengers and

cabin crew are secured.



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 09-055 P 5/6CCOM D to E 18 NOV 11

UNANTICIPATED TURBULENCE PROCEDURESIdent.: 09-055-00005943.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

FLIGHT CREW PURSER CABIN CREW

‐ Switch on the Fasten Seatbelt signsand make a PA to passengers andcabin crew to "Fasten SeatbeltsImmediately".

‐ The Purser must Immediatelysit down. Take the nearest seat(including passenger seat) andfasten seatbelt and harness.

‐ The cabin crew must immediatelysit down. Take the nearest seat(including passenger seat) andfasten seatbelt/harness.

WARNING Cabin crewmust not riskpersonal injury bycontinuing serviceduring turbulentconditions. Thepersonal safety ofthe cabin crew isthe priority.

POST TURBULENCE DUTIESIdent.: 09-055-00005944.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

FLIGHT CREW PURSER CABIN CREW

‐ Advise cabin crew when it is safe toresume duties.

‐ Resume duties‐ Report any passenger injuries

and/or cabin damage to the flightcrew.

‐ Check for passenger injuries, givefirst aid if necessary

‐ Calm and reassure passengers‐ Check for cabin damage‐ Report to Purser any passenger

injuries and/or cabin damage.






ABNORMAL/EMERGENCY PROCEDURESMISCELLANEOUS


FLIGHT CREWMEMBER INCAPACITATIONIdent.: 09-070-00005946.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

If a flight crewmember becomes incapacitated:The remaining flight crewmember will as soon as practicable call for help from cabincrewmembers.The simplest and most effective way to summon help is via the PA system: "CABINCREWMEMBER TO COCKPIT"The nearest cabin crewmember, must immediately proceed to the cockpit. The cabincrewmember must carry out the following actions:FLIGHT CREW SHOULDER HARNESS............................... TIGHTEN AND MANUALLY LOCKFLIGHT CREW SEAT...................................................................PUSH THE SEAT FULLY AFTFLIGHT CREW SEAT BACK......................................................................................... RECLINE

If the incapacitated flight crewmember is unconscious or has difficulty breathing:OXYGEN ....................................................................................... ADMINISTER IMMEDIATELYINSTRUCTIONS FROM THE PILOT FLYING............................................................... FOLLOWCAUTION It takes two people to move an unconscious body from a flight crew seat, in

order to prevent damage or interference to the cockpit controls. If it is not possible to move the incapacitated flight crewmember:

CABIN CREWMEMBER IN THE COCKPIT.................................................................... REMAINOne cabin crewmember should remain in the cockpit to take care of, and observe theincapacitated flight crewmember.MEDICAL ASSISTANCE .............................................................................................REQUESTMake a PA announcement to request assistance from any medically qualified passengeronboard.COMPANY QUALIFIED PILOT............................................................ REQUEST ASSISTANCERequest the assistance of a type qualified company pilot onboard to replace the incapacitatedflight crewmember.




FLIGHT CREWMEMBER'S CHECK-LIST USEIdent.: 09-070-00005948.0003001 / 17 OCT 08Criteria: 320-200Applicable to: ALL

The minimum certified number of flight crewmembers on the A320 is two. To comply with Jar-Ops1.1010 (g), for a practical demonstration by cabin crewmembers in the use of flight crewmember'schecklists. If one of the flight crewmembers becomes incapacitated when only the minimum

required flight crew is onboard, a cabin crewmember may be required by the remainingpilot to assist by reading the landing checklists. At the request of the remaining flightcrewmember the cabin crewmember who will read the checklist should proceed asfollows:CABIN CREWMEMBER.................................................. READ CHECKLIST ALOUD CLEARLYRESPONSE FROM FLIGHT CREWMEMBER...................................... WAIT UNTIL RECEIVED

Note: The cabin crewmember must wait for the response of the flight crewmember , beforemoving onto the next item on the checklist.Continue to the last item of the checklist, after the flight crewmember gives the responseto the last checklist item.

CABIN CREWMEMBER.............................................................. REPLY "CHECKLIST COMPLETE"This reply is given only after the final checklist response from flight crewmember has beenreceived.




BOMB ON BOARDIdent.: 09-070-00005945.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

CABIN PROCEDURESIf a suspect device is found in the cabin:WARNING do not cut or disconnect any wires and do not open or attempt to gain entry to

internal components of a closed or concealed suspect device. any attempt mayresult in an explosion. booby-trapped closed devices have been used on aircraftin the past.

WARNING alternate locations must not be used without consulting with an aviationexplosives security specialist. never take a suspect device to the flight deck.

CAUTION The least risk bomb location for aircraft structure and systems is center of theRH aft cabin door.

EOD PERSONNEL ON BOARD..........................................................................................CHECKAnnounce : "Is there any EOD personnel on board ?". By using the initials, only persons familiarwith EOD (Explosive Ordnance Disposal) will be made aware of the problem.BOMB...........................................................................................................................................................DO NOT OPEN, DO NOT CUT WIRES, SECURE AGAINST SLIPPING, AVOID SHOCKSSecure in the attitude found and do not lift before having checked for an anti-lift ignition device.PASSENGERS.................................................................................... LEAD AWAY FROM BOMBMove passengers at least 4 seat rows away the bomb location. On full flights, it may benecessary to double up passengers to achieve standoff from the suspect device.Passengers near the bomb should protect their heads with pillows, blankets.All passengers must remain seated with seatbelts on and, if possible, head below the top of thehead rest. Seat backs and tray tables must be in their full upright position.Service items may need to be collected in order to secure tray tables.PORTABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICES....................................................................... SWITCH OFFThe cabin crews must command passengers to switch off all portable electronic devices.BOMB............................................................................................CHECK NO ANTI-LIFT DEVICETo check for an anti-lift switch or lever, slide a string or stiff card (such as the emergencyinformation card) under the bomb, without disturbing the bomb.If the string or card cannot be slipped under the bomb, it may indicate that an anti-lift switch orlever is present and that the bomb cannot be moved.





BOMB ON BOARD (Cont'd)If a card is used and can be slid under the bomb, leave it under the bomb and move togetherwith the bomb.If it is not possible to move the bomb, then it should be surrounded with a single thin sheet ofplastic (e.g. trash bag), then with wetted materials, and other blast attenuation materials such asseat cushions and soft carry-on baggage. Move personnel as far away from the bomb location aspossible.EMERGENCY EQUIPMENTS......................................................................REMOVE AND STOWEmergency equipments (PBE, fire extinguisher, ...) located close to the LRBL must be removedand stowed in alternate location.GALLEY/IFE POWER................................................................................................................OFFAll galley and IFE equipments located close to the LRBL must be switched off. If the bomb can be moved :

RH AFT CABIN DOOR SLIDE.................................................................................... DISARMLEAST RISK BOMB LOCATION (LRBL)................................................................. PREPAREBuild up a platform of solid baggage against the door up to about 25 cm (10 in) below themiddle of the door.On top of this, build up at least 25 cm (10 in) of wetted material such as blankets and pillows.Place a single thin sheet of plastic (e.g. trash bag) on top of the wetted materials. Thisprevents any possible short circuit.CAUTION DO NOT OMIT THE PLASTIC SHEETS, AS THE SUSPECT DEVICE

COULD GET WET AND POSSIBLY SHORT CIRCUIT ELECTRONICCOMPONENTS CAUSING INADVERTENT DEVICE ACTIVATION.

BOMB INDICATION LINE.........................................................................................POSITIONNote: A bomb location indicator line is a 6- to 8- foot (1.8 to 2.4 m) line (e.g. neckties,

headset cord, or belts connected together) preferably of constrating color, thathelps the responding bomb squad find the precise location of the suspect devicewithin the LRBL stack once constructed.

Position the bomb indication line from the location on the platform where you will place thesuspect device, EXTENDING outward into the aisle.BOMB..............................................................................................................MOVE TO LRBLCarefully carry in the attitude found and place on top of the wetted materials in the sameattitude and as close to the door structure as possible.





BOMB ON BOARD (Cont'd)

CAUTION Ensure that the suspect device, when placed on the stack against the door,is above the slide pack but not against the door handle, and if possible,avoid placement in the view port.

LEAST RISK BOMB LOCATION (LRBL)...............................................................COMPLETEPlace an additional single thin sheet of plastic over the bomb.CAUTION DO NOT OMIT THE PLASTIC SHEETS, AS THE SUSPECT DEVICE

COULD GET WET AND POSSIBLY SHORT CIRCUIT ELECTRONICCOMPONENTS CAUSING INADVERTENT DEVICE ACTIVATION.

Build up at 25 cm (10 in) of wetted material around the sides and on top of the bomb.DO NOT PLACE ANYTHING BETWEEN THE BOMB AND THE DOOR, AND MINIMIZEAIRSPACE AROUND THE BOMB.The idea is to build up a protective surrounding of the bomb so that the explosive force isdirected in the only unprotected area into the door structure.Fill the area around the bomb with seat cushions and other soft materials such as handluggage (saturated with water or any other nonflammable liquid) up to the cabin ceiling,compressing as much as possible. Secure the LRBL stack in place using belt, ties or otherappropriate materials. The more material stacked around the bomb, the less the damage willbe.USE ONLY SOFT MATERIAL. AVOID USING MATERIALS CONTAINING ANYINFLAMMABLE LIQUID AND ANY METAL OBJECTS WHICH COULD BECOMEDANGEROUS PROJECTILES.





BOMB ON BOARD (Cont'd)LRBL STACK

PASSENGERS.................................................................................................. MOVE/ADVISEMove passengers at least 4 seat rows away from the least risk bomb location (RH aft cabindoor). On full flights, it may be necessary to double up passengers to achieve standoff fromthe suspect device.Passengers near the bomb should protect their heads with pillows, blankets.All passengers must remain seated with seatbelts on and, if possible, head below the top ofthe head rest. Seat backs and tray tables must be in their full upright position.

CABIN CREW .......................................................................................NOTIFY COCKPIT CREWCabin crew notify the flight crew that the bomb is secured at the LRBL.EVACUATION/DISEMBARKATION.................................................................................EXECUTEEvacuate through normal and emergency exits on the opposite side of the "bomb" location. Donot use the door just opposite the "bomb".Use all available airport facilities to disembark without delay.



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 09-070 P 7/8CCOM D to E 18 NOV 11

SINGLE BLADE LAVATORY DOOR EMERGENCY OPERATIONIdent.: 09-070-00005949.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

In case of an emergency, the single-blade lavatory door may be unlocked from the cabin.LAVATORY SIGN COVER........................................................................................................... LIFTThe spring-loaded lavatory sign cover is located above the door's VACANT/OCCUPIED indicator.KNOB.................................................................................................................SLIDE TO THE SIDESliding the knob to the side will unlock the lavatory door, and the indicator will show: "VACANT".LAVATORY DOOR.......................................................................................................... PULL OPEN If the lavatory door still does not open:

UPPER AND LOWER OUTSIDE LATCHES OF THE DOOR........................................UNLOCKLAVATORY DOOR .................................................................................................. PULL OPENWARNING After releasing the lavatory door:

Hold on to the lavatory door to prevent injury .

BI-FOLDING LAVATORY DOOR EMERGENCY OPERATIONIdent.: 09-070-00005950.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

In case of an emergency, the bi-folding lavatory door may be unlocked from the cabin.LAVATORY SIGN COVER........................................................................................................... LIFTThe spring-loaded lavatory sign cover is located above the door's VACANT/OCCUPIED indicator.KNOB.................................................................................................................SLIDE TO THE SIDESliding the knob to the side will unlock the lavatory door, and the indicator will show: "VACANT".LAVATORY DOOR.......................................................................................................... PULL OPEN If the lavatory door still does not open:

UPPER AND LOWER OUTSIDE LATCHES OF THE DOOR........................................UNLOCKLAVATORY DOOR .................................................................................................. PULL OPENWARNING After releasing the lavatory door:

Hold on to the lavatory door to prevent injury .



20C A318/A319/A320/A321 FLEET 09-070 P 8/8CCOM F 18 NOV 11

REJECTED TAKEOFFIdent.: 09-070-00005947.0001001 / 28 MAR 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

In the event of a rejected takeoff, the cabin crew should proceed as follows:CABIN CREW..........................................................REMAIN SEATED WITH HARNESS SECUREDThe cabin crew must remain seated in their jump seats, until the aircraft comes to a complete stop.COCKPIT CREW INSTRUCTIONS...........................................................WAIT FOR AND FOLLOW If the cabin crew suspects or notices the development of an emergency situation (based

on passenger reactions, smoke, noises, odors, aircraft attitude...):CABIN CONDITIONS...................................................................................................... ASSESSWhen the aircraft comes to a complete stop, and if necessary, the cabin crew can leave theirjump seats to further assess any conditions and/or passenger reactions.

If the cabin crew determines that there is an emergency situation:CABIN CREW............................................................ IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY COCKPIT CREWThe cabin crew must immediately notify the cockpit crew of the cabin conditions, and of thenature of the emergency.COCKPIT CREW INSTRUCTIONS................................................................................FOLLOW

CABIN CREW BULLETINS



CABIN CREW BULLETINSPRELIMINARY PAGES

TABLE OF CONTENTS



10-10 IntroductionIntroduction...............................................................................................................................................................A


CABIN CREW BULLETINSPRELIMINARY PAGES

TABLE OF CONTENTS




CABIN CREW BULLETINSINTRODUCTION


INTRODUCTIONIdent.: 10-10-00006977.0001001 / 17 OCT 08Criteria: SAApplicable to: ALL

DEFINITIONA Cabin Crew Bulletin (CCB) is issued to rapidly inform operators of any deviations frominitial design objectives that have a significant impact on cabin operations. A CCB provides theoperators with technical information and temporary operational procedures that address thesedeviations.

TYPE OF CCBCCBs can either be red or white, depending on their level of priority.Red CCBs : Are issued to indicate that non-compliance with the recommended

procedures may have a significant impact on the safe operation of thecabin.

Withe CCBs : Are issued to indicate that non-compliance with the recommendedprocedures may have a significant impact on the operation of the cabin.

Airbus strongly recommends that all Operators rapidly apply the CCB corrective actions as soonas they become available, particularly for red CCBs.The information in the CCB is recommended by Airbus, but may not be approved by AirworthinessAuthorities. If the procedures contained in the CCB differs from the procedures in the AFM, theapproved AFM remains the reference.

CCB CONTENT AND MANAGEMENTA CCB:‐ Is a part of the Cabin Crew Operating Manual (CCOM)‐ Is temporary and usually focuses on one operational subject only‐ Remains applicable until the appropriate corrective actions are completed‐ Is filed in numerical order.The content of each CCB includes:‐ The reason for issue‐ Technical explanations of the deviation from the initial design objectives‐ The CCB operational procedure(s) to be applied‐ The corrective actions that cancel the CCB , if available when the CCB is issued.CCB NUMBERING

CCBs are fully integrated in the CCOM from December 2008, therefore the CCB numbering hasbeen modified.


CABIN CREW BULLETINSINTRODUCTION


From December 2008, 5 CCBs remain applicable (depending on aircraft configuration) for theentire fleet.

TITLE OLD NUMBERING NEW NUMBERING APPROVAL DATESpurious FAP Message 030/2 1 issue 1.0 SEP 28/07Inadvertent FAP Reset 031/2 2 issue 1.0 SEP 28/07Loss of the I-PRAM Audio Sound 034/2 3 issue 1.0 SEP 28/07Anomalies on the FAP Pages 035/2 4 issue 1.0 SEP 28/07No Automatic Cabin Illumination in Caseof Excessive Cabin Altitude or CabinDecompression

042/2 5 issue 1.0 SEP 28/07

DISTRIBUTIONCCBs are distributed to all affected Operators. The Operator shall provide cabin crews with thecontent of the CCB without delay.

Documents

A320 Generic CCOM